Skip to main content

Full text of "An outline sketch of the political history of Europe in the nineteenth century"

See other formats


BY    THE    SAME    AUTHOR. 
Price  7s.  6d.  net. 

THE  MAIN  CURRENTS  OF 

EUROPEAN    HISTORY 

1815-1915 

OPINIONS    OF    THE    PRESS. 

SPECTA  TOR.— "A  valuable  and  thoughtful  volume." 

NEW  EUROPE.—"  A  very  interesting  panorama  of 
Europe  in  the  nineteenth  century.  .  .  .  Cannot  fail  to  do 
an  immense  amount  of  good." 

DAILY  ^  TELEGRAPH.—  ' Valuable  and  intensely 
interesting." 

DAILY  NEWS.—"  Interesting  and  worth  reading." 

OUTLOOK.—"  One  of  the  best  text-books  on  the  subject 
that  have  been  written." 

PALL  MALL  GAZETTE.— "Professor Hearnshaw's 
brilliant  new  book." 

THE  NEAR  EAST.— "We  can  recommend  no  more 
stimulating  introduction  to  the  subject  than  that  which 
Professor  Hearnshaw  has  provided." 

SCHOOL  WORLD.— "Decidedly  useful  and  sugges- 
tive. .  .  .  These  printed  lectures  retain  what  must  have 
been  their  original  charm." 

SCOTSMAN.—  "This  book  may  be  confidently  re- 
commended as  a  trenchant,  skilful,  and  frequently  illumin- 
ative piece  of  work." 

GLASGOW  HERALD.— "Excellent  reading  for  the 
intelligent  man  who,  not  being  a  professional  student  of 
history,  wishes  to  trace  the  growth  of  the  convulsion  that 
has  rent  the  world." 

BELFAST  NEWS  LETTER.— "  A  book  of  great 
interest  and  importance  to  students  of  the  history  and  inter- 
national relations  of  Europe." 

SOUTHERN  DAILY  ECHO.— "A  vital  book;  in- 
tensely helpful  to  those  who  desire  to  understand  the  events 
leading  up  to  the  war." 

MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LIMITED, 
ST.  MARTIN'S  STREET,  LONDON,  W.C.2. 


AN  OUTLINE  SKETCH    • 
OF  THE  POLITICAL  HISTORY 

OF 

EUROPE  IN  THE 
NINETEENTH  CENTURY 


MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LIMITED 

LONDON    •    BOMBAY    •    CALCUTTA    •   MADRAS 
MELBOURNE 

THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

NEW   YORK    •    BOSTON    •    CHICAGO 
DALLAS    •    SAN   FRANCISCO 

THE  MACMILLAN  CO.  OF  CANADA,  LTD, 

TORONTO 


AN   OUTLINE  SKETCH   OF 
THE   POLITICAL   HISTORY 

OF 

EUROPE  IN  THE 
NINETEENTH  CENTURY 


eA 
F?J.  C/HEARNSHAW 

M.A.,  LL.D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  HISTORY  IN  KING'S  COLLEGE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  LONDON  ; 
AUTHOR  OF  "LEET  JURISDICTION  IN  ENGLAND,"  "FREEDOM  IN  SERVICE," 
'MAIN  CURRENTS  OF  EUROPEAN  HISTORY,  1815-1915,"  "DEMOCRACY  AT  THE  CROSSWAYS 

ETC.  ETC. 


MACMILLAN   AND   CO.,   LIMITED 

ST.  MARTIN'S   STREET,  LONDON 

1919 


COPYRIGHT 

D 

359 


TO 

MY    OLD    FRIENDS    AND    FELLOW-STUDENTS 
OF    THE 

WORKERS'  EDUCATIONAL  ASSOCIATION 

AND    THE 
ADULT    SCHOOLS    UNION 

IN 
HAMPSHIRE    AND    NORTHUMBERLAND 


PREFACE 

Two  years  ago  the  present  writer  published  a  book  (now 
in  its  fourth  impression)  entitled  Main  Currents  of  European 
History,  1815-1915.  It  consisted  of  the  substance  of  ten 
lectures  delivered  to  teachers  in  the  County  of  London. 
The  very  kind  reception  accorded  both  to  the  lectures  and 
to  the  book  by  the  teachers  for  whom  they  were  intended 
has  given  rise  to  a  demand  for  a  pupils'  book  covering  the 
same  ground.  The  small  volume  now  issued  has  been 
prepared  in  response  to  that  demand.  It  is  hoped  that 
it  may  assist  in  making  the  leading  lines  of  nineteenth- 
century  history  known  in  the  upper  classes  of  schools,  in 
training  colleges,  in  the  circles  of  the  Workers'  Educational 
Association  and  the  Home  Heading  Union,  in  Y.M.C.A. 
Institutes,  in  Army  Classes — everywhere,  in  short,  where 
people  of  mature  intelligence  gather  for  the  study  of 
subjects  essential  to  the  fulfilment  of  the  functions  of 
citizenship.  Nineteenth-century  European  history  is  not 
a  topic  of  education  suitable  for  young  children  ;  it  is  at 
once  too  complex,  too  controversial,  and  too  incompletely 
determined.  The  present  volume,  which  is  an  abridgement 
of  an  abridgement,  assumes  the  possession  of  that  knowledge 
of  British,  Colonial,  and  Foreign  history  which  is  usual  in 
the  case  of  intelligent  students  who  have  attended  school 
at  least  up  to  the  age  of  fourteen. 

Although  the  present  volume  is  in  subject  an  abridge- 
ment of  Main  Currents,  it  has  not  been  extracted  from  the 


viii    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

larger  book  by  means  of  scissors  or  constructed  by  means 
of  paste.  While  for  convenience  of  reference,  and  in  order 
that  the  two  works  may  be  used  side  by  side,  the  same 
capital  and  sectional  headings  have  (except  in  the  cases  of 
the  Introduction  and  the  Epilogue)  been  preserved,  the 
whole  has  been  entirely  rewritten,  and  a  certain  amount 
of  fresh  information  has  been  incorporated.  The  Introduc- 
tion to  Main  Currents  treated  of  the  teaching  of  history, 
and  it  was  felt  that  the  matter  was  unsuitable  for  this 
pupils'  book.  The  available  space  has  therefore  been 
employed  to  give  a  very  rapid  and  summary  sketch  of 
European  history  prior  to  the  period  specially  dealt  with  in 
the  body  of  the  book.  Similarly,  the  Epilogue  of  Main 
Currens,  which  described  the  opening  phases  of  the  Great 
War,  has  been  superseded  by  a  new  Epilogue  wherein  are 
indicated  briefly  various  aspects  of  nineteenth-century 
history  which,  though  important  in  themselves,  do  not 
come  within  the  compass  of  the  central  narrative. 

Every  effort  has  been  made  to  tell  a  story  that  shall 
have  unity,  continuity,  movement,  vitality.  It  has  been 
arranged  in  chapters  and  sections  which  have  been  care- 
fully co-ordinated,  and  kept  strictly  uniform  in  length  and 
difficulty.  It  is  hoped  that  the  attention  paid  to  these 
technical  details  will  greatly  facilitate  the  use  of  the  book 
by  teachers  in  their  classes,  and  leaders  in  their  circles. 
No  bibliographies,  and  but  few  references,  have  been  given, 
as  it  is  assumed  that  the  teacher  or  leader  will  have  Main 
Currents  at  hand  for  consultation.  An  Appendix  of  names 
and  dates  has  been  added  in  order  to  obviate  the  necessity 
of  giving  dynastic  details  in  the  text. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  LONDON, 

KING'S  COLLEGE, 

May  27,  1919. 


CONTENTS 

INTRODUCTION 

SECT.  PAGE 

1.  The  Study  of  World-History 1 

2.  The  Roman  Empire 3 

3.  Mediaeval  Christendom 5 

4.  The  Renaissance  and  the  Reformation .         .                  .         .  7 

5.  The  Modern  State  System 9 

6.  The  Antecedents  of  the  French  Revolution          ...  11 


CHAPTER   I 

DEMOCRACY  AND  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION 

7.  Arrival  of  the  Third  Estate          .         .  .         .         .         .14 

8.  The  Third  Estate  in  France         .        .  .        .        .        .16 

9.  The  French  States-General 18 

10.  Characteristics  of  the  French  Revolution  ....       20 

11.  The  Course  of  the  French  Revolution  ..  ....       22 

12.  Effects  of  the  French  Revolution  .  25 


CHAPTER   II 

NATIONALITY  AND  THE  GREAT  WARS 

13.  Democracy  and  Nationality .27 

14.  Causes  of  the  Great  Wars 29 

15.  The  ReTolutionary  War,  1792-1802 31 

ix 


x     EUKOPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTUKY 

SECT.  PAGE 

16.  The  Interval  of  Truce,  1802-3 33 

17.  The  Napoleonic  War,  1803-14 35 

18.  Effects  of  the  Great  Wars    .  37 


CHAPTER   III 

THE  SETTLEMENT  OP  1815 

19.  The  Fall  of  Napoleon 40 

20.  The  Congress  of  Vienna 42 

21.  The  Course  of  the  Negotiations 44 

22.  The  Hundred  Days 46 

23.  The  Treaties  of  1815 48 

24.  The  Vienna  Settlement  50 


CHAPTER   IV 

THE  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES,  1815-1822 

25.  The  Holy  Alliance  and  the  Quadruple  Alliance    ...  53 

26.  Reaction  and  Unrest,  1815-18     .         .         .         .         .         .55 

27.  The  Congress  of  Aix-la-Chapelle 57 

28.  The  European  Upheaval,  1818-20 60 

29.  The  Congresses  of  Troppau,  Laibach,  and  Verona         .         .  62 

30.  Break-up  of  the  Concert  of  Europe 65 


CHAPTER  V 

THE  ERA  OF  NATIONAL  REVOLTS,   1822-1830 

31.  The  Dawn  of  a  New  Age 68 

32.  The  Principle  of  Nationality 70 

33.  Incipient  National  Movements     ......  72 

34.  Greek  Emancipation .74 

35.  Belgian  Independence  ........  77 

36.  The  Breach  in  the  Treaty  System 79 


CONTENTS  xi 

CHAPTER  VI 

THE  EKA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT,  1830-1848 

SECT.  PAGE 

37.  New  Conditions  and  New  Ideas 82 

38.  Democratic  Movements  before  1830      .....      84 

39.  The  French  Revolution  of  1830 86 

40.  Democratic  Advance,  1830-48 89 

41.  The  French  Revolution  of  1848 91 

42.  The  General  Upheaval,  1848        .         ..        .         .        .         .93 

CHAPTER  VII 

THE  ERA  OF  THE  TRIUMPH  OP  NATIONALITY,  1848-1871 

43.  The  Democratic  Debacle 96 

44.  The  Second  French  Republic 99 

45.  The  Empire  of  Napoleon  III 101 

46.  The  Unification  of  Italy 104 

47.  The  Founding  of  the  German  Empire 106 

48.  The  Reconstruction  of  Central  Europe          ....  109 

CHAPTER  VIII 
THE  ERA  OP  IMPERIAL  EXPANSION,  1871-1901 

49.  Sedan  and  its  Sequel 112 

50.  The  New  Europe  and  its  Problems 114 

51.  The  Eastern  Question 117 

52.  The  Expansion  of  Europe 119 

53.  The  Exploitation  of  the  World 121 

54.  The  End  of  an  Age 124 

v 

CHAPTER  IX 

THE  ERA  OF  THE  SCHISM  OP  EUROPE,  1901-1914 

55.  International  Politics  after  Sedan 127 

56.  Triple  Alliance 129 

57.  The  "  Weltpolitik  "  of  William  II 182 

58.  The  Triple  Entente 134 

59.  Excursions  and  Alarms        ........  136 

60.  The  Drift  towards  War  139 


xii    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 


CHAPTER  X 
THE  CRISIS  OF  1914 

SECT.  PAGE 

61.  The  Situation  in  Germany 142 

62.  German  Preparations  for  War 144 

63.  The  Response  of  the  Entente  Powers 147 

64.  The  Serajevo  Pretext 149 

65.  The  Outbreak  of  War 151 

66.  The  Meaning  of  the  War 154 


EPILOGUE 

67.  The  Great  War,  1914-1919 .        .        .       • .        .        .        .157 

68.  Political  Developments  outside  Europe         ....     159 

69.  Inventions  and  Discoveries .162 

70.  The  Advance  of  Science        .......     164 

71.  The  Spread  of  Education 166 

72.  Social  Reform  168 


APPENDIX 

Chief  European  Rulers       .  173 

INDEX •     177 

MAPS 

FACING  PAGE 

Europe  according  to  the  Settlement  made  at  Vienna,  1815          .       48 
Europe  at  the  Outbreak  of  the  Great  War  .        .        ,        ,        .144 


INTRODUCTION 

§  1.  THE  STUDY  OF  WORLD-HISTORY 

ONE  of  the  beneficent,  if  minor,  results  of  the  great  war 
of  1914-18  has  been  the  awakening  among  Britons  of  a 
new  and  lively  interest  in  the  affairs  of  the  world  at  large. 
This  awakening  has  been  due  to  several  causes.  First,  the 
war  itself  was  the  outcome  of  world-movements  of  which 
the  masses  of  the  people  of  this  country  were  profoundly 
ignorant ;  and  it  has  become  clear  that,  if  knowledge  had 
been  greater,  pacific  precautions  might  have  been  more 
effective.  Secondly,  the  long-continued  operations  of  the 
war  took  to  many  and  various  regions  of  the  globe,  as 
members  of  expeditionary  forces,  unprecedented  numbers 
of  British  islanders  who  had  never  before  emerged  from 
their  native  solitudes ;  it  revealed  to  them  the  marvels 
of  lands  which  had  hitherto  been  to  them  no  more  than 
meaningless  names ;  it  brought  them  into  contact  with 
peoples  great  and  old  with  whose  antecedents  they  were 
entirely  unacquainted ;  it  led  them  beneath  the  spell  of 
alien  civilisations  redolent  of  the  kindred  charms  of 
immemorial  antiquity  and  complete  novelty.  Hence  a 
curiosity  has  been  excited  which  demands  satisfaction. 
Thirdly,  both  the  process  of  the  war  and  the  conclusion  of 
the  peace  have  made  it  abundantly  evident  that  the  days 

1  B 


2      EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

of  British  insularity  are  over.  The  airship  has  permanently 
bridged  the  narrow  sea  which,  "  as  a  moat  defensive  to  a 
house,"  in  the  old  days  kept  these  favoured  shores  secure 
in  isolation  "  against  the  envy  of  less  happier  lands."  The 
submarine  has  made  doubtful  the  single  guarantee  of  that 
mighty  fleet  which  from  Nelson's  day  to  our  own  rendered 
both  the  invasion  and  the  starvation  of  Britain  impossible. 
The  telegraph  and  the  telephone,  in  their  many  develop- 
ments, have  linked  all  the  civilised  peoples  of  the  earth 
together  in  indissoluble  unity.  The  eager  desire  of  the 
whole  world  for  the  prevention  of  future  war,  and  for  the 
establishment  of  the  peace  of  universal  justice,  has  led  to 
the  organisation  of  an  experimental  League  of  Nations 
of  which  the  British  peoples,  through  their  Governments, 
are  prominent  members.  All  these  things  indicate  the 
growing  solidarity  of  mankind,  and  make  it  obvious  that 
if  Britons  are  worthily  to  play  their  parts  as  protagonists 
in  the  new  international  society,  they  must  greatly  enlarge 
their  acquaintance  with  their  fellow  -  actors,  and  their 
knowledge  of  the  general  movement  of  the  drama  of  the 
human  race. 

But  though  interest  in  world-history  has  thus  been — 
somewhat  late  in  the  ages — aroused  in  this  country,  it 
does  not  follow  that  it  should  be  directed  indiscriminately 
to  all  the  peoples  of  the  globe,  or  to  all  the  periods  of  their 
chequered  careers.  A  principle  of  selection  and  concen- 
tration is  necessary.  It  is  not  difficult  to  find  one.  The 
State  in  which  a  man  lives  is  properly  the  centre  of  his 
interest ;  it  is  normally  the  sphere  of  his  highest  activity  ; 
it  is  the  prime  determinant  of  his  character  and  his  destiny  ; 
it  is  the  main  medium  through  which  he  in  turn  performs 
his  civic  duties  to  mankind.  Hence  he  studies  the  rest  of 
the  world  from  the  standpoint  of  his  own  country,  and  he 


INTRODUCTION  3 

pays  the  more  particular  attention  to  those  parts  of  it 
that  have  affected  his  country  the  more.  Again,  it  is  the 
civilisation  of  his  own  day  that  he  is  especially  concerned 
to  comprehend  and  interpret.  Hence,  passing  cursorily 
over  wholly  alien  cultures,  he  will  study  with  the  minuter 
care  the  sources  whence  the  ideas  and  institutions  of  his 
own  society  have  flowed,  and  he  will  bring  within  the  range 
of  his  more  extended  researches  just  those  other  societies 
which  share  with  his  own  the  same  heritage  of  the  past. 
In  short,  to  a  Briton,  world-history  will  be  dominantly 
the  history  of  Europe  and  of  Christian  civilisation. 

§  2.  THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE 

For  an  adequate  comprehension  of  modern  Europe,  and 
of  the  Christian  civilisation  which  has  established  itself  in 
it  and  spread  from  it  to  the  uttermost  parts  of  the  earth, 
it  is  necessary  to  go  back  along  the  annals  of  the  past  at 
least  as  far  as  the  times  of  the  Roman  Empire.  Because 
it  was  in  the  Roman  Empire  that  were  brought  together 
for  the  first  time,  and  co-ordinated  into  a  single  cultural 
unity,  the  three  great  operative  forces  by  means  of  which 
the  polity  of  the  Western  world  has  been  constructed. 
These  are  the  Latin  law,  the  Greek  philosophy,  and  the 
Christian  religion. 

The  Latin  genius  was  legal,  administrative,  political. 
No  people,  save  perhaps  the  British,  have  shown  so  high 
a  capacity  as  did  the  Romans  for  ruling  subject  nations, 
for  incorporating  alien  systems  of  government,  for  con- 
ciliating hostile  prejudices,  for  welding  together  incom- 
patibles.  They  established  an  Empire  which  extended  from 
the  Euphrates  in  the  east  to  the  Atlantic  in  the  west,  and 
from  the  Sahara  Desert  in  the  south  to  the  Pictish  Wall 


4   EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

in  the  north  of  Britain.  Within  these  immense  limits  were 
included  races  of  the  utmost  diversity — Ivernian,  Celtic, 
Italic,  Hellenic,  Semitic,  Turanian ;  civilisations  of  every 
variety,  from  the  ancient  and  decadent  cultures  of  the 
Orient  to  the  primitive  pastoral  barbarisms  of  the  northern 
tribes ;  religions  of  the  most  bewildering  multiplicity — 
rude  nature-worships  of  semi-savages,  frigid  systems  of 
state  ritual  controlled  by  civic  and  political  authority, 
emotional  cults  of  Eastern  mysteries.  Yet,  in  spite  of  this 
manifold  heterogeneity,  Rome,  for  the  first  three  centuries 
of  the  Christian  era,  held  the  multitudinous  nations,  peoples, 
and  tongues  together  in  almost  unbroken  peace,  content- 
ment, and  prosperity.  No  revolts  disturbed  the  general 
tranquillity  ;  less  than  400,000  troops  sufficed  to  maintain 
order  and  guarantee  security,  and  even  these  were  for  the 
most  part  stationed  on  the  frontiers  merely  to  prevent  the 
encroachments  of  barbarians  upon  the  ordered  civility  of 
the  provinces.  To  all  her  free  subjects  Rome  threw  open  her 
great  offices,  and  even  the  tremendous  autocracy  of  Caesar 
was  placed  within  the  reach  of  Spaniards,  Illyrians,  Asiatics, 
and  the  rest.  In  A.D.  212  the  Roman  citizenship,  which  in 
St.  Paul's  day  had  been  the  treasured  privilege  of  the  few, 
was  made  the  common  possession  of  all  the  free  men  of  the 
Empire.  A  single  splendid  system  of  law  administered  an 
equal  justice  throughout  the  Latin  world ;  fine  roads  and 
unprecedented  facilities  for  intercommunication  linked  the 
different  regions  of  the  Empire  in  social  and  economic  unity. 
In  short,  upon  the  whole  of  her  vast  dominions  Rome 
impressed  a  sense  of  solidarity  and  a  consciousness  of 
community  which  have  never,  from  that  day  to  this,  been 
wholly  effaced. 

What  Rome  did  in  the  legal  and  administrative  sphere 
was  confirmed  by  Greece  in  the  sphere  of  philosophy  and 


INTRODUCTION  5 

morals.  Although  Greece  became  politically  subject  to 
Rome,  intellectually  she  established  herself  as  her  teacher 
and  mistress.  Of  all  the  Greek  philosophies  the  one  which 
made  the  strongest  and  most  successful  appeal  to  the 
Romans  of  the  early  Empire  was  the  Stoic  philosophy  which 
Zeno  had  first  proclaimed  to  a  band  of  enthusiastic  disciples 
in  the  century  before  Christ  in  the  painted  colonnade  at 
Athens.  Among  the  fundamental  tenets  of  the  Stoic  creed 
was  the  principle  of  the  natural  equality  of  man,  and  it 
served  to  emphasise  and  enforce  the  cosmopolitan  unity 
which  Rome  was  instituting  among  the  100,000,000  of  her 
manifold  population. 

The  same  idea  of  the  universal  brotherhood  of  mankind 
was  promulgated  by  the  Christian  religion,  which  during 
the  fourth  century  of  the  present  era  became  the  official 
faith  of  the  Empire. 

§  3.  MEDIAEVAL  CHRISTENDOM 

The  Roman  Empire  fell  in  the  West  during  the  fifth 
century,  partly  because  of  internal  decay,  and  partly 
because  it  was  no  longer  able,  with  diminishing  population 
and  resources,  to  hold  in  check  the  hordes  of  Teutonic 
barbarians  who  had  long  been  pressing  upon  its  frontiers. 
The  Rhine  barrier  was  broken  in  A.D.  406,  and  a  swarm  of 
Vandals,  Alans,  and  Sueves  poured  through  Gaul,  whence 
they  passed  into  Spain,  and  ultimately  (the  Vandals  alone) 
into  Africa.  The  Visigoths  ravaged  Italy  during  the  years 
408—11  and  then  traversed  the  Riviera  into  the  valley  of 
the  Garonne,  where  they  founded  a  kingdom  round 
Toulouse.  Before  the  end  of  the  century  the  Ostrogoths 
under  their  king  Theodoric  established  their  dominion  over 
the  whole  of  Italy ;  the  Franks  under  Clovis  founded  a 


6      EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

strong  monarchy  in  Northern  Gaul ;  the  Burgundiaris 
planted  themselves,  first  on  the  middle  Rhine,  later  on  the 
lower  Rhone  ;  the  Angles  and  Saxons  began  their  conquest 
of  the  Roman  province  of  Britain.  Now  the  curious  thing 
about  these  Teutonic  kingdoms  is  this,  that,  though  they 
brought  all  eSective  Roman  control  to  an  end  in  Italy, 
Africa,  Spain,  Gaul,  and  Britain,  they  did  not  formally 
repudiate  the  Roman  authority,  or  diminish  the  theoretical 
limits  of  the  Imperial  dominion.  The  Roman  Empire  still 
continued  (till  A.D.  1453)  to  flourish  in  the  East,  based 
upon  the  impregnable  fortress  of  Constantinople.  Mighty 
barbarian  monarchs,  like  Theodoric  and  Clovis,  were  proud 
to  accept  from  the  Byzantine  successor  of  Augustus  Caesar 
the  office  of  consul,  or  the  dignity  of  patrician,  and  to 
rule  over  the  provincials  who  formed  the  majority  of  their 
subjects  with  an  admittedly  delegated  authority.  Long 
after  the  Imperial  administrative  system  had  fallen  into 
ruin  in  the  West,  the  Roman  law  continued  to  be  enforced 
by  Teutonic  chiefs  in  barbaric  tribunals — in  some  regions, 
indeed,  among  which  Italy  stands  first,  it  never  became 
extinct  at  all.  Above  all,  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  the 
embodiment  of  the  orthodox  and  universal  religion  of 
the  Empire,  with  its  vigorous  organisation,  its  impressive 
ceremonial,  its  sharply  formulated  creed,  and  its  effective 
appeals  to  faith  and  fear,  remained  intact  amid  the  political 
chaos  of  the  crumbling  secular  dominion  of  Rome.  Priests 
succeeded  to  the  ancient  jurisdiction  of  magistrates  ;  bishops 
inherited  the  place  and  power  of  provincial  governors  ;  the 
Pope  of  the  eternal  city  acquired  the  prestige  and  authority 
that  had  once  belonged  to  the  vanished  Caesar.  The 
Roman  Empire,  indeed,  did  not  perish  in  the  West :  it  'was 
transmuted  by  a  process  of  mystical  alchemy  into  the 
Roman  Church.  In  course  of  time  all  the  barbarian  king- 


INTRODUCTION  7 

doins  which  succeeded  in  establishing  themselves  perman- 
ently within  the  ancient  limits  of  the  Empire  were  converted 
to  the  Roman  Catholic  type  of  Christianity,  and  by  the 
year  A.D.  1000  Mediaeval  Christendom  had  come  fully  into 
being. 

Mediaeval  Christendom  in  many  respects  resembled  and 
recalled  Imperial  Rome.  It  was  centred  in  the  same  City 
of  the  Seven  Hills ;  its  language  was  Latin  ;  its  common 
law  was  based  on  the  Jus  Civile ;  its  divisions  into  patri- 
archates, archbishoprics,  and  episcopal  dioceses  corre- 
sponded almost  exactly  with  the  administrative  system  of 
the  Empire  as  denned  by  Diocletian  and  Constantino .  Like 
the  secular  Empire  which  it  succeeded  and  displaced,  its 
outstanding  characteristic  was  its  unity.  The  men  of  all 
the  nations,  kindreds,  and  tongues  who  came  within  the 
sacred  circle  of  the  Church  were  made  to  feel  that  what 
they  had  in  common — saving  faith,  sacramental  grace, 
priestly  intercession,  the  treasure  of  the  merits  of  the 
saints,  Divine  favour — was  infinitely  more  important  than 
differences  of  race  or  language  or  culture  that  tended  to 
separate  them  into  groups.  Till  the  end  of  the  Middle  Ages 
Western  Europe  was  one,  and  in  its  dominant  aspect 
indivisible. 

§  4.  THE  RENAISSANCE  AND  THE  REFORMATION 

Before  the  close  of  the  Middle  Ages,  however,  lines  of 
future  cleavage  had  become  evident.  The  Teutonic  tribes 
which  from  the  fifth  century  onward  had  established  them- 
selves within  the  Roman  pale  had  each  of  them  old  and 
deep  traditions  of  independence  and  autonomy.  Some  of 
them,  e.g.  the  Anglo-Saxons,  in  spite  of  all  the  culture  of 
Rome,  clung  to  their  ancestral  dialects  and  resisted  all  the 


8      EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

attractions  of  Latin  and  Romance ;  even  the  others, 
e.g.  the  Visigoths  of  the  Peninsula  and  the  Franks  of  Gaul, 
who  surrendered  their  native  speech  and  adopted  the 
common  tongue  of  the  provincials,  did  so  with  differences 
that  resulted  in  the  creation  of  distinct  modern  languages. 
Again,  each  tribe  had  its  own  system  of  immemorial 
custom  and  sacred  law,  and  this  it  retained  and  adminis- 
tered among  its  own  people  with  jealous  reverence — 
reserving  the  Roman  law  for  Roman  provincials  and  for 
clergy  of  the  Roman  Church.  Thus  in  mediaeval  Europe 
there  existed,  side  by  side  with  the  universal  Civil  and 
Canon  Laws,  important  bodies  of  local  regulations,  such 
as  the. Leges  Anglorum,  the  Lex  Salica,  and  the  Lex  Burgun- 
dionum,  which  were  the  peculiar  property  of  a  single  people, 
and  the  increasingly  dominant  code  of  a  specific  geographical 
region.  In  course  of  time  other  disruptive  differences 
manifested  themselves  among  the  constituent  elements  of 
Christendom.  Varieties  of  political  organisation  developed 
— monarchic,  aristocratic,  democratic ;  conflicts  of  eco- 
nomic interests  were  engendered  and  became  acute ; 
rivalries  for  exclusive  control  of  favoured  lands  and  import- 
ant seas  sundered  the  European  community  into  struggling 
sects.  The  decay  of  the  central  authority  of  the  Roman 
Emperor  in  the  fifth  century  left  the  hostile  groups  to 
fight  their  distracting  quarrels  out.  In  vain  did  the  Roman 
Papacy,  as  the  heir  of  the  imperial  tradition,  seek  to  revive 
an  effective  cosmopolitan  control.  At  first  it  appealed  to 
the  distant  Byzantine  Caesar  to  return  and  restore  his 
rightful  jurisdiction  over  the  wasted  West ;  but  the  Byzan- 
tine Caesar  had  as  much  as  he  could  do  to  maintain  himself 
in  the  East  against  encircling  foes.  Secondly,  it  tried  by  the 
coronation  of  Charlemagne  and  his  successors  to  re-create 
a  Holy  Roman  Empire  for  the  West,  coterminous  with  the 


INTRODUCTION  9 

Catholic  Church  ;  but  the  Holy  Roman  Empire  proved  to 
be  an  ineffective  phantom,  a  new  source  of  conflict  rather 
than  a  bond  of  union.  Finally,  especially  under  such  popes 
as  Gregory  VII.  and  Innocent  III.,  it  attempted  to  assume 
for  itself  supreme  political  as  well  as  spiritual  authority 
over  Christendom ;  but  its  pretensions  were  ultimately 
repudiated  by  recalcitrant  kings,  and  the  effort  to  enforce 
them  did  but  hasten  the  final  disruption  of  Christendom. 

That  final  disruption,  however,  did  not  come  so  long  as 
the  unifying  and  universal  Church  retained  its  intellectual 
and  religious  ascendancy.  The  solidarity  of.  the  Catholic 
priesthood  held  Europe  together  long  after  it  had  begun 
to  break  into  schismatic  political  fragments.  The  cosmo- 
politanism of  the  monastic  orders,  the  orders  of  crusading 
chivalry,  and  the  orders  of  mendicant  friars  gave  a 
cohesion  to  the  Continent  that  endured  through  all  the 
Ages  of  Faith.  The  maintenance  of  the  Latin  tongue  as 
the  common  language  of  both  worship  and  education  pre- 
served the  spiritual  unity  of  Christendom  :  churchmen  were 
at  home  in  every  country ;  scholars  were  free  of  every 
university.  Not  till  the  Renaissance  proclaimed  the 
intellectual  emancipation  of  man  from  clerical  control, 
and  not  till  the  accompanying  Reformation  signalised  the 
revolt  of  the  peoples  against  the  religious  domination  of 
Rome,  was  the  unity  of  Europe  utterly  and  irrevocably 
shattered. 

§  5.  THE  MODERN  STATE  SYSTEM 

The  gigantic  upheaval  of  the  Reformation,  and  of  the 
religious  wars  to  which  it  led,  revealed  the  fact  that  during 
the  later  Middle  Ages  the  prime  political  tendency  had 
been  towards  the  formation  of  national  states.  The  typical 
divisions  of  the  Christian  community  of  Europe  during  the 


10    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

central  portion  of  the  Middle  Ages  had  been  into  social 
orders  rather  than  into  nations :  it  had  been  horizontal 
rather  than  vertical.  The  principles,  however,  of  freedom 
and  equality,  deeply  engrained  in  the  Stoic  philosophy,  the 
Roman  Jus  Gentium,  and  the  Christian  religion,  had  tended 
to  fuse  the  classes,  which  had  at  one  time  been  marked  by 
the  rigidity  and  intractability  of  castes  :  slaves  were  raised 
from  their  low  estate ;  nobles  were  reduced  from  their 
place  of  pride.  A  consciousness  of  a  common  and  conse- 
crated humanity  was  diffused.  But  at  the  same  time  that 
social  barriers  were  being  broken  down,  and  class  distinctions 
eliminated,  the  decay  of  the  centralising  and  unifying 
powers  of  Papacy  and  Empire  left  the  way  open  for  the 
development  of  new  schisms  of  a  different  kind.  They  were 
clue  not  to  those  radical  divergences  of  blood  and  status 
which  had  made  the  social  separations  of  the  Ancient  World 
— as  they  still  do  those  of  the  East — so  irreconcilable  : 
they  were  due  merely  to  the  clash  of  political  and  economic 
interests,  and  to  the  formation  of  sectional  linguistic, 
cultural,  and  traditional  ties.  The  English  peoples  had, 
perhaps,  been  the  first  to  become  conscious  of  their  nation- 
hood. It  was  especially  during  the  course  of  the  Hundred 
Years'  War  (1337-1453)  that  all  classes  had  become  united 
in  defence  of  this  island,  in  zeal  to  secure  the  command 
of  the  Channel,  in  ambition  to  control  the  wool-markets  of 
Flanders,  in  support  of  their  monarch's  visionary  claims  to 
the  overlordship  of  Scotland  and  the  throne  of  France. 
The  aggressive  nationality  of  the  English  had  excited 
resistant  patriotism  in  Scotland,  whose  peoples  rallied  as 
one  man  under  the  leadership  first  of  the  Bruces,  then  of 
the  Stuarts,  to  maintain  the  independence  of  their  country  ; 
and  in  France  where  the  rivalries  of  Orleanist  nobles  and 
Burgundian  burghers  were  reconciled  in  a  common  struggle, 


INTRODUCTION  11 

ultimately  successful,  to  expel  the  English  invaders  Simul- 
taneously with  these  national  movements  in  England, 
France,  and  Scotland,  was  developing  a  kindred  movement 
in  the  Iberian  Peninsula  where  the  diverse  folk  of  Castile. 
Leon,  Navarre,  Aragon,  and  Catalonia  were  becoming 
welded  into  the  Spanish  nation  in  defence  of  the  Cross 
against  the  Crescent,  and  in  the  effort  to  expel  from  their 
land  the  Moors  who  had  been  established  therein  from  the 
beginning  of  the  eighth  century.  In  Germany  and  in 
Italy  at  this  time  national  particularism  was  not  so  clearly 
marked  as  it  was  in  Western  Europe.  For  Germany  was 
still  the  home  of  the  titular  Roman  Empire,  the  claimant 
to  the  secular  headship  of  the  Christian  world  ;  while  Italy 
was  still  dominated  by  the  cosmopolitan  Papacy.  By  the 
institutions  of  the  Empire  and  the  Papacy,  indeed,  in 
Germany  and  in  Italy  the  Middle  Ages  were  protracted  till 
the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  :  it  was  reserved 
to  Napoleon  to  bring  them  to  a  close.  In  Western  Europe, 
however,  the  Middle  Ages  came  to  an  end  when  England, 
Scotland,  France,  and  Spain  attained  to  conscious  nation- 
hood ;  when  each  of  them  proclaimed  itself  a  sovereign 
state,  independent  of  all  external  control ;  and  when  in 
each  of  them  the  Church  itself  became  nationalised,  whether 
it  remained  in  communion  with  Rome,  or  whether  it  broke 
away  in  Protestant  rebellion. 

§  6.  THE  ANTECEDENTS  OF  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION 

The  establishment  of  the  modern  State  System  during  the 
course  of  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries  was  followed 
by  a  long  period  of  grave  disorders.  The  new  political 
units,  emancipated  from  all  effective  external  control,  were 
in  relation  to  one  another  in  a  condition  of  "  nature,"  that 


12    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

is,  of  lawless  savagery.  They  tended  to  fight  with  one 
another  incessantly  for  ascendancy,  or  to  join  in  preying 
upon  their  weaker  neighbours.  Not  until  some  sort  of  a 
Balance  of  Power  had  been  attained  by  means  of  dynastic 
and  other  alliances,  and  not  until  some  sort  of  International 
Law  had  been  evolved  by  jurists,  and  accepted  by  states- 
men, was  it  possible  for  peace  to  prevail.  The  first  great 
wars  of  modern  times  were  the  struggles  between  France 
and  Spain  for  dominance  over  Italy,  Germany,  and  the 
Netherlands  (1494-1559).  Then  followed  the  appalling 
wars  of  religion  (1559-1648)  in  the  course  of  which  Europe 
was  divided  in  hopeless  schism  between  Protestant  and 
Catholic  groups  of  states,  whose  ecclesiastical  allegiance  was 
primarily  determined  by  national  and  political  considera- 
tions rather  than  by  theological  arguments.  Next  came 
a  period  of  dynastic  conflicts  (1648-1748) — including  the 
wars  of  the  English,  Spanish,  Polish,  and  Austrian  Succes- 
sions— during  which  kingdoms  and  peoples  were  treated  as 
royal  properties  to  be  disposed  of,  like  private  estates  or 
prize  cattle,  by  inheritance,  by  marriage  jointure,  by  gift, 
by  exchange,  by  partition,  or  by  mere  conquest.  These 
successive  series  of  almost  chronic  wars  had,  of  course, 
the  effect  of  developing  in  all  the  countries  concerned 
strong  military  castes,  highly  centralised  administrations, 
and  exceedingly  despotic  monarchies.  But  when  in  the 
eighteenth  century  comparative  stability  and  peace  had 
been  attained — especially  during  the  long  interval  of 
tranquillity  that  followed  the  conclusion  of  the  War  of 
the  Spanish  Succession  and  Treaty  of  Utrecht  (1713) — a 
change  began  to  come  over  European  society.  Amid  all 
the  tumults  of  the  recurrent  conflicts,  commercial  and 
industrial  classes  had  been  springing  up  whose  interests 
(though  by  no  means  always  pacific)  were  widely  different 


INTRODUCTION  13 

from  those  of  the  military  nobilities  and  the  supreme 
war-lords  ;  an  intellectual  aristocracy  had  been  organising 
itself  in  dissent  from  the  prevailing  political  and  religious 
creeds,  and  in  antagonism  to  the  established  organisations 
of  Church  and  State  ;  above  all,  a  numerous  and  oppressed 
proletariat  had  become  conscious  of  its  wrongs  and 
clamorous  for  its  rights.  Only  a  little  was  needed  to  bring 
the  system  of  autocratic  monarchies  and  persecuting  hier- 
archies crashing  to  the  ground.  That  little  was  provided 
by  the  French  Revolution  of  1789. 


CHAPTER  I 
DEMOCRACY  AND  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION 

§  7.  ARRIVAL  OF  THE  THIRD  ESTATE 

THE  French  Revolution  of  the  eighteenth  century  ranks 
with  the  seventeenth-century  Great  Rebellion  in  England  and 
the  sixteenth-century  Protestant  Reformation  in  Germany 
as  one  of  those  prime  outstanding  events  in  European 
history  which  have  had  profound  and  enduring  effects  not 
only  upon  the  country  in  which  they  have  been  enacted, 
but  also  upon  the  Continent  at  large.  The  Reformation 
broke  the  power  of  priests  :  the  Rebellion  sounded  the 
death-knell  of  the  autocracy  of  kings :  the  Revolution 
shattered  the  ascendancy  of  aristocracies.  All  three  move- 
ments owed  their  initial  success  to  the  moral  and  intellectual 
leadership  of  a  small,  emancipated,  and  illuminated  middle 
class ;  but  in  each  case  behind  the  middle  class  there  lay 
the  immense  silent  force  of  a  slowly  advancing  proletariat 
of  artisans  and  peasants,  the  pressure  of  whose  inarticulate 
influence  became  greater  with  each  succeeding  decade. 

During  the  thousand  years  of  the  Middle  Ages  all  spiritual 
authority  had  lain  in  the  hands  of  the  "  first  estate  "  of  the 
clergy ;  all  military  power  in  the  hands  of  the  "  second 
estate  "  of  the  nobles.  The  clergy  had  exercised  absolute 
and  undisputed  sway  over  the  minds  and  consciences  of  the 

14 


ca.  i  DEMOCRACY  &  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  15 

peoples  of  Christendom.  They  had  had  the  monopoly  of 
such  learning  as  had  survived  the  disruption  of  the  Roman 
Empire ;  they  were  believed  to  possess,  as  heirs  of  Christ 
and  the  Apostles,  supernatural  gifts,  which  gave  them 
control  of  the  keys  of  death  and  hell.  So  long  as  their 
intellectual  ascendancy  continued  unimpaired,  and  so 
long  as  their  lofty  claims  to  ghostly  prerogatives  were 
generally  admitted,  they  remained  established  as  the  un- 
questioned guardians  and  tutors  of  a  childlike  world.  On 
the  whole,  though  they  were  subject  to  the  limitations  of  their 
age,  they  used  their  enormous  powers  not  ill.  But  the  time 
came  when  the  days  of  their  tutorship  were  accomplished. 
With  the  Renaissance  the  laity  of  the  "  third  estate  "  began 
to  assert  an  independence  of  thought,  and  to  display  an 
energy  of  doubt,  that  shook  off  clerical  control  and  in- 
augurated the  age  of  secularity  and  science.  Side  by  side 
with  the  mediaeval  supremacy  of  the  Church  had  been  the 
military  ascendancy  of  the  nobles.  Their  impregnable 
castles,  their  strong  defensive  armour,  their  formidable 
weapons  of  assault,  had  made  them,  though  few  in  numbers, 
unassailably  dominant.  The  unarmed,  undisciplined  multi- 
tudes of  the  peasantry  lay  before  them  as  grass  before 
the  reapers.  But  they  too,  like  the  clergy,  had  had  their 
functions  to  perform,  and  their  duties  to  fulfil,  in  the  Middle 
Ages ;  and,  like  the  clergy,  they  had  accomplished  them 
with  normal  human  fidelity.  Their  function  had  been  to 
establish  order  in  a  period  of  extreme  lawlessness,  and  to 
defend  Christendom  from  successive  hordes  of  infidel 
invaders — Hun,  Avar,  Saracen,  Magyar,  Viking.  But 
about  the  time  of  the  Renaissance  their  work  too  was 
completed.  Strong  national  monarchies  had  been  founded  ; 
the  reign  of  law  had  been  inaugurated  ;  the  power  of  the 
infidels  broken.  This  change  in  circumstances  synchron- 


16    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

ised  with  an  important  change  in  the  art  of  war.  Gun- 
powder had  come  into  common  use  during  the  fourteenth 
century,  and  as  artillery  and  fire-arms  superseded  battering- 
rams  and  bows,  the  feudal  castle  and  the  armour-clad 
knight  became  anachronisms.  The  "  third  estate "  re- 
covered its  superiority  on  the  field  of  battle.  Gunpowder 
and  the  printing-press  were  the  heralds  of  the  new  age. 

§  8.  THE  THIRD  ESTATE  IN  FRANCE 

In  no  European  country  did  clericalism  and  feudalism 
linger  so  long  as  in  France  :  the  mediaeval  alliance  between 
France  and  the  Papacy  had  been  unusually  close  ;  France 
had  been  the  very  home  and  hearth  of  the  feudal  aristo- 
cracy. Even  in  the  eighteenth  century  ecclesiastical 
magnates  and  territorial  nobles  kept  their  ancient  state. 
But  also  in  no  European  country,  during  the  eighteenth 
century,  had  the  intellect  of  the  "  third  estate  "  emanci- 
pated itself  so  completely  from  sacerdotal  tutelage,  or  had 
so  powerful  a  body  of  lawyers,  doctors,  merchants,  and 
financiers  risen  to  claim  a  share  in  political  power. 

Thus,  on  the  one  hand,  the  estates  of  the  nobles  and 
the  clergy  possessed  many  privileges — rights  of  jurisdiction, 
claims  to  dues  and  services,  exemptions  from  taxation  and 
from  other  public  burdens.  These  privileges  had  at  one  time 
been  not  unreasonable ;  for  they  had  been  the  counter- 
parts and  correlatives  of  onerous  duties  performed  on 
behalf  of  the  community.  But  the  duties  had  been  taken 
over  by  the  bureaucracy  of  a  highly  centralised  monarchy, 
and  the  privileges,  thus  dissociated  from  obligations,  re- 
mained as  a  gross  anachronism.  On  the  other  hand,  while 
nobles  and  clergy  had  been  steadily  degenerating  into 
obnoxious  parasites,  the  ranks  of  the  bourgeoisie  had  been 


i  DEMOCRACY  &  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  17 

swelling  with  a  constant  influx  of  wealthy  men  of  business, 
well-educated  advocates,  sceptical  philosophers,  aggressive 
men  of  science.  This  enlightened  and  increasing  middle 
class  was  excluded  from  all  direct  political  power ;  yet 
upon  it  fell  the  bulk  of  the  burden  of  the  national  taxation, 
and  it  stood  to  suffer  more  than  any  other  by  the  state - 
bankruptcy  which  (as  we  shall  shortly  see)  threatened  the 
country  in  1789.  It  resented  its  condition  of  impotence  ; 
it  felt  the  most  profound  contempt  for  the  incompetence 
of  the  aristocratic  and  clerical  ministers  of  the  decadent 
Bourbons ;  its  intellect — nourished  on  the  writings  of 
Montesquieu,  Voltaire,  and  Rousseau — rose  in  revolt 
against  the  dogmas  of  the  divine  right  of  kings,  the  in- 
fallibility of  the  Church,  and  the  sanctity  of  privilege. 

Below  this  select  and  cultured  upper  section  of  the  third 
estate  seethed  the  restless  and  turbulent  masses  of  the 
urban  proletariat,  ignorant  and  unorganised,  ready  for 
riot  and  revolt.  Beyond  these  again  there  lay,  passive 
and  inert,  but  filled  with  inarticulate  resentments  and  the 
sense  of  immemorial  wrong,  the  still  vaster  multitudes  of  the 
rural  peasantry  :  they  were  either  the  descendants  and  re- 
presentatives of  the  primitive  Celtic  cultivators  conquered 
early  in  the  Christian  era  by  the  Franks,  or  the  heirs  of 
barbarian  coloni  settled  in  subject  communities,  or  else 
still  unenfranchised  feudal  serfs.  They  were  oppressed  by 
many  burdens,  and  hampered  by  countless  restrictions. 
Arthur  Young,  who  travelled  through  France  during  the 
years  1787-89  in  order  to  observe  French  agriculture,  re- 
marked that  some  four-fifths,  of  the  earnings  of  the  peasants 
went  in  taxes  to  the  State,  tithes  to  the  Church,  and  dues  to 
the  lords  ;  and  further,  that  in  some  parts  of  the  country 
the  tenantry  were  still  irritated  and  harassed  by  feudal 
obligations,  such  as  those  which  required  them  to  grind 

c 


18    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

their  corn  at  the  lord's  mill,  to  bake  their  bread  in  his 
oven,  or  to  render  forced  and  unpaid  service  on  the  lord's 
land  at  seed-time  and  harvest. 

The  French  third  estate,  in  short,  throughout  both 
its  great  and  widely  different  sections — the  prosperous  and 
cultivated  middle  class,  and  the  oppressed  and  ignorant 
proletariat  of  artisans  and  peasants — was  restless  and  dis- 
satisfied at  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century.  Political 
causes  brought  the  discontent  to  an  explosive  head  in  1789. 

§  9.  THE  FRENCH  STATES-GENERAL 

Throughout  the  eighteenth  century  the  finances  of  the 
French  government  were  in  an  extremely  precarious 
condition.  Louis  XIV.  (1643-1715),  a  brilliant  and 
ambitious  monarch,  had  fairly  launched  his  country  on 
the  current  that  drifted  towards  bankruptcy  by  a  series 
of  wanton  wars  of  aggression.  His  successor,  Louis  XV. 
(1715-74),  although  not  so  warlike  as  Louis  XIV.,  was 
grossly  extravagant  and  corrupt  in  his  domestic  expendi- 
ture. Louis  XVI.,  the  king  who  was  reigning  when  the 
Revolution  broke  out,  was  personally  both  peaceful  and 
economical ;  but  he  was  feeble  of  intellect  and  weak  of 
will,  unable  to  comprehend  the  problems  of  government, 
incapable  of  restraining  either  the  frivolities  of  his  court  or 
the  follies  of  his  ministers.  Year  after  year,  without  any 
exceptions,  the  expenses  of  the  state  far  exceeded  its 
income.  No  one  knew  exactly  how  grave  was  the  deficit, 
for  no  accurate  accounts  were  kept,  and  none  of  any  sort 
were  published.  All  that  was  generally  known  was  that 
at  increasingly  frequent  intervals  the  moneyed  members 
of  the  third  estate  were  called  upon  to  furnish  loans  in 
order  to  make  it  possible  for  the  government  to  pay  its 


i  DEMOCRACY  &  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  19 

vray  at  all.  So  serious  was  the  financial  position  when 
Louis  XVI.  ascended  the  throne  (1774)  that  he  was  advised 
to  summon  to  his  councils  the  greatest  French  economist 
of  the  day,  A.  R.  J.  Turgot,  whom  he  soon  appointed  to  the 
post  of  comptroller-general.  Turgot  at  once  recognised 
and  made  clear  the  fact  that  France  was  on  the  verge  of 
utter  bankruptcy.  He  accordingly  insisted,  on  the  one  hand, 
upon  rigid  economies,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  upon  the 
removal  of  the  iniquitous  exemptions  and  privileges  of  the 
nobles  and  the  clergy.  Turgot's  proposals,  which  he  pressed 
with  a  persistence  that  was  patriotic  rather  than  tactful, 
aroused  the  most  intense  antagonism  at  Court,  and  in  1776, 
on  the  demand  of  the  Queen,  Marie  Antoinette,  Turgot  was 
dismissed. 

That  same  fateful  year  the  revolted  English  colonies  in 
America  issued  their  Declaration  of  Independence.  To  the 
French  militarists,  who  were  still  smarting  from  the  crush- 
ing defeat  which  they  had  suffered  at  Britain's  hand  in  the 
Seven  Years'  War  (1756-63),  the  occasion  seemed  to  be 
golden  for  revenge.  Hence,  in  spite  of  the  warnings  of  the 
falling  Turgot  and  of  all  prudent  ministers,  the  government 
listened  to  the  appeals  of  the  American  rebels  and  plunged 
into  the  prodigious  expenses  of  the  Transatlantic  war. 
The  War  of  American  Independence — in  which  France 
played  an  increasingly  prominent  part,  until  she  was  able 
to  dictate  to  Britain  the  terms  of  a  humiliating  peace  at 
Paris  and  Versailles  in  1783 — had  three  important  effects 
upon  France  herself.  First,  it  caused  to  be  circulated  in 
France  a  vast  amount  of  literature  which  not  only  defended 
the  war  but  also  disseminated  anti-monarchic  and  republican 
principles  ;  secondly,  it  trained  and  sent  back  to  France  a 
large  number  of  men,  e.g.  the  Marquis  Lafayette,  imbued 
with  strong  democratic  and  equalitarian  ideas ;  thirdly, 


20    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  cm 

it  precipitated  the  long-threatened  national  bankruptcy. 
The  successors  of  Turgot  ceased  to  be  able  to  raise  any  more 
loans  on  any  terms  whatsoever,  even  when  they  were  needed 
to  pay  the  arrears  of  interest  on  previous  loans.  Hence, 
as  a  last  desperate  resort,  a  capable  Genevese  banker, 
Necker,  was  called  in  to  find  some  way  out  of  the  impasse. 
All  he  could  do  was  to  advise  that  the  long-dormant  States- 
General  should  be  summoned,  with  full  powers  to  deal  with 
the  critical  situation. 


§  10.  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION 

The  French  States-General  was  akin  to  the  English 
Parliament.  Both  had  reached  their  definite  form  about 
the  same  date  (A.D.  1300)  and  both  had  had  originally  much 
the  same  functions  and  powers.  But  the  courses  of  their 
subsequent  developments  had  been  strikingly  different 
from  one  another.  Whereas  the  English  Parliament,  in 
spite  of  ebbs  and  flows  of  fortune,  had  increased  in  strength 
until  in  the  seventeenth  century  it  had  become  the  dominant 
power  in  the  state,  its  French  counterpart  had  declined 
into  insignificance  and  impotence,  until  in  1614  it  had  alto- 
gether ceased  to  meet.  This  remarkable  difference  of  fate 
was  due  to  three  main  causes.  First,  whereas  the  English 
Parliament  divided  itself  into  two  closely  associated 
houses,  the  French  States-General  became  congealed  into 
three  mutually  exclusive  estates — clergy,  nobles,  commons. 
Thus,  while  the  English  Commons  were  strengthened,  and 
were  intimately  linked  to  the  Lords,  by  the  inclusion  of 
the  country  gentry  in  their  ranks,  the  French  Third  Estate 
remained  weak  in  bourgeois  isolation.  There  was  no  union 
or  cohesion  between  the  three  estates  in  France  :  each 
played  its  own  hand  on  its  own  behalf,  and  the  monarchy 


i  DEMOCRACY  &  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  21 

sharped  them  all.  Secondly,  whereas  the  members  of  the 
English  Parliament,  both  Lords  and  Commons,  were 
generally  men  of  affairs  trained  in  local  government,  skilled 
in  the  management  of  large  merchant  companies,  and  or- 
ganised into  compact  and  disciplined  parties  ;  the  members 
of  the  French  assembly  commonly  lacked  both  adminis- 
trative experience  and  political  organisation.  Thirdly, 
and  most  important  of  all,  whereas  the  English  Parliament 
early  in  its  career  asserted  and  secured  the  "  power  of  the 
purse,"  which  enabled  it  steadily  to  increase  its  privileges 
and  prerogatives,  the  French  States-General  never  was  in 
a  position  to  do  so.  In  the  critical  days  of  the  fifteenth 
and  sixteenth  centuries,  when  the  form  of  the  government 
was  being  determined,  the  French  king  had  possessed  so 
large  a  revenue  from  feudal  dues  and  permanent  taxes  that 
he  had  been  independent  of  voted  supplies.  Hence  the 
States-General  had  never  been  able  to  make  "  redress  of 
grievances  "  an  imperative  mandate  to  a  suppliant  king, 
and  grievances  had  not  been  redressed.  Thus  had  the 
organs  of  representative  government  died  out  in  France, 
and  when  in  1789,  at  Necker's  instance,  the  States-General 
was  summoned  as  from  the  grave,  exactly  a  century  and 
three-quarters  had  elapsed  since  it  had  fallen  into  the  sleep 
of  desuetude. 

Just  as  the  English  Revolution  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury may  be  dated  from  the  meeting  of  the  Long  Parliament 
in  November  1642,  so  may  the  French  Revolution  be 
regarded  as  having  commenced  with  the  assembly  of  the 
States-General  in  May  1789.  There  is  a  certain  parallelism, 
interesting  to  English  and  French  students  if  to  no  others, 
between  the  two  Revolutions.  Louis  XVI.,  both  in  char- 
acter and  destiny,  recalls  Charles  I. ;  the  ideologues  of 
1789-1800  seem  to  be  reincarnations  of  some  of  the 


22    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

extremer  fanatics  of  164=9-60 ;  Napoleon  and  Cromwell,  both 
products  of  the  Revolution,  appear  as  kindred  clearers  of 
the  Revolutionary  mess.  But  these  resemblances  are 
superficial ;  the  differences  are  profound.  The  English 
Revolution  was  political  and  religious,  directed  against  the 
autocracy  of  the  king  and  the  Arminianism  of  the  church  ; 
the  French  Revolution  was  social  and  secular,  directed 
against  the  privileged  nobles  and  clergy.  The  one  aimed 
at  liberty,  the  other  at  equality ;  the  one  was  oligarchic, 
the  other  democratic ;  the  one  was  determined  by  pre- 
cedent, the  other  by  principle.  These  fundamental  differ- 
ences, however,  manifested  themselves  but  slowly  as  the 
French  Revolution  proceeded.  We  must  briefly  note  the 
main  stages  of  its  process. 

§  11.  THE  COURSE  OP  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION 

The  French  Revolution  proper  lasted  from  the  assembling 
of  the  States-General  on  "  May  5,  1789,  to  the  death  of 
Robespierre  on  July  28,  1794.  During  this  period  of  five 
years  the  Revolution  passed  through  four  phases,  each 
approximately  fifteen  months  in  length."  (1)  From  May  5, 
1789,  to  July  14, 1790 — in  spite  of  two  ominous  tumultuary 
incidents,  viz.  the  storming  of  the  Bastille  by  the  Paris  mob, 
and  the  hunger-march  of  the  women  to  Versailles — the 
movement  was  kept  on  constitutional  lines.  The  States- 
Greneral  transmuted  itself  into  a  National  (later  Constituent) 
Assembly  ;  abolished  titles  of  nobility  and  feudal  immuni- 
ties ;  swept  away  tithes  and  pluralities  ;  liberated  serfs  ; 
opened  civil  and  military  appointments  to  all ;  reorganised 
France  in  83  departments ;  introduced  a  civil  constitution 
of  the  clergy  which  repudiated  the  Papal  supremacy  ; 
formulated  a  new  scheme  of  government  for  the  kingdom — 


a  scheme  modelled  on  that  of  England  and  intended  to 
convert  the  ancien  regime  of  Bourbon  autocracy  into  a 
limited  monarchy  of  the  Hanoverian  type.  The  inaugura- 
tion of  the  new  order  was  signalised  on  July  14,  1790,  by 
a  gigantic  mass  meeting  of  deputies  from  the  recently 
instituted  departments  held  in  the  Champ  de  Mars,  on  the 
site  of  the  demolished  Bastille.  The  king  himself  was 
present,  adorned  with  Revolutionary  favours,  and  every- 
where welcomed  as  the  father  of  his  emancipated  people. 
The  Revolution  appeared  to  have  been  completed  on  the 
same  peaceful  and  moderate  lines  as  had  marked  the  English 
settlement  of  1689.  (2)  The  next  phase,  however,  July 
1790  to  October  1791,  showed  that  the  congratulations  and 
rejoicings  of  the  Champ  de  Mars  had  been  premature. 
Even  if  the  well-meaning  but  feeble  king  honestly  accepted 
the  changes  effected  by  the  Assembly,  such  was  not  the  case 
with  the  humiliated  queen,  the  dispossessed  nobles,  or  the 
civilly  constituted  prelates.  These  relics  of  the  shattered 
ancien  regime  first  plotted  with  the  army  for  the  overthrow 
of  the  new  government,  and  when  the  army  failed  them 
they  entered  into  a  conspiracy  with  the  neighbouring 
potentates — in  particular  with  the  Emperor  Leopold  and 
the  Kings  of  Prussia,  Sardinia,  and  Spain — for  the  restora- 
tion of  the  Bourbon  autocracy.  The  news  of  these  machina- 
tions leaked  out.  Profound  suspicions  were  aroused.  The 
flight  of  Necker,  a  strong  supporter  of  the  Assembly  and 
the  Constitution,  in  September  1790,  developed  suspicion 
into  a  panic  of  apprehension.  The  death  of  Mirabeau,  the 
great  leader  of  the  moderate  constitutionalists,  in  April 
1791,  removed  an  invaluable  steadying  influence.  Finally, 
the  foolish  and  fatal  attempted  flight  of  the  king  and  royal 
family,  arrested  at  Varennes  in  June  1791,  utterly  destroyed 
all  public  confidence.  The  king  was  brought  back  to 


Paris  virtually  a  prisoner,  and  when,  in  October  1791,  the 
first  Legislative  Assembly  met  under  the  new  constitution, 
he  found  himself  bereft  of  all  effective  power.  (3)  The  third 
phase,  October  1791  to  January  1793,  opened  with  the 
rapid  approach  of  war.  Within  France  the  avowedly  re- 
publican parties  of  the  Girondists  and  Jacobins  declared 
against  the  monarchy,  and  maintained  that  there  could  be 
no  permanent  settlement  with  the  Bourbons  on  the  throne. 
Outside  France  the  autocratic  powers — urged  on  by  the 
French  queen,  the  emigrant  nobles,  and  the  ultramontane 
clergy — prepared  to  restore  the  sovereignty  of  their  perse- 
cuted brother.  In  the  spring  of  1792  war  broke  out,  and 
soon  France  was  invaded  by  Austrian  and  Prussian  hosts. 
This  was  fatal  to  the  monarchy.  On  August  10,  1792, 
Louis  XVI.  was  deposed  and  a  Republic  established.  Next 
month  a  general  massacre  of  royalists  began.  The  Prussians 
were  checked  at  Valmy  (September  20,  1792),  and  the  Aus- 
trians  decisively  beaten  at  Jemmappes  (November  6,  1792). 
On  January  21,  1793,  the  unfortunate  Louis  XVI.  was 
executed.  (4)  Then  began  the  Reign  of  Terror,  which 
continued  with  increasing  horror  and  fury  until  queen  and 
royal  family,  nobles,  clergy,  bourgeois,  and  even  the  more 
moderate  proletarians  had  perished  in  one  awful  blood- 
bath. Finally,  the  madness  bled  itself  out,  and  when  in 
July  1794  Robespierre,  the  despot  of  the  Terror,  seemed 
to  be  established  in  undisputed  sway,  the  threatened  sur- 
vivors of  the  suppressed  classes  and  parties  banded  them- 
selves together  and  secured  his  overthrow.  From  the 
death  of  the  arch-terrorist  on  July  28,  1794,  the  reaction 
began  to  prevail. 


r     DEMOCRACY  &  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  25 


§  12.  EFFECTS  OF  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION 

The  French  Revolution  which  had  begun  as  a  moderate 
and  constitutional  movement  on  the  part  of  an  enlightened 
middle  class  to  secure  a  share  of  political  power,  an  equitable 
distribution  of  public  burdens,  a  redress  of  intolerable 
grievances,  and  a  removal  of  indefensible  anachronisms, 
had  gradually  drifted  until  it  had  passed  wholly  beyond 
the  control  of  those  who  had  started  it.  The  day  of  the 
storming  of  the  Bastille  (July  14,  1789)  had  given  warning 
of  the  power  of  the  proletariat ;  the  day  on  which  the 
Parisian  hunger-marchers  brought  king  and  queen,  together 
with  Court  and  Assembly,  in  tumultuary  procession  from 
Versailles  to  the  capital  marked  the  beginning  of  mob 
domination.  More  and  more  did  the  restless  and  reckless 
ochlocracy  of  the  city,  reinforced  by  multitudes  of  starving 
and  desperate  peasants  from  the  broken-up  feudal  estates 
of  the  country,  control  the  situation  (by  means  of  the 
Jacobin  and  other  clubs,  and  through  the  Paris  Commune), 
overawing  the  Assembly  by  violence,  and  urging  the 
ministers  to  the  extremest  measures,  until  during  the  Reign 
of  Terror  the  criminal  lunacy  of  the  dregs  of  the  populace 
ruled  supreme. 

Europe  looked  on  in  amazement  and  growing  alarm  at 
the  tragedy  enacted  before  her  eyes.  At  first  the  peoples 
of  the  Continent  (as  distinct  from  their  generally  unpopular 
governments),  and  in  particular  the  peoples  of  Britain  (as 
distinct  from  the  Tory  ministers),  had  regarded  the  revolt 
of  the  French  third  estate  with  sympathy  and  approval. 
The  fall  of  the  Bastille,  for  instance,  sent  a  thrill  of  exulta- 
tion throughout  the  world  :  it  was  regarded  as  a  symbolic 
event,  typifying  the  passing  of  an  evil  age. 


26  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH.  i 

Good  was  it  in  that  dawn  to  be  alive, 
But  to  be  young  was  very  Heaven. 

So  sang  Wordsworth,  and  he  voiced  the  hope  and  enthusiasm 
of  countless  inarticulate  reformers.  Of  course,  from  the 
first,  and  not  unnaturally,  monarchs  hated,  bureaucrats 
distrusted,  and  reactionaries  denounced  the  whole  move- 
ment. From  the  first,  too,  constitutional  conservatives 
like  Burke  predicted  the  excesses  which  would  be  likely 
to  flow  from  the  relaxation  of  the  bonds  of  immemorial 
authority.  This  antagonism  on  the  part  of  the  privileged 
possessors  of  power  and  the  venerable  devotees  of  pre- 
cedent was  to  have  been  expected  ;  and  it  did  not  count  for 
much.  What  was  infinitely  deplorable  was  that  the  weak- 
ness of  the  moderates  and  the  wicked  folly  of  the  extremists 
in  France  should  have  justified  the  hatred  of  the  reaction- 
aries, and  should  have  fulfilled  the  prophecies  of  the  pessi- 
mists. The  wild  and  sanguinary  excesses  of  the  Jacobins 
alienated  the  public  opinion  and  outraged  the  conscience 
of  the  world ;  they  plunged  the  Continent  into  a  twenty 
years'  war  ;  they  necessitated  the  submergence  of  anarchic 
liberty  by  the  disciplinary  despotism  of  Napoleon ;  they 
discredited  democracy  and  delayed  its  triumph  for  a  couple 
of  generations.  Nevertheless,  in  spite  of  the  wounds 
inflicted  upon  it  in  the  house  of  its  friends,  the  third  estate 
had  come  to  stay.  In  the  French  Revolution  it  made  its 
effective  and  permanent  entry  into  Continental  politics. 
The  principle  of  democracy  which  it  represented,  and  the 
Rights  of  Man  which  it  proclaimed,  became  controlling 
factors  in  the  evolution  of  Europe  in  the  nineteenth  century. 


CHAPTER  II 
NATIONALITY  AND  THE  GREAT  WARS 

§  13.  DEMOCRACY  AND  NATIONALITY 

THE  democracy  of  the  French  Revolution  was  at  first 
cosmopolitan  and  not  national  in  character.  The  watch- 
words of  the  Revolutionists  were  not  only  "  liberty  "  and 
"  equality,"  but  also  "  fraternity,"  by  which  was  under- 
stood a  brotherhood  of  proletarians  wide  as  humanity  itself. 
No  sooner  had  the  revolutionary  leaders  established  them- 
selves in  France  than  they  made  a  powerful  appeal  to  the 
peoples  of  all  the  neighbouring  monarchies  to  follow  their 
example,  join  them  in  their  great  enterprise,  and  set  up 
democratic  republics  in  close  association  with  their  own. 
In  the  November  Decrees  of  1792  they  publicly  and  osten- 
tatiously offered  help  to  all  oppressed  proletarians  every- 
where who  would  rise  in  rebellion  against  the  tyrannies 
under  which  they  groaned.  The  response  to  their  appeals 
was  by  no  means  inconsiderable.  In  many  countries,  but 
especially  among  the  disaffected  populations  of  the  Austrian 
Netherlands,  the  German  principalities,  the  Italian  duchies, 
and  the  Spanish  monarchy,  "  Corresponding  Societies  "  of 
some  sort  or  other  were  organised,  and  a  revolutionary 
propaganda  inaugurated.  Even  in  England  there  was  a 
sympathetic  movement.  Members  of  Parliament  favour- 

27 


28  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

able  to  the  Revolution  formed  themselves  into  a  society 
called  "  The  Friends  of  the  People."  Several  avowedly 
republican  associations  came  into  existence  throughout  the 
country,  and  opened  up  an  intimate  correspondence  with 
the  Parisian  clubs.  Above  all,  Thomas  Paine,  repudiating 
the  "  vulgar  vice  "  of  patriotism,  proclaimed  the  cosmo- 
politan "  Rights  of  Man,"  crossed  the  Channel,  joined  the 
Girondists,  entered  the  Convention,  wrote  and  dedicated 
to  Lafayette  a  scheme  for  a  republican  constitution  for 
Britain  and  a  permanent  alliance  between  Britain  and 
emancipated  France.  The  barriers  between  nations  seemed 
to  be  breaking  down,  and  a  cosmopolitan  third  estate 
appeared  to  be  organising  itself  against  the  hitherto  domin- 
ant monarchies,  aristocracies,  and  hierarchies.  Europe 
showed  signs  of  transmutation  from  a  vertical  to  a  horizon- 
tal order  of  social  stratification ;  from  a  system  of  states 
to  a  system  of  classes.  Thus,  when  the  armies  of  the  French 
Republic  entered  the  Austrian  Netherlands  (modern 
Belgium)  in  1793,  they  were  everywhere  hailed  by  the 
populace  as  saviours  rather  than  as  invading  enemies. 
Even  so  late  as  1806,  when  after  Jena  the  victorious  troops 
of  Napoleon  occupied  Berlin,  the  citizens  welcomed  them 
with  every  mark  of  joy,  looking  upon  them  as  emancipators 
who  had  freed  them  from  the  intolerable  yoke  of  the  arro- 
gant Junker  bureaucracy. 

This  spirit  of  cosmopolitan  brotherhood,  however,  did 
not  endure.  It  was  found  that  the  fraternity  of  foreigners  is 
much  more  evident  when  the  said  foreigners  are  at  a  distance 
than  when  they  are  near  at  hand.  The  militant  brethren  of 
the  French  Republic,  who  came  to  the  oppressed  peoples 
of  the  Continent  in  the  guise  of  deliverers,  remained  as 
despots.  The  burden  of  the  liberty  which  they  imposed 
upon  their  emancipated  friends  was  soon  felt  to  be  incom- 


parably  heavier  than  the  load  of  the  subjection  which  they 
had  removed.  The  iniquity  of  the  equality  which  they 
maintained  was  perceived  to  be  immeasurably  greater 
than  the  injustice  of  the  privileges  which  they  had  swept 
away.  They  forced  their  own  ideas  upon  resistant  minds ; 
they  established  their  own  institutions  among  unwilling 
communities  ;  they  levied  enormous  taxes  for  ends  which 
they  themselves  determined ;  they  raised  conscript  hosts 
to  fight  in  distant  wars  with  which  these  hosts  had  no 
concern.  Hence,  gradually  was  aroused  against  the  French 
a  passion  of  hatred  and  antagonism  which  culminated  in 
the  Wars  of  Liberation,  and  in  the  revival  of  the  spirit 
of  nationality  which  became  the  second  of  the  two  great 
determining  factors  of  nineteenth-century  politics.  Let  us 
trace  a  little  more  in  detail  how  this  transition  from  social 
cosmopolitanism  to  national  particularism  took  place. 

§  14.  CAUSES  OF  THE  GREAT  WARS 

The  change  in  the  attitude  of  the  Continent  towards  the 
French  and  their  Revolution  took  place  as  the  result  of, 
first,  the  domestic  excesses  of  the  Jacobins,  and,  second, 
the  wars  with  which  they  afflicted  the  world.  The  French 
Revolution  was  regarded  in  its  early  stages,  both  by  those 
who  approved  of  it  and  by  those  who  did  not,  as  merely 
the  affair  of  the  French  themselves.  For  three  years  the 
Revolutionists  were  left  undisturbed  to  their  task  of  re- 
organising their  society  and  reconstructing  their  constitu- 
tion. Even  at  the  end  of  that  period  (April  1792)  it  was 
they  themselves,  and  not  their  enemies,  who  plunged  the 
Continent  into  war.  But  by  that  time  both  sides  were 
ready  and  eager  for  war,  and  it  was  a  mere  question  of 
tactics  who  should  make  the  first  overt  move.  Two  things 


30   EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

in  particular  had  brought  the  French  into  the  niood  lor 
battle.  On  the  one  hand,  they  had  become  filled  with  a 
burning  missionary  zeal  for  their  new  political  gospel  of 
"  liberty,  equality,  and  fraternity,"  similar  to  that  fiery 
enthusiasm  which  in  the  seventh  century  had  launched  the 
Arabs  against  an  unbelieving  world  on  behalf  of  the  creed 
of  Allah  and  Mahomet.  On  the  other  hand,  the  economic 
condition  of  France  had  become  so  bad  that  it  was  impera- 
tively necessary  to  find  sources  of  subsistence  in  neighbour- 
ing lands.  Industry  had  died  while  artisans  were  struggling 
for  political  control,  and  were  hunting  down  aristocrats, 
ecclesiastics,  and  bourgeois  in  order  to  keep  the  guillo- 
tine from  stagnation.  Agriculture  had  perished  with  the 
destruction  of  the  feudal  organisation,  and  with  the  issue  of 
that  decree  of  emancipation  which  had  released  the  peasants 
in  turbulent  multitudes  to  seek  the  sanctuary  of  the  towns, 
and  to  swell  their  hungry  workless  mobs.  It  was  frankly 
confessed  by  the  Jacobin  ministers  that  the  only  possible 
method  of  dealing  with  the  famishing  and  outrageous  hordes 
which  they  found  upon  their  hands  was  to  collect  them  into 
armies,  subject  them  to  military  discipline,  put  weapons 
into  their  hands,  excite  their  missionary  zeal,  and  then 
launch  them  across  the  frontiers  to  find  employment  in 
battle,  and  food  in  plunder. 

But  if  in  1792  war  was  a  necessity  for  Revolutionary 
France  in  order  to  relieve  it  from  the  pressure  of  otherwise 
insoluble  economic  problems,  hardly  less  necessary  was  it 
for  other  reasons  to  the  circumambient  autocrats.  They 
felt  themselves  menaced  with  imminent  ruin  and  perdition 
by  the  spread  of  the  revolutionary  propaganda  in  their 
dominions,  and  by  the  activity  of  those  associations  among 
their  subjects  which  were  in  correspondence  with  the 
Jacobin  clubs.  They  deemed  it  needful  to  vindicate  the 


n        NATIONALITY  AND  THE  GREAT  WARS      31 

validity  of  numerous  treaties  formerly  concluded  with  th« 
Bourbons  and  now  repudiated  by  the  Republican  govern- 
ment. They  held  themselves  bound  in  honour  as  well  as  in 
prudence  to  march  to  the  aid  of  their  brother,  Louis  XVI., 
in  peril  and  distress,  and  to  seek  to  rescue  the  unhappy 
Marie  Antoinette,  over  whom  was  already  hanging  the 
horror  of  outrageous  death.  They  were  urged  forward  as 
to  a  holy  crusade  by  the  indignant  Papacy,  the  persecuted 
clergy,  and  the  dispossessed  orders,  all  of  whom  cried  aloud 
against  the  atheism  of  the  Revolution,  its  immorality,  its 
cruelty,  its  spoliation,  its  fathomless  iniquity. 

On  April  20,  1792,  Louis  XVI.  was  compelled  by  his 
Girondist  ministers  formally  to  declare  war  upon  his 
brother-in-law,  the  Emperor  Leopold.  Before  the  end  of 
the  summer  Sardinia  and  Prussia  were  involved.  Early 
in  1793,  Britain,  Holland,  and  Spain  came  in.  France  was 
hemmed  in  by  a  ring  of  foes. 


§  15.  THE  REVOLUTIONARY  WAR,  1792-1802 

When  in  1792-93  the  first  coalition  of  six  important  Powers 
was  formed  to  put  a  term  to  French  aggression  and  to  check 
the  spread  of  revolution  in  Europe,  the  doom  of  the  young 
Republic  seemed  to  most  competent  observers  to  be  sealed. 
On  the  one  side  were  the  disciplined  forces  of  the  most 
potent  military  monarchies  of  the  day ;  on  the  other  side 
was  a  tumultuary  horde  of  the  ill-armed,  half-starved,  and 
untrained  proletariat  of  a  single  nation.  It  appeared  as 
though  in  such  circumstances  the  issue  could  not  long 
remain  in  doubt. 

Events,  however,  speedily  and  emphatically  belied 
prognostications.  If  the  French  armies  were  mere  mobs; 
they  were  mighty  with  enthusiasm,  desperate  from  neces- 


32    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH 

sity,  invincible  in  resolution.  If  their  opponents  were 
formidable  in  numbers,  organisation,  and  equipment,  they 
were  weak  in  mutual  jealousies,  in  incompatible  ambitions, 
in  secret  treacheries,  in  infirmities  of  will,  and  even  (in  the 
case  of  the  rank  and  file)  in  scarcely  concealed  sympathy 
with  the  revolutionary  propaganda  which  they  were  sent  out 
to  combat.  Thus  it  came  to  pass  that,  though  the  French 
had  to  fight  furiously  against  tremendous  odds,  in  the  end 
they  prevailed,  and  completely  broke  the  first  coalition  up. 
They  overran  and  annexed  Holland  in  the  winter  of  1794-95 ; 
compelled  Prussia  and  Spain  to  withdraw  from  the  coali- 
tion in  1795  (April-June) ;  and  finally  forced  Sardinia  to 
make  peace  by  a  short  but  overwhelming  campaign  in  the 
spring  of  1796 — a  campaign  in  which  Napoleon  Bonaparte, 
who  had  at  the  last  moment  been  placed  in  command,  laid 
the  foundations  of  his  military  pre-eminence.  The  capitu- 
lation of  Sardinia  left  only  Austria  and  Britain  in  the  field 
against  the  French. 

In  these  circumstances  the  second  phase  of  the  war  com- 
menced. The  French  were  able  to  abandon  the  defensive 
and  to  launch  aggressive  attacks  upon  their  two  remaining 
enemies.  The  summer  of  1796  saw  a  threefold  invasion  of 
Austria,  which,  although  it  did  not  go  quite  as  had  been 
intended,  sufficed  (thanks  to  Bonaparte's  brilliant  operations 
in  Lombardy)  to  impose  upon  Austria  the  Peace  of  Campo- 
Formio  (1797).  Britain  was  left  alone.  Then  the  French 
turned  to  destroy  their  sole  remaining  foe.  First,  they 
essayed  a  direct  invasion  ;  but  this  was  foiled  by  the  naval 
victories  of  Jarvis  at  St.  Vincent  (February  1797)  and 
Duncan  at  Camperdown  (October  1797).  Next,  under  the 
inspiration  of  the  gigantic  imagination  of  Bonaparte,  they 
planned  an  indirect  attack,  by  way  of  Egypt,  Syria,  and 
India,  which  should  sap  the  sources  of  British  wealth  and 


ir       NATIONALITY  AND  THE  GREAT  WARS       33 

sea-power.  The  vast  design  was  frustrated  by  Nelson's 
great  victory  in  Aboukir  Bay  (August  1798),  by  Sidney 
Smith's  marvellous  defence  of  Acre  (1799),  and  by  Pitt's 
construction  of  a  second  coalition — of  which  Austria  and 
Russia  were  the  leading  members — against  the  world- 
wide ambitions  of  the  militarist  French  Republicans. 

The  formation  of  the  second  coalition  brought  Bonaparte 
back  from  Egypt  to  Europe,  and  inaugurated  the  closing 
phase  of  the  Revolutionary  war.  Bonaparte's  genius, 
combined  with  Allied  ineptitude,  soon  dissolved  the  coali- 
tion :  Russia  withdrew  in  fury  and  disgust  in  1800  ;  Austria 
was  once  more  forced  to  conclude  a  separate  peace  at  Lune- 
ville  in  1801 ;  Britain,  again  reduced  to  solitary  belligerence, 
was  herself  fain  to  seek  a  cessation  of  hostilities.  The 
Peace  of  Amiens  (March  1802)  brought  the  long-drawn 
Revolutionary  war  to  an  end,  and  gave  a  period  of  much- 
desired  tranquillity  to  the  distracted  and  wasted  Continent. 

§  16.  THE  INTERVAL  OF  TRUCE,  1802-3 

During  the  course  of  the  Revolutionary  war  the  aims 
and  ambitions  of  the  French  had  considerably  changed. 
The  soldiers  of  the  tricolour  had  entered  into  the  struggle 
as  champions  of  a  great  idea,  and  so  long  as  the  issue 
remained  in  doubt  they  had  continued  to  be  true  to  their 
early  faith  and  first  love.  When,  however,  their  Continental 
enemies  had  been  beaten  down,  and  when  they  stood 
victorious  on  fields  far  from  home,  the  pure  enthusiasm  for 
the  gospel  of  "  liberty,  equality,  and  fraternity,"  and  the 
ardent  zeal  for  the  universal  "  rights  of  man,"  became 
mingled  with  less  noble  and  more  self -regarding  passions — 
with  greed  of  conquest,  and  with  lust  for  world-dominion. 
Rousseau  was  supplanted  by  Bonaparte ;  the  ideal  of 

D 


34    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

cosmopolitan  democracy  was  gradually  abandoned  in 
favour  of  the  ideal  of  national  ascendancy ;  the  Republic 
tended  towards  the  Empire. 

The  Peace  of  Amiens,  which  the  obtusely  optimistic 
British  Ministry  had  hoped  would  establish  an  enduring 
tranquillity,  as  a  matter  of  fact  settled  nothing.  It  was  a 
mere  truce,  and  as  such  Bonaparte  regarded  it  from  the 
first.  It  left  the  French  dominant  indeed  on  the  Continent, 
but  with  their  desires  for  territorial  aggrandisement  wholly 
unsatisfied.  It  left  Britain  still  supreme  on  the  sea,  and 
so  an  incessant  and  ubiquitous  obstacle  to  the  realisation 
of  French  ambitions.  Thus,  while  Britain  confidingly 
began  to  demobilise  her  armies,  unman  her  fleets,  surrender 
her  conquests,  dismantle  her  fortresses,  and  give  herself 
to  travel  and  to  sport,  Bonaparte  with  steady  diligence  and 
tireless  energy  pursued  two  lines  of  policy  whose  convergent 
end  was  world-dominion.  First,  he  pursued  the  policy  of 
centralisation  and  autocracy  which  culminated  in  his  pro- 
clamation as  the  Emperor  Napoleon  in  1804.  Secondly, 
on  one  pretext  or  another,  he  extended  his  authority  over 
the  peoples  bordering  on  France  until  he  became  the  ruler 
of  a  ring  of  subject  states  :  the  Batavian  Republic  of 
Holland,  the  Cisalpine  Republic  of  North  Italy,  the  Ligurian 
Republic  of  the  Genoese  littoral,  the  Helvetic  Republic  of 
Switzerland  all  passed  under  his  control ;  Piedmont  and 
Parma  were  actually  annexed  to  France ;  new  designs  on 
Egypt  were  manifested.  These  last  aroused  to  action  even 
the  apathetic  and  deluded  British  Ministry,  of  which  the 
mild  and  sleepy  Addington  was  chief.  It  made  protests 
through  its  representative  in  Paris,  and  when  these  were 
ignored  it  presented  an  ultimatum  in  which  (1)  it  demanded 
the  withdrawal  of  French  troops  from  the  Netherlands  and 
from  Switzerland,  the  grant  of  compensation  to  the  King 


ii        NATIONALITY  AND  THE  GREAT  WARS       35 

of  Sardinia  in  lieu  of  Piedmont,  and  the  cessation  of  the 
Egyptian  enterprise  ;  and  (2)  it  announced  its  intention 
to  postpone  the  evacuation  of  Malta,  stipulated  for  in  the 
Treaty  of  Amiens,  until  such  time  as  the  aggressive  activity 
of  the  French  in  the  Mediterranean  should  cease.  This 
qualified  refusal  of  the  British  Government  to  fulfil  one  of 
the  engagements  into  which  it  had  entered  in  1802  was  at 
once  seized  upon  by  Napoleon  as  an  excellent  pretext  for 
war.  He  had  all  along  intended  war ;  he  had  been  pre- 
paring for  it  diligently — training  men,  collecting  stores, 
forming  alliances,  mobilising  the  resources  of  the  subject 
republics  ;  in  May  1803  he  proclaimed  it.  The  odds  were 
entirely  on  his  side  and  he  expected  a  speedy  triumph. 
Britain  was  without  allies,  utterly  unready,  taken  by 
surprise.  Napoleon,  on  the  other  hand,  was  able  to  con- 
centrate for  the  single  task  of  crushing  Britain  all  the 
forces  and  supplies  of  France,  the  Netherlands,  Switzer- 
land, and  half  of  Italy.  Spain,  moreover,  too  weak 
and  too  cowardly  to  resist  the  imperious  will  of 
Bonaparte,  was  compelled  to  place  her  fleet  at  his  disposal 
and  to  provide  a  money  subsidy.  Thus  the  Napoleonic 
war  broke  out. 

§  17.  THE  NAPOLEONIC  WAR,  1803-14 

The  Napoleonic  war,  which  its  originator  had  expected 
would  be  a  short  one,  as  a  matter  of  fact  lasted  more  than 
ten  years.  Napoleon  had  anticipated  that  as  its  result  he 
would  be  enthroned  as  Lord  of  the  World  on  the  ruins  of 
a  conquered  Britain  and  a  shattered  British  Empire.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  the  result  of  the  war  was  the  reduction  of 
his  own  Empire  to  the  island  of  Elba.  It  is  of  the  highest 
importance  to  discover  and  to  realise  what  were  the  causes 


36  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  cm. 

of  this  unexpected  and  truly  amazing  reversal  of  fortune, 
and  this  falsification  of  prophetic  calculation. 

For  two  years  the  war  remained  a  duel  between 
Mars  and  Neptune — between  Napoleon  bent  on  invading 
England  with  an  immense  conscript  host  encamped  for 
that  purpose  at  Boulogne  (for  whose  passage  he  had  pro- 
vided 2000  transports),  and  Britain,  whose  fleets  under 
Nelson  and  his  compeers  kept  the  narrow  seas,  and  refused 
to  allow  Napoleon  even  the  twenty-four  hours'  command 
of  the  Channel  which  was  all  he  asked  from  Providence. 
At  the  end  of  that  time  William  Pitt,  who  had  displaced 
the  incapable  Addington  as  Prime  Minister,  compelled 
Napoleon  to  abandon  his  projected  invasion,  by  organising 
against  him  the  third  coalition,  which  during  1805  was 
joined  in  turn  by  Russia  (April),  Austria  (July),  and  Prussia 
(November).  The  French  camp  at  Boulogne  was  broken 
up  in  the  summer  of  1805,  and  the  so-called  "  Army  of 
England  "  was  launched  against  the  Austrians  and  Russians 
in  the  valley  of  the  Danube.  In  the  autumn  of  the  same 
year  Nelson  rendered,  any  resumption  of  the  project  of 
invasion  impossible  by  destroying  the  French  and  Spanish 
fleets  off  Trafalgar  (October  21,  1805). 

The  third  coalition  served  its  primary  purpose  in  saving 
England  from  the  fear  of  invasion ;  but  its  subsequent 
career  was  short  and  inglorious.  Austria  was  decisively 
defeated  at  Austerlitz  (December  2,  1805)  and  forced  to 
make  a  disastrous  peace  at  Pressburg.  Prussia  was  over- 
whelmed at  Jena  and  Auerstadt,  fought  simultaneously  in 
1806  (October  14) ;  the  Russians,  as  the  result  of  battles 
foughtin  1807  at  Eylau  (Februarys)  and  Friedland  (June  14), 
were  brought  into  a  mood  for  negotiation.  In  the  summer 
of  1807  the  Continent  lay  at  the  feet  of  Napoleon.  Austria 
was  dismembered ;  Prussia  in  military  occupation  of  the 


n        NATIONALITY  AND  THE  GREAT  WARS       37 

French,  her  king  and  queen  fugitives ;  Russia  so  utterly 
disgusted  at  the  feebleness  and  futility  of  the  coalition  that 
her  Tsar,  Alexander  I.,  was  eager  for  an  accommodation 
with  the  invincible  Emperor  of  the  French.  The  two 
autocrats  met  at  Tilsit  (July  7,  1807)  and  entered  into  a 
compact  for  the  division  of  the  Western  world  into  their 
two  respective  and  exclusive  spheres  of  influence. 

Then  Napoleon,  at  the  height  of  his  power,  and  in  the  arro- 
gance of  illimitable  pride,  began  to  do  things  which  gradually 
roused  against  him  all  the  peoples  of  the  Continent.  First, 
for  the  aggrandisement  of  his  family  he  carved  from  the 
subject  states  kingdoms  for  his  brothers  and  principalities 
for  his  marshals :  Joseph  Bonaparte  became  King  of 
Naples,  and  later  of  Spain ;  Louis  was  made  King  of 
Holland  ;  Jerome  of  Westphalia  :  Germany  and  Italy  were 
completely  reconstructed,  each  being  reduced  to  three 
political  units.  Secondly,  for  the  destruction  of  his  ancient 
and  unassailable  enemy,  Britain,  he  formulated  the  "  Con- 
tinental System  "  of  boycott  and  blockade  by  which  her 
commerce  should  be  ruined.  Britain  was  indeed  hardly 
hit ;  but  the  peoples  of  Europe,  deprived  of  indispensable 
British  goods,  were  hit  still  harder,  and  hardest  of  all  by 
British  measures  of  retaliation.  Hence  at  length  they 
rose  in  revolt  against  the  Napoleonic  domination  and  the 
"  Wars  of  Liberation  "  began. 

§  18.  EFFECTS  OF  THE  GREAT  WARS 

Until  in  1808  the  Portuguese  refused  to  tolerate  the 
imposition  of  the  "  Continental  System  "  upon  their  com- 
merce, and  appealed  to  Britain  to  aid  them  in  their  resist- 
ance to  the  Napoleonic  dictation,  the  policy  of  the  British 
Cabinet  had  been  to  limit  the  active  operations  of  the 


38    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

British  power  to  the  sea,  and  to  avoid  entanglement  in 
European  campaigns.  The  appeal  of  the  Portuguese  caused 
the  policy  of  exclusive  navalism  to  be  abandoned  ;  and  the 
despatch  of  an  army  to  Lisbon  inaugurated  a  period  of 
growing  military  activity  which  at  length  culminated  in 
the  decisive  blow  of  Waterloo.  Britain  sent  help  to  Portu- 
gal. Before  the  end  of  the  same  year  Spain  had  asked 
and  received  aid  in  the  task — destined  to  occupy  her  for 
five  years — of  expelling  Joseph  Bonaparte  and  the  Napo- 
leonic garrisons.  In  both  Portugal  and  Spain  an  intense 
passion  of  patriotism  was  roused  by  the  strenuous  struggle 
to  throw  off  the  alien  yoke  of  the  now  wholly  imperial 
French.  The  day  of  insurgent  nationality  had  dawned. 
In  1809  Austria  caught  the  infection  and  made  a  fierce  but 
vain  effort  to  recover  her  lost  peoples  and  possessions.  In 
1812  Russia  broke  away  from  the  fettering  compact  of 
Tilsit,  and  when  Napoleon  tried  to  punish  her  for  her 
perfidy,  destroyed  his  "  grand  army "  amid  the  ruins 
of  Moscow  and  the  snows  of  the  wintry  retreat.  This 
disaster  to  the  military  dictator  was  the  signal  for  a 
general  rising  of  the  oppressed  nations  of  the  Continent. 
Prussians,  Austrians,  Italians,  joined  British,  Portuguese, 
and  Spaniards,  and  in  two  tremendous  campaigns  (1813-14) 
broke  Napoleon's  power,  drove  him  from  his  vassal  states, 
invaded  France  itself,  and  compelled  him  to  abdicate.  In 
1815  he  made  a  brilliant  and  disconcerting  attempt  to 
recover  his  lost  empire ;  but  he  never  had  a  chance  of 
ultimate  success,  and  the  debacle  of  Waterloo  was  merely  a 
spectacular  proof  that  the  principle  of  nationality  had 
triumphed  over  both  the  principle  of  cosmopolitan  re- 
publicanism and  the  principle  of  imperial  world-dominion. 
When,  after  the  overthrow  of  Napoleon,  the  Allied  armies 
of  his  conquerors  occupied  Paris,  Europe  had  had  experience 


n        NATIONALITY  AND  THE  GREAT  WARS       39 

of  more  than  twenty  years  of  almost  continuous  war. 
This  prolonged  course  of  hostilities  had  had  a  deep  and 
enduring  effect  upon  all  the  principal  belligerents.  The 
French  themselves  had  perhaps  been  affected  most.  They 
had  been  the  originators  of  the  conflict,  and  until  in  its 
closing  two  years  they  had  had  to  contend  against  a  world 
in  arms,  they  had  gained  for  themselves  an  almost  unpre- 
cedented renown,  and  had  achieved  almost  unparalleled 
triumphs.  As  they  pondered  upon  the  marvels  of  Marengo, 
Austerlitz,  Jena,  and  a  hundred  other  victories,  they  were 
filled  with  a  national  pride  and  a  sense  of  inherent  military 
superiority  which  gave  them  a  particularist  patriotism  that 
was  the  very  antithesis  of  the  cosmopolitan  fraternity  with 
which  they  had  embarked  on  their  adventures  in  1792. 
Napoleon  became  to  them  a  legend  and  a  tradition  from 
the  obsession  of  whose  glory  they  were  not  delivered  until 
1870.  But  if  the  consciousness  of  exclusive  nationality  was 
quickened  in  the  French  by  their  heritage  of  the  Napoleonic 
prestige  and  the  Napoleonic  idea,  not  less  vitally  was  the 
spirit  of  nationality  roused  among  the  peoples  over  whom 
Napoleon  had  established  his  dominion  during  the  course 
of  the  Wars  of  Liberation.  Portugal  and  Spain,  Holland 
and  Belgium,  even  Germany  and  Italy  had  become  alive 
as  never  before  to  the  reality  of  their  nationhood.  In 
short,  the  principle  of  nationality  had  become,  almost 
equally  with  the  principle  of  democracy,  a  leading  and 
controlling  factor  in  Continental  politics. 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  SETTLEMENT  OF  1815 

§  19.  THE  FALL  OF  NAPOLEON 

THE  final  overthrow  of  Napoleon  had  been  due  to  the 
dogged  persistence  with  which  Britain  had  formed  and 
financed  coalitions  against  him.  Britain,  alone  among  all 
the  Powers  of  the  world,  had  continued  the  struggle  against 
French  world-dominion  even  when,  as  after  Tilsit,  the 
struggle  seemed  hopeless,  and  the  ascendancy  of  Napoleon 
appeared  to  be  assured.  British  statesmen — at  first  Pitt 
and  Burke,  later  Castlereagh  and  Canning — had  perceived 
the  magnitude  of  the  issues  at  stake,  and  had  recognised  the 
fact  that  the  triumph  of  either  the  Jacobins  or  Bonaparte 
would  involve  the  disintegration  of  the  British  dominions. 
The  first  two  anti-revolutionary  coalitions  (1793  and  1799) 
had  been  loose  and  fragile  structures  which  had  speedily 
crumbled,  mainly  owing  to  internal  defects,  under  the 
pressure  of  adversity.  The  third  (1805),  although  its  fate 
was  disastrous,  had  in  it  elements  of  more  enduring  strength, 
for  it  was  composed  of  the  four  Powers — Britain,  Austria, 
Russia,  andJPrussia — whose  permanent  interests  were  most 
seriously  menaced  by  Napoleon's  grand  designs.  The 
fourth  coalition  (1812-14)  consisted  of  the  same  quadruple 
alliance  ;  and  so  did  the  fifth,  which  in  1815  was  suddenly 

40 


en.  m  THE  SETTLEMENT  OF  1815  41 

and  unexpectedly  called  into  existence  to  wage  the  Hundred 
Days'  campaign.  Thus  it  came  to  pass  that  at  the  very 
time  when  the  spirit  of  nationality  was  being  stimulatedjto 
an  intensity  of  passion  never  before  known  in  Europe,  the 
practice  of  internationally,  the  habit  of  co-operation,  the 
idea  of  community  of  interest,  of  alliance,  of  something 
closely  approaching  confederation,  was  also  being  developed 
on  the  Continent.  In  other  words,  the  "  Concert  of 
Europe  "  was  coming  into  effective  operation.  The  four 
Powers  by  whose  combined  exertions  Napoleon  was  over- 
thrown assumed  for  a  time  that  position  of  ascendancy 
from  which  he  had  been  driven,  and  made  it  their  business 
to  restore  the  Continent,  as  far  as  was  possible,  to  the 
conditions  which  had  prevailed  before  the  Revolutionary 
disturbance  had  begun.  The  minor  Powers  grouped 
themselves  round  the  four  protagonists. 

The  first  work  of  the  Concert,  after  the  abdication  of 
Napoleon  in  April  1814,  was  to  decide  what  sort  of  govern-  j 
ment  should  be  set  up  in  France.  No  less  than  four  pro-  I 
posals  were  mooted.  The  Bonapartists  hoped  that  the 
abdication  of  Napoleon  would  be  followed  automatically 
by  the  recognition  of  "  the  King  of  Rome,"  son  of  the  fallen 
Emperor  and  the  Austrian  Archduchess  Marie  Louise. 
The  French  soldier  Bernadotte,  recently  adopted  by  Charles 
of  Sweden  as  his  heir,  trusted  that  the  part  which  he  had 
played  in  the  Wars  of  Liberation — for  Sweden,  through  his 
influence,  had  been  the  first  to  join  Russia  in  1812 — would 
cause  the  Allies  to  place  him  on  the  throne  of  his  native 
land.  The  French  Republicans  longed  for  the  restoration 
of  the  Revolutionary  constitution  as  it  had  existed  before 
it  had  been  perverted  by  militarism.  None  of  these  three 
possibilities,  however,  appealed  to  the  dominant  Powers. 
There  remained  a  fourth  plan  which  was  strongly  pressed 


42    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

by  the  astute  Frenchman  Talleyrand  upon  Alexander  of 
Russia,  and  by  Alexander  upon  the  Concert.  It  was  the 
re-establishment  of  the  Bourbons  upon  their  ancient  throne, 
in  recognition  of  the  validity  and  sanctity  of  the  general 
principle  of  "  legitimacy."  This  proposal  was  adopted, 
and  accordingly  Louis  XVIII. — brother  of  Louis  XVI.,  who 
had  perished  in  1793,  and  uncle  of  the  uncrowned  "  Louis 
XVII.,"  whose  pathetic  death  in  degradation  had  been 
announced  in  1795 — was  brought  to  Paris  and  set  in  the 
seat  of  authority.  He  was  an  amiable  and  incapable 
prince,  who  had  spent  twenty  years  in  harassed  and  poverty- 
'stricken  exile  in  Germany,  Italy,  Russia,  Poland,  England. 
During  the  course  of  his  extensive  wanderings  he  had  learned 
nothing,  and  he  had  forgotten  nothing.  His  only  idea  on 
his  return  was  to  pick  up  the  broken  threads  of  the  old 
regime. 

§  20.  THE  CONGRESS  OF  VIENNA 

Having   determined   the   form   of  the   government   of ! 
France,  the  Allies  next  turned  to  the  settlement  of  the ' 
terms  of  peace.     Since  these  terms  would  have  to  be 
accepted  by  the  new  French  king,  and  since,  if  they  were 
very  stringent,  they  would  gravely  prejudice  the  restored 
monarchy  in  the  eyes  of  its  subjects  at  the  outset  of  its 
career,  they  were  made  extraordinarily  light.     The  theory 
was  adopted  that,  though  Napoleon  and  his  marshals  were 
guilty,  the  French  nation  was  innocent ;   that  it  had  been 
misled  and  oppressed ;  that  the  Allies  had  come  to  it  as 
its  deliverers  from  an  alien  yoke,  and  had  restored   to 
it  its  beloved  Bourbons.    Hence,  in  the  Treaty  of  PariaJ 
(May  30,  1814)  no  indemnity  was  demanded,  no   return 
ofthe  plundered  art  treasures  of  Europe  was  stipulated. 
Further,  the  boundaries  of  France  were  allowed  to  remain 


m  THE  SETTLEMENT  OF  1815  43 

as  they  had  existed  on  November  1, 1792 — that  is,  the  French 
were  permitted  to  keep  their  annexations  of  the  three  years 
1789-92.  Most  of  their  colonies,  too,  were  restored  to 
them. 

The  settlement  of  France  on  these  extremely  generous 
lines  having  been  completed,  the  Allies  addressed  them- 
selves to  the  much  more  complex  and  controversial  task 
of  the  settlement  of  Europe.  For  this  purpose  it  was 
arranged  that  plenipotentiaries  should  assemble  at  Vienna 
in  the  autumn  of  the  same  year  (1814).  The  intervening 
six  months  were  spent  in  assiduous  preparations  and  in-^ 
trigues,  and  when  on  November  3  the  Congress  met  in  the 
Austrian  capital  a  great  deal  of  its  work  had  already  been 
subterraneously  accomplished. 

The  Congress  of  Vienna  was  the  most  representative 
and  important  international  conference  that  up  to  the  time 
of  its  meeting  had  ever  been  held.  It  was  attended  by 
six  reigning  sovereigns — among  whom  Alexander  I.  of 
Russia,  Francis  I.  of  Austria,  and  Frederick  William  III.  of 
Prussia  were  the  most  eminent — and  by  an  immense 
number  of  ministers  and  diplomats  of  the  first  rank. 
The  Austrian  statesman,  Metternich,  acted  as  president ; 
Britain  was  represented  by  a  mission  at  the  head  of  which 
was  placed,  first  Castlereagh,  later  Wellington  ;  Talleyrand 
was  allowed  to  appear  as  spokesman,  not  of  the  defeated 
enemy,  but  of  the  restored  Bourbons  and  their  emancipated 
kingdom. 

The  five  main  problems  which  demanded  the  attention 
>f  the  Congress  were  as  follows  :  (1)  How  to  erect  round 
France  a  barrier  of  powerful  states,  so  that  all  fear  of  a 
repetition  of  the  Revolutionary  and  Napoleonic  adventures 
might  be  obviated ;  (2)  how  to  formulate  a  new  con- 
stitution for  Germany  in  place  of  the  "  Holy  Roman 


44    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

Empire  "  which  after  a  thousand  years  of  spectral  existence! 
had  in  1806  vanished  for  ever  from  the  earth  ;  (3)  how  to! 
repartition  Italy,  which  under  Napoleon  and  his  agents  had 
been  brought  nearer  to  unity  than  at  any  time  since 
Justinian  destroyed  the  Ostrogothic  kingdom  in  the  sixth 
century ;  (4)  how  to  dispose  of  Poland  and  Finland,  both 
of  which  had  passed  under  new  control  during  the  war ; 
(5)  how  to  punish  Saxony  and  Denmark,  whose  rulers  had 
adhered  to  Napoleon ;  and  how  to  reward  Sweden  and 
Britain,  whose  rulers  had  done  much  to  accomplish  his  over- 
throw. 

In  dealing  with  these  problems  the  guiding  principles 
of  the  plenipotentiaries  were  legitimacy  and  precedent.  By  u 
the  application  of  these  principles  some  of  the  problems 
solved  themselves  automatically.  Others  had  been  pre- 
determined by  a  series  of  treaties  concluded  during  the 
years  1812-14,  in  the  course  of  the  formation  of  the 
fourth  coalition.  Others  again  had  been  virtually  settled 
by  secret  negotiation  during  the  summer  of  1814.  But 
enough  remained  open  to  render  the  task  of  diplomacy 
very  difficult,  and  to  bring  the  concert  of  the  Powers 
to  the  verge  of  dissolution. 

§  21.  THE  COURSE  OF  THE  NEGOTIATIONS 

The  two  questions  concerning  which  the  most  embittered 
and  protracted  controversy  raged  at  Vienna  were  those 
that  centred  round  the  fates  of  Saxony  and  Poland.  These  t 
questions  were  closely  bound  together,  for  during  the  later 
phases  of  the  Napoleonic  war  the  two  countries  had  been 
under  the  government  of  one  and  the  same  ruler.  Saxony 
was  in  North  Germany  the  secular  enemy  of  Prussia,  by 
whom  she  had  been  ousted  from  her  mediaeval  ascendancy; 


in  THE  SETTLEMENT  OF  1815  45 

just  as  in  South  Germany,  for  the  same  reason,  Bavaria  was 
the  irreconcilable  foe  of  Austria.  During  the  war,  when 
Austria  and  Prussia  had  been  fighting  for  very  existence 
against  the  victorious  Bonaparte,  Bavaria  and  Saxony  had 
thrown  themselves  upon  the  French  side  and  had  profited 
by  the  discomfiture  and  dismemberment  of  their  ancient 
Germanic  rivals  :  Bavaria  had  received  the  Austrian  Tyrol, 
while  Saxony  had  acquired  Prussian  Poland,  which  had  been 
converted  into  the  "  Grand  Duchy  of  Warsaw  "  and  placed 
under  the  rule  of  the  Saxon  king,  Frederick  Augustus  I. 
When,  after  the  Moscow  campaign  of  1812,  fortune  declared 
itself  against  Napoleon,  Bavaria  had  been  wise  enough  to 
read  the  signs  of  the  times,  and  to  make  haste  to  come  to 
terms  with  the  prevailing  Allies.  While  still  her  neutrality 
was  valuable  and  important,  she  deserted  Napoleon,  aban- 
doned her  spoils,  and  made  an  inglorious  but  protective 
peace  with  the  winning  side.  Saxony,  on  the  other  hand, 
having  "  put  her  money  on  the  wrong  horse,"  kept  it  there. 
She  clung  to  her  faith  in  Napoleon's  destiny,  even  when 
Kussian  troops  overran  Poland,  and  even  when  Russian, 
Swedish,  Prussian,  and  Austrian  armies  all  converged  upon 
Dresden  and  Leipzig  for  the  decisive  "  battle  of  the  nations  " 
against  the  French.  Not  till  all  was  lost,  in  October  1813, 
did  Frederick  Augustus  try  to  save  something  out  of  the 
ruin  by  abandoning  the  shattered  Bonapartist  cause.  In 
such  circumstances  of  death-bed  repentance  he  had  no 
hope  save  in  the  uncovenanted  mercies  of  his  enemies, 
and  these,  so  far  as  Frederick  William  of  Prussia  and 
Alexander  of  Russia  were  concerned,  were  very  cruel. 
Alexander  was  determined  to  keep  Poland  (which  his 
troops  had  conquered  and  were  occupying) ;  Frederick 
William  was  resolved  to  secure  Saxony,  in  revenge  for  his 
injuries  and  in  compensation  for  his  losses  (particularly 


46  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

in  Poland).  These  designs  of  Russia  and  Prussia  caused 
the  gravest  alarm,  and  aroused  the  liveliest  antagonism  at 
Vienna.  Austria  was  most  unwilling  (1)  to  see  Russia 
dominant  over  Poland,  and  the  Tsar  established  in  might 
at  the  very  entrance  of  her  own  indefensible  Moravian 
gate  ;  (2)  to  see  Prussia  planted  in  uncontested  supremacy 
in  Northern  Germany.  Britain  was  eager  to  preserve 
Polish  nationality,  and,  in  the  interests  of  Hanover,  to 
prevent  the  overgrowing  Prussian  power.  France  wished, 
if  possible,  to  save  her  long-faithful  ally,  Frederick  Augustus, 
from  total  extinction.  The  minor  German  princes  dreaded 
the  precedent  of  the  suppression  and  complete  dispossession 
of  one  of  the  most  eminent  of  their  menaced  fraternity. 
Hence  at  the  Congress  there  was  a  general  rally  of  all  these 
Powers  to  refuse  and  resist  the  Russo-Prussian  demand 
for  Poland  and  Saxony.  Since  Alexander  and  Frederick 
William  were  obstinate  and  persistent,  the  quarrel  drifted, 
in  January  1815,  to  the  verge  of  open  schism  and  war. 
Then,  however,  they  yielded,  accepted  a  compromise,  and 
resumed  the  suspended  negotiations.  Hardly  had  they 
done  so  when  the  startling  news  reached  Vienna  (March  4, 
1815)  that  Napoleon  had  escaped  from  Elba. 

§  22.  THE  HUNDRED  DAYS 

Napoleon,  after  his  abdication  in  April  1814,  had  been 
allowed  to  retire  to  the  island  of  Elba,  with  the  title  of 
Emperor,  and  with  an  army  of  200  men.  The  island  was 
watched  by  a  patrol  of  the  Allied  fleets.  The  fallen  poten- 
tate, partly  because  he  loved  work  and  had  a  genius  for 
administration  as  well  as  for  war,  partly  because  he  wished 
to  delude  his  captors  into  the  belief  that  he  was  contented 
with  his  little  lot,  gave  himself  with  amazing  energy  and 


in  THE  SETTLEMENT  OF  1815  47 

success  to  the  organisation  of  his  microscopic  empire.  In 
less  than  a  year  he  had  evolved  order  and  prosperity  out 
of  petty  chaos,  and  had  inaugurated  beneficent  reforms 
whose  effects  are  not  even  yet  exhausted.  But  he  had 
never  meant  to  remain  in  Elba.  He  had,  indeed,  chosen 
it  in  preference  to  his  native  Corsica,  which  was  offered  to 
him  as  an  alternative,  because  it  was  nearer  to  the  main- 
land, and  more  convenient  for  jumping  off.  He  kept 
himself  well  informed  concerning  Continental  politics,  and 
as  he  heard  of  the  deepening  and  widening  schism  in  the 
ranks  of  the  Allies  at  Vienna  he  thought  that  the  time 
had  come  to  make  a  bid  for  the  recovery  of  his  power. 
Accordingly,  with  great  skill,  extraordinary  secrecy,  and 
complete  success,  he  formed  a  plan  by  means  of  which  he 
evaded  the  watchful  fleet,  and  on  March  1  landed  on  the 
French  coast  near  Cannes. 

In  France  the  government  of  Louis  XVIII.,  never 
popular,  had  rapidly  sunk  into  hatred  and  contempt. 
The  emigrant  nobles  and  the  civilised  prelates  had  returned 
and  were  demanding  with  alarming  pertinacity  the  restora- 
tion of  their  confiscated  lands  and  revenues.  The  franchise 
of  the  newly  constituted  Chamber  of  Deputies  had  been 
limited  to  about  100,000  members  of  the  prosperous 
bourgeoisie.  The  glorious  tricolour  flag  of  the  Republic  and 
the  Empire  had  been  abandoned  in  favour  of  the  ill-omened 
lilies  of  the  old  regime.  From  these  and  many  other 
kindred  causes  it  came  to  pass  that  when  Napoleon  dis- 
embarked on  the  Riviera  he  was  greeted  with  a  universal 
outburst  of  delirious  welcome.  The  troops  sent  to  arrest 
him  went  over  to  his  side  ;  he  was  soon  joined  by  thousands 
of  veterans  whom  the  Peace  of  Paris  had  released  from  the 
prison  camps  of  the  Allies  ;  Louis  XVIII.  and  his  satellites 
with  conspicuous  feebleness  and  cowardice  fled  before  his 


48    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  c 

approach,  and  sought  sanctuary  with  the  English  in 
Belgium ;  on  March  20  the  Napoleonic  Empire  was  re- 
established in  the  capital. 

The  Allies,  although  they  did  not  suspend  their  diplo- 
matic activities  at  Vienna,  turned  their  chief  attention  to 
the  suppression  of  this  unexpected  menace  to  the  accom- 
plishment of  their  work  of  European  resettlement.  The 
Quadruple  Alliance  was  renewed,  and  each  of  the  four 
Powers  agreed  to  place  150,000  troops  in  the  field,  and  to 
maintain  them  until  "  the  disturber  of  the  peace  of  the 
world  "  should  have  been  utterly  crushed.  Napoleon,  for 
his  part,  after  he  had  made  a  vain  attempt  to  assure  the 
Allies  that  his  policy  was  (and  always  had  been !)  entirely 
pacific  and  liberal,  perceived  that  if  he  were  to  avoid  being 
overwhelmed  by  superior  numbers,  he  must  strike  instantly 
and  hard  upon  his  four  enemies  in  turn  before  they  could 
concentrate  their  forces.  Hence  with  great  rapidity  and 
masterly  skill  he  threw  himself  between  the  British  and  the 
Prussians  who  were  seeking  to  effect  a  junction  near 
Charleroi  in  Belgium  (June  1815).  But  the  odds  were  too 
great  for  him.  Moreover,  he  made  a  series  of  military 
mistakes  which' suggest  some  decline  in  his  eminent  genius 
for  war.  On  June  18,  1815,  he  was  irretrievably  ruined  by 
the  reunited  British  and  Prussian  forces  at  Waterloo.  He 
was  sent  to  perpetual  exile  in  St.  Helena.  The  Allies  once 
more  occupied  Paris. 

§  23.  THE  TREATIES  OF  1815 

Nine  days  before  the  battle  of  Waterloo  was  fought, 
the  diplomats  had  concluded  their  discussions  at  Vienna, 
and  had  embodied  the  results  of  their  prolonged  negotia- 
tions in  a  unifying  Final  Act.  The  main  terms  of  this 


m  THE  SETTLEMENT  OF  1815  49 

extraordinarily  important  instrument — which  was  destined 
to  remain  the  foundation  of  the  international  system  of 
Europe  down  to  the  date  oi  the  outbreak  of  the  war  of 
1914 — were  as  follows.  C^^)  in  order  to  provide  the 
strong  barrier  supposed  to  be  necessary  to  prevent  the 
French  from  breaking  out  again,  (1)  Belgium  was  joined 
to  Holland  under  the  rule  of  the  Prince  of  Orange  ;  (2) 
the  Ehine  Provinces  of  Germany  were  given  to  Prussia,  \ 
which  was  still  further  strengthened  by  the  acquisition  of 
parts  of  Saxony  and  Poland  ;  (3)  the  Swiss  Confederation 
was  reorganised,  and  was  reinforced  by  the  addition  of 
three  new  cantons,  viz.  Valais,  Geneva,  and  Neufchatel ; 
(4)  Nice  and  Genoa  were  placed  as  Transalpine  outposts  in 
the  hands  of  the  House  of  Savoy.  CSecoodly1,  a  new  con- 
stitution was  provided  for  Germany.  Since  the  Austrian 
Hapsburgs  declined  to  take  up  again  the  burden  of  the 
"  Holy  Roman  Empire,"  and  since  the  German  princes 
would  not  surrender  their  feeble  independence,  all  that 
could  be  done  was  to  organise  a  loose  confederation  of 
thirty -nine  sovereign  states,  each  of  which  was  to  maintain  a 
permanent  diplomatic  agency  at  Frankfort-on-Main.  This 
so-called  Bund  was  a  mere  illusory  substitute  for  a  central 
Government.  Thirdly,  Poland  was  repartitioned  (although 
not  quite  on  the  old  lines)  between  Austria,  Prussia,  and 
the  Tsar — the  latter  being  allowed  to  convert  his  portion 
into  a  constitutional  kingdom  separate  from  the  Russian 
Empire ;  Saxony  also  was  divided,  two-fifths  going  to 
Prussia,  three-fifths  being  restored  to  the  penitent  Frederick 
Augustus ;  Finland  was  confirmed  to  Russia,  which  had 
annexed  it  in  1809  ;  Sweden  received  Norway  in  compensa- 
tion for  this  loss  of  territory,  fourthly,  Italy  was  parcelled 
out  into  eight  sections,  viz.  Lombardy  and  Venetia  (to 
Austria) ;  Tuscany,  Modena,  and  Parma  (to  scions  of  the 

E 


50    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

Hapsburg  House) ;  Naples  and  Lucca  (to  Bourbons),  and 
the  States  of  the  Church  (to  the  Pope).  Fifthly,  and 
finally,  Denmark  was  punished  for  her  adherence  to  the 
cause  of  Napoleon  by  being  deprived  of  Norway,  which  had 
been  under  her  rule  since  1397  ;  while  (griftJtn>  on  the  other 
hand,  was  allowed  to  keep,  as  a  reward  for  her  immense 
exertions  and  sacrifices,  such  odds  and  ends  as  Heligoland, 
Malta,  Cape  Colony,  Ceylon,  Trinidad,  and  St.  Lucia.  Her 
real  and  incalculably  valuable  gains  were,  of  course,  her 
re-established  command  of  the  sea,  her  freedom  to  expand 
in  new  worlds,  her  commercial  opportunities  in  all  the 
markets  of  the  earth. 

The  settlement  thus  concluded  at  Vienna  while  as  yet 
the  fate  of  Napoleon  was  in  the  balance  had  to  be  supple- 
mented in  respect  of  France  when,  after  Waterloo,  the 
Allied  leaders  reoccupied  Paris.  The  easy  terms  of  the 
first  Treaty  of  Paris — based  on  the  fiction  of  an  innocent 
people  beguiled  and  coerced  by  a  guilty  government — could 
not  be  repeated.  The  second  Treaty  of  Paris  (November 
20,  1815)  was  necessarily  severe.  It  (1)  reduced  France  to 
her  boundaries  of  1790 ;  (2)  compelled  her  to  admit  and 
maintain  an  Allied  army  of  occupation  on  her  north-eastern 
frontier  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  five  years  ;  (3)  required 
her  temporarily  to  disband  her  own  army ;  (4)  extorted 
from  her  an  indemnity  equivalent  to  some  £28,000,000 ;  ; 
and  (5)  insisted  on  her  restoring  to  the  museums  and  art  j 
galleries  of  the  Continent  their  plundered  treasures. 


§  24.  THE  VIENNA  SETTLEMENT 

Such  were  the  main  lines  of  the  famous  "  treaty  system  " 
of  1815  which  was  destined  to  determine  the  international 
politics  of  Europe  for  nearly  a  century.  It  embodied  an 


in  THE  SETTLEMENT  OF  1815  51 

attempt  to  restore  the  Continent,  so  far  as  was  possible, 
to  the  conditions  which  had  prevailed  before  the  Kevolu- 
tionary  earthquake  and  the  Napoleonic  flood  had  destroyed 
all  landmarks  and  submerged  both  dynasties  and  peoples. 
The  negotiators  at  Vienna  and  Paris  were  sincerely  anxious 
to  give  to  the  world  peace  after  a  quarter  of  a  century  of 
devastating  war,  and  stability  after  a  period  of  incessant 
change.  The  adoption  of  the  guiding  principles  of  "  legiti- 
macy  "  and  "  precedent  "  seemed  to  them  to  be  the  course 
best  calculated  to  achieve  their  purpose.  It  involved,  how-t 
ever,  the  repudiation  of  the  principles  of  "  nationality  "I 
and  "  democracy,"  which  were  frequently  in  striking 
antagonism  to  the  legitimacy  that  represented  the  ideals, 
and  the  precedent  that  represented  the  institutions  of  the 
dynastic  and  autocratic  eighteenth  century.  But  it  is 
clear  that  the  diplomats  did  not  perceive  that  these  two 
new  principles  had  come  to  stay,  and  that  they  were 
fated  to  be  the  most  potent  and  persistent  of  all  the  political 
forces  operative  throughout  the  nineteenth  century.  It  is 
probable,  moreover,  that,  if  they  had  perceived  the  power- 
ful vitality  of  these  principles,  they  would  have  felt  it  to 
be  their  duty  to  make  even  greater  and  more  direct  efforts 
to  stamp  them  out  of  existence.  For,  taken  together, 
these  two  principles  connoted  and  constituted  "  The  He  volu- 
tion "  which  had  kept  Europe  in  a  tumult  for  a  whole 
generation.  "  Democracy  "  as  developed  by  the  French 
Revolutionists  had  displayed  itself  as  a  rapid  descent  into 
violence,  spoliation,  anarchy,  atheism,  and  massacre. 
"  Nationality,"  as  fostered  by  the  great  wars,  and  as 
exploited  by  Napoleon,  had  identified  itself  with  pride, 
oppression,  aggressive  war,  conquest,  and  domination. 
The  manifestations  of  the  two  principles  in  countries  other 
than  France  (e.g.  typically  in  Spain)  had  been  too  fitful 


52  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH.  nv 

and  erratic  to  render  it  possible  for  statesmen  to  conclude 
either  that  they  were  safe  for  the  world,  or  that  it  was 
their  duty  to  make  the  world  safe  for  them.  Thus  they 
had  no  hesitation  in  restoring  autocratic  monarchs  to 
thrones  from  which  they  had  long  been  excluded  ;  nor  did 
they  shrink,  in  their  efforts  to  erect  barriers,  provide 
compensation,  administer  punishments,  and  adjudge  re- 
wards, from,  doing  such  violences  to  national  sentiments/I 
as  were  involved  in  placing  the  Italians  of  Lombardy  and 
Venetia  under  the  Austrian  yoke,  in  repartitioning  Poland,  \ 
in  subjecting  Nice  and  Genoa  to  Sardinia,  in  uniting! 
Belgium  to  Holland,  and  Norway  to  Sweden.  All  theseij 
arrangements  were  destined  to  be  undone,  with  varying 
degrees  of  friction  and  conflict,  during  the  course  of  the 
century  1815-1914.  That  fact  seems  to  condemn  them, 
and  it  certainly  condemns  the  omission  from  the  treaty 
settlement  of  1815  of  any  arrangement  for  the  revision  or 
modification  of  the  terms  then  agreed  upon.  But  it  must 
be  remembered,  first,  that  most  of  the  anti-democratic  and 
anti-national  stipulations  had  been  determined  by  sectional 
treaties  before  the  Congress  of  Vienna  met ;  secondly,  that 
no  reconstruction  of  Europe  made  at  that  date  could 
possibly  have  been  satisfactory ;  and  thirdly,  that  the 
Vienna  settlement,  with  all  its  faults,  did  actually  give 
Europe  peace  during  a  priceless  forty  years. 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES,  1815-1822 

§  25.  THE  HOLY  ALLIANCE  AND  THE  QUADRUPLE 

ALLIANCE 

THE   "  treaty  system "  of  1815  consisted  of  something 
over  and  above  the  territorial  and  dynastic  arrangements 
made  at  the  Congress  of  Vienna  and  the  Conference  of 
Paris.     There  were  two  other  instruments,  both  concluded 
during  the  same  year,  which  added  another  and  unique 
feature  to  the  settlement.    These  were  the  documents  by 
means  of  which  (1)  the  Holy  Alliance  was  instituted  in  *^ 
September,  and  (2)  the  Quadruple  Alliance  was  reorganised  i 
and  renewed  on  a  permanent  and  pacific  basis  in  November. 
These  important  and  profoundly  interesting  instruments 
embodied  attempts  of  two  different  sorts  to  provide  safe- 
guards for  the  maintenance  of  the  territorial  and  dynastic', 
arrangements  just  iriade  ;  to  establish  guarantees  for  the 
preservation  of  peace  and  tliS-isu^pression  of  revolution  ;  to  " 
found  a  permanentsConcert  of  Europe. 

The  Holy  Alliance  was  the  exclusive  creation  of  Alex- 
ander I.  of  Russia.  This  powerful,  well-intentioned,  but 
erratic  ruler  had  inherited  from  his  ancestors  a  strain  of 
madness  which  by  1815  had  been  intensified  by  three 
things,  viz.  first,  by  a  cankering  consciousness  of  sin  in 

63 


54    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  en. 

respect  of  the  indirect  part  which  he  had  played  in  the 
murder  of  his  father,  the  Tsar  Paul,  in  1801  ;  secondly, 
by  the  doctrines  of  Rousseau  and  the  Jacobins — distract- 
ingly  incompatible  with  the  principles  and  practice  of  the 
Russian  autocracy — which  had  been  instilled  into  him  by 
his  tutor  La  Harpe ;  thirdly,  by  a  disquieting  religious 
mysticism,  extremely  discordant  with  the  rigid  formalism 
of  Greek  Orthodoxy,  which  on  June  4, 1815,  he  caught  from 
the  Livonian  Baroness  von  Kriidener.  On  September  26, 
1815,  in  a  mood  of  high  evangelical  exaltation,  he  proposed 
to  his  brethren,  the  sovereigns  of  Europe,  a  scheme  accord- 
ing to  which  they  should  pledge  themselves,  in  the  interests 
of  their  subjects  and  of  humanity  at  large,  "  to  take  for 
their  sole  guide  the  precepts  of  the  Christian  religion  "  and 
"  to  strengthen  themselves  every  day  more  and  more  in 
the  principles  and  exercise  of  the  duties  which  the  Divine 
Saviour  has  taught  to  mankind."  The  potentates  of  the 
Continent  were  much  embarrassed  by  this  unexpected 
proposal  of  the  Tsar  ;  but,  when  their  ministers  told  them 
that  it  did  not  mean  anything,  they  all  accepted  it,  with 
the  exception  of  the  Sultan  of  Turkey,  the  Pope,  and  the 
Prince  Regent  of  England.  The  last  named  acted  on  the 
advice  of  Castlereagh,  who  not  only  regarded  the  so-called 
"  Holy  Alliance  "  as  "a  piece  of  sublime  mysticism  and 
nonsense,"  but  also  suspected  that  behind  its  elevated 
phraseology  there  lurked  sinister  designs  against  the 
liberties  of  the  nations.  Hence  he  persuaded  the  Prince 
to  withhold  his  official  signature,  and  to  limit  himself  to  a 
personal  assurance  to  the  Tsar  and  his  colleagues  of  "  his 
entire  concurrence  in  the  principles  they  had  laid  down  of 
making  the  Divine  Precepts  of  the  Christian  religion  the 
invariable  rule  of  their  conduct,  maxims  which  he  would 
himself  endeavour  to  practise." 


iv  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES  55 

Castlereagh,  having  thus  evaded  the  snare  of  "  mysticism 
and  nonsense,"  set  himself  to  establish,  as  a  counter- 
measure  of  practical  politics,  the  permanent  Quadruple 
Alliance  of  Britain,  Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia,  which  the 
Treaty  of  Chauniont  had  formally  inaugurated  in  1814. 
This  purpose  he  achieved  in  an  agreement  which  was  signed 
by  the  representatives  of  the  four  Powers,  simultaneously 
with  the  second  Treaty  of  Paris,  on  November  20,  1815. 
By  the  terms  of  this  important  concordat  it  was  arranged 
that  the  high  contracting  parties  should  meet  periodically 
"  to  consult  upon  their  common  interests,  and  to  consider 
the  measures  which  on  each  of  these  occasions  shall  be 
regarded  as  the  most  salutary  for  the  repose  and  prosperity 
of  nations,  and  for  the  maintenance  of  the  peace  of  the 
Continent."  Thus  was  the  Concert  of  Europe  for  the  first 
time  effectively  organised  as  a  pacific  League  of  Nations. 

§  26.  REACTION  AND  UNREST,  1815-18 

The  purpose  of  the  Quadruple  Alliance  was  just  as 
restricted  and  precise  as  the  purpose  of  the  Holy  Alliance 
had  been  vast  and  vague.  It  was  to  safeguard  and  super- 
vise the  treaty  settlement  of  1815.  The  one  thing  on  which 
Castlereagh  most  insisted,  as  against  the  nebulous  benevol- 
ence of  Alexander  I.,  was  an  entirely  unambiguous  definite- 
ness.  This  he  appeared  to  have  secured,  and  for  three  years 
the  machinery  of  the  Quadruple  Alliance  worked  smoothly 
and  efficiently.  Paris  was  its  seat.  Every  morning  at 
11  o'clock  the  ministers  of  the  four  Powers  met  at  the  house 
of  the  British  ambassador  and  discussed  the  affairs  of  the 
Continent  and  its  dependencies.  They  agreed  with  one 
another  very  well ;  their  decisions  were  cordially  supported 
by  their  respective  governments ;  behind  them  stood  the 


66    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

irresistible  force  of  Wellington's  army  of  occupation  with 
its  limitless  reserves.  Never  had  Europe  had  so  near  an 
approach  to  international  government. 

Behind  the  superficial  unanimity,  however,  and  beneath 
the  temporary  harmony,  there  were,  unhappily,  funda- 
mental differences  of  principle  and  enduring  sources  of 
discord.  In  spite  of  all  Castlereagh's  efforts  to  obtain  a 
precision  of  statement  free  from  all  uncertainty,  the 
members  of  the  Quadruple  Alliance  did  not  see  eye  to  eye 
on  the  important  question  of  the  limits  of  their  sphere  of 
operation.  Were  they,  or  were  they  not,  entitled  to  inter-, 
fere  in  the  internal  affairs  of  states  whose  governments  h 
were  menaced  by  revolution  ?  Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia  v 
held  that  they  were ;  Britain,  as  represented  by  Castle- 
reagh,  and  later  by  Canning,  held  emphatically  that  they 
were  not.  Hence  came  a  rift  that  in  the  end  was  destined 
to  widen  into  an  irreparable  schism. 

This  rift,  however,  did  not  display  itself  during  the  three 
years  1815-18.  During  that  critical  period  there  was 
cordial  co-operation,  and  there  was  plenty  to  do.  Through- 
out Europe,  on  the  part  of  the  governments,  reaction 
reigned  supreme.  The  dread  of  "  The  Revolution  "- 
that  is,  of  all  national  or  democratic  movements — was 
intense.  The  dispossessed  and  long  -  exiled  monarchs, 
nobles,  and  clergy  came  back  to  their  former  positions  and 
properties  determined  to  obliterate  all  traces  of  the  night- 
mare horrors  of  the  preceding  quarter-century.  The  works 
of  the  French  Republic  and  Empire,  however  useful,  were 
destroyed.  Thus,  for  example,  Victor  Emmanuel  of 
Piedmont  eradicated  the  Botanic  Gardens  which  Napoleon 
had  planted  at  Turin,  and  forbade  his  subjects  to  use  the 
splendid  military  road  which  the  imperial  engineers  had 
constructed  over  the  Mont  Cenis  Pass  ;  the  Pope  removed 


IV  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES  57 

the  French  street  lamps  from  Rome ;   Ferdinand  of  Spain 
re-established  the  Inquisition  in  his  kingdom  ;   the  Elector 
of  Hesse-Cassel  claimed  ten  years'  arrears  of  taxes.     More 
serious  was  the  reaction  in  the  larger  states  of  the  Quad- 
ruple Alliance  and  in  France.     Its  leader  and  director  was 
Metternich,   who  realised  clearly  and  correctly  that   on 
the  one  hand  the  principle  of  nationality  was  a  disrup- 
tive force  which  would  split  the  Austrian  Empire  into  a 
dozen  antagonistic  fragments,  and  that  on  the  other  hand 
the  principle  of  democracy  was  an  explosive  force  which  J 
would  blow  the  Hapsburg  autocracy  sky-high.     Metternich  I 
was  whole-heartedly  supported  by  the  king  and  ministers 
of  Prussia.     Alexander  of  Russia  was  not  at  this  time  quite 
so  illiberal  as  Metternich,  nor  was  Castlereagh,  who  con- 
trolled British  policy,  quite  so  ready  to  interfere  ;  but  they  j 
both   shared   Metternich's   apprehensions   and   supported  ! 
his  reactionary  measures. 

Reaction  on  the  part  of  the  governments,  however,  did 
but  generate  and  augment  unrest  on  the  part  of  the  peoples. 
In  1818  the  situation  was  so  serious  that  the  governments 
of  the  four  Powers  determined  to  call  a  general  congress  to 
discuss  ways  and  means  of  dealing  with  it.  It  was  arranged 
that  the  congress  should  meet  at  Aix  -  la  -  Chapelle  in 
September. 


§  27.  THE  CONGRESS  OF  AIX-LA-CHAPELLE 

Popular  unrest  had  manifested  itself  in  many  forms,  and 
with  much  violence,  throughout  every  part  of  Europe 
during  the  years  which  divided  the  Congress  of  Aix-la- 
Chapelle  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna.  Even  in  England 
such  tumultuary  upheavals  as  the  Spa  Field  riots  (1816) 
and  the  march  of  the  Blanketeers  (1817)  had  supplemented 


58  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

the  constitutional  demand  for  an  enlarged  franchise  and 
parliamentary  reform.  In  the  Latin  kingdoms  of  Southern 
Europe  vast  volumes  of  fluid  discontent  had  crystallised 
themselves  into  a  solid  and  ponderous  demand  for  the 
ultra-revolutionary  Spanish  "  Constitution  of  1812."  In 
Italy,  secret  societies  such  as  the  Carbonari  were  active 
in  organising  revolt  against  the  Austrian  overlordship. 
In  Germany,  university  professors,  associations  of  students 
(Burchenschaften),  and  fraternities  of  literary  men  pro- 
mulgated political  dogmas  entirely  subversive  of  the 
principles  on  which  the  settlement  of  1815  had  been  based. 
Metternich  felt  that  it  was  high  time  to  secure  the 
consent  and  co-operation  of  the  Concert  in  the  urgent 
task  of  suppressing  revolutionary  conspiracy  in  the  south 
of  the  Continent,  and  revolutionary  philosophy  in  the 
north. 

There  was  another  pressing  matter,  too,  that  required  the 
attention  of  the  Powers.  While  sober  Germany  had  been 
rising  into  disorderly  Liberalism,  volatile  France  had  been 
manifesting  a  most  edifying  return  to  stolidity  and  good 
behaviour.  Louis  XVIII.  and  his  ministers  were  anxious 
above  all  things  to  free  themselves  and  their  country  from 
the  humiliation,  inconvenience,  and  expense  of  the  large 
heterogeneous  army  of  occupation  which  under  Wellington's 
command  held  all  the  north-eastern  frontier  of  France 
in  control.  Hence  they  had  made  it  their  policy  to 
display  a  conservatism  and  a  reactionary  zeal  extremely 
gratifying  to  Metternich,  and  indicative  to  all  the  world 
of  a  complete  recovery  from  the  fevers  of  1789.  They  had 
dismissed  Republican  officials,  executed  or  exiled  Bona- 
partist  soldiers,  limited  the  franchise  to  well-to-do  bourgeois, 
restricted  the  freedom  of  the  press.  Thus  when  in  1818. 
the  Due  de  Richelieu  made  a  formal  request  that  France 


iv  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES  59 

should  be  relieved  of  the  hostile  army  and  admitted  into 
the  European  Concert,  it  was  felt  that  his  petition  deserved 
serious  and  favourable  consideration.  Many  other  ques- 
tions, important  in  themselves  although  subordinate  to  the 
two  just  mentioned,  presented  themselves  to  the  notice 
of  the  associated  Powers. 

The  Congress  which  assembled  at  Aix  in  the  autumn  of 
1818  consisted  in  the  main  of  the  same  monarchs  and 
ministers  as  had  conducted  the  debates  at  Vienna  three 
years  before.  Metternich  of  Austria,  Hardenberg  of 
Prussia,  Alexander  of  Russia,  and  Castlereagh  of. Britain 
were  again  the  protagonists.  On  behalf  of  France,  however, 
when  she  was  admitted  to  the  inner  circle,  the  versatile  and 
patriotic  but  unscrupulous  and  incalculable  Talleyrand  no 
more  appeared  :  he  had  been  dismissed  and  disgraced,  in 
spite  of  his  services  in  1815,  because  of  the  ineradicable 
redness  of  his  early  revolutionary  record.  In  his  place 
came  the  safe  and  sound  Due  de  Richelieu.  Metternich 
was  even  more  dominant  at  Aix  than  he  had  been  at 
Vienna ;  for  Alexander  I.  had  been  frightened  out  of  his 
sentimental  liberalism,  and  he  no  longer  opposed  reaction. 
Hence  the  Congress  with  ease  and  rapidity  disposed  of  its 
main  business.  (1)  It  admitted  France  into  the  Concert 
of  Europe  and  arranged  for  the  evacuation  of  her  territory  ; 
(2)  it  settled  various  minor  German  problems,  but  delegated 
the  larger  task  of  suppressing  "  The  Revolution "  to 
Austria  and  Prussia  ;  (3)  it  listened  to  complaints  made  by 
Denmark  against  Sweden,  and  compelled  the  latter  Power 
to  conform  to  the  conditions  of  the  Treaty  of  Kiel ;  (4)  it 
listened,  too,  to  the  laments  of  Spain  concerning  her  lost 
colonial  empire,  but  decided  that  no  action  could  then  be 
taken ;  (5)  equally  abortive  were  discussions  respecting 
the  suppression  of  the  slave  trade  and  the  extermination 


60    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

of  the  Barbary  pirates.  Even  at  this  Congress — the  high- 
water  mark  of  European  unity  —  particularist  interests 
impeded  corporate  action. 


§  28.  THE  EUROPEAN  UPHEAVAL,  1818-20 

The  Congress  of  Aix-la-Chapelle  placed  Metternich  at  the 
summit  of  his  influence  in  Europe.  The  "  conversion  "  of 
Alexander  I.  left  the  Austrian  statesman  without  a  rival  on  the 
Continent.  Hardenberg  was  his  devoted  accomplice ;  Castle; 
reagh  his  sincere  if  alert  and  anxious  friend.  He  lost  no  time 
in  carrying  into  effect  the  mandate  of  the  Concert  respect- 
ing Germany.  He  summoned  conferences  of  the  petty 
potentates  which  met  successively  at  Teplitz  and  at  Carlsbad 
during  the  year  1819.  The  outcome  of  their  confabulations 
was  the  virtual  supersession  of  the  ineffective  Diet  of  the 
Confederation,  as  set  up  in  1815,  in  favour  of  a  dual  control 
by  Austria  and  Prussia.  By  the  Carlsbad  Decrees  the  two 
reactionary  Powers  were  authorised  to  exercise  supervision 
over  the  whole  of  Germany — to  appoint  curators  over  the 
universities,  to  dissolve  the  Burchenschaften  and  the 
gymnastic  societies,  to  strengthen  the  censorship  of  the 
press,  and  to  appoint  a  commission  to  inquire  into  and 
suppress  secret  conspiracies. 

Not  all  the  might  of  Metternich,  however,  could  stamp 
out  the  fire  of  revolution  even  in  submissive  Germany ; 
still  less  in  Europe  at  large.  The  Congress  of  Aix  and  the 
Conference  of  Carlsbad  were  followed  by  an  unprecedented 
outburst  of  violent  rebellion.  In  the  north  of  the  Continent 
the  forces  of  order  and  government  were  still  strong  enough 
to  hold  it  in  check  ;  but  in  the  south,  beyond  the  Pyrenees 
and  the  Alps,  it  broke  all  the  bounds  which  authority 
sought  to  impose  upon  it,  and  it  reduced  the  Iberian  and 


iv  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES  61 

Italian  peninsulas  to  a  state  of  anarchy  that  impelled  the 
reactionary  members  of  the  Concert  to  intervention. 

First,  as  to  the  commotions  in  the  North.  In  Germany, 
after  the  successful  conclusion  of  the  War  of  Liberation,  the 
sense  of  national  unity  had  declined,  and  particularism  had 
reasserted  itself.  Each  petty  state  developed  some  sort 
of  a  democratic  agitation  of  its  own.  No  effort  was  made 
to  co-ordinate  the  movements  or  to  harmonise  the  pro- 
grammes. In  most  cases  the  leaders  were  professors  and 
philosophers  —  men  of  words  and  moods,  devoid  of 
practical  ability  and  empty  of  common  sense.  Where — as 
in  Bavaria,  Baden,  and  Wiirtemberg — concessions  were 
made  to  them,  and  they  were  admitted  to  the  constitution, 
they  speedily,  by  their  loquacity  and  intractability, 
rendered  government  impossible.  Where — as  in  Prussia, 
Saxony,  and  Hanover — their  demands  were  refused,  they 
fomented  a  violence  which  justified  and  elicited  severe  and 
effective  measures  of  repression.  Rarely  has  liberalism 
been  worse  served  than  by  its  unworthy  German  repre- 
sentatives in  the  early  nineteenth  century.  In  France,  the 
reactionary  policy  of  Louis  XVIII.  and  Richelieu  called 
forth  a  bitter  antagonism  alike  from  devotees  of  the  "  Rights 
of  Man  "  and  from  enthusiasts  for  the  cause  of  the  exiled 
Emperor.  The  general  discontent  culminated  in  the 
murder,  on  February  13,  1820,  of  the  Due  de  Berri,  who 
stood  in  the  direct  line  of  succession  to  the  French  throne  ; 
but  this  dastardly  deed  only  strengthened  the  hands  of 
authority  and  made  repression  easier.  Similarly  in 
England  the  Peterloo  disturbance  of  1819,  and  the  Cato 
Street  conspiracy  of  1820,  alarmed  the  nation  as  well  as  the 
government,  and  made  it  possible  amid  popular  approval 
to  pass  and  to  enforce  the  severe  restrictions  of  the  notorious 
"  Seven  Acts." 


Yc, 


62    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

As  to  the  commotions  in  the  South.  These  were  of  a 
much  more  formidable  order.  During  the  course  of  1820, 
in  Spain,  in  Portugal,  in  Naples,  military  rebels  repudiated 
the  authority  of  the  established  government,  proclaimed  the 
"  Constitution  of  1812,"  and  successfully  defied  suppression. 
The  disturbances  in  the  Iberian  peninsula,  although  they 
were  viewed  with  intense  antipathy  and  disgust  by  Metter- 
nich  and  his  friends,  did  not  seem  to  be  near  enough  to 
their  own  spheres  of  influence  to  require  immediate  interven- 
tion. Far  otherwise  was  it  with  the  outbreak  in  Naples. 
This  directly  threatened  the  Austrian  ascendancy  in  Italy. 
Hence,  in  order  to  decide  what  course  of  action  should  be 
pursued,  a  Congress  was  summoned  to  meet  at  Troppau  in 
Silesia  during  October  1820. 

§  29.  THE  CONGEESSES  OF  TROPPAU,  LAIBACH, 
AND  VERONA 

Metternich  would  have  preferred  to  treat  the  Neapolitan 
rising  as  a  purely  Austrian  concern,  and  to  suppress  it  by 
instant  and  individual  intervention.  But  Alexander  of 
Russia  would  not  listen  to  the  suggestion.  It  was  clearly, 
he  said,  a  matter  of  general  European  interest :  whatever 
Austria  might  do,  she  should  do  it,  not  on  her  own  account, 
but  as  the  mandatory  of  the  concerted  Powers.  Alexander 
himself  prepared  to  go  to  Troppau  to  maintain  his  view, 
and  Metternich  was  constrained  to  seek  for  some  general 
principle  which  should  warrant  immediate  action  on  the 
part  of  the  Quadruple  Alliance  in  Naples,  while  deferring 
it  in  Spain  and  Portugal.  The  needed  principle  was 
formulated  in  the  famous  Protocol  of  Troppau  which  ran  : 
"  States  that  have  undergone  a  change  of  government  due 
to  revolution  the  results  of  which  threaten  other  states 


iv  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES  63 

ipso  facto  cease  to  be  members  of  the  European  Alliance, 
and  remain  excluded  from  it  until  their  situation  gives 
guarantees  for  legal  order  and  stability."  It  further 
pledged  the  Powers  "  by  peaceful  means,  or,  if  need  be, 
by  arms,  to  bring  back  the  guilty  state  into  the  bosom  of 
the  Great  Alliance."  The  Tsar  afld  the  King  of  Prussia  t 
felt  no  hesitation  in  accepting  this  formidable  charter  of 
interference.  But  Castlereagh,  who  was  represented  at 
the  conference  by  his  brother  Charles  Stewart,  strongly 
objected,  and  emphatically  protested  against  this  recogni- 
tion of  the  right  of  corporate  meddling  with  the  internal 
affairs  of  sovereign  states.  The  British  opposition  to  the 
Protocol  caused  the  most  intense  irritation  at  Troppau, 
but  it  was  sufficient  to  cause  the  Congress  to  be  adjourned 
to  Laibach  in  Carniola  in  order  that  Ferdinand  I.,  the 
outraged  King  of  Naples,  might  attend  and  give  his  personal 
account  of  the  revolution  which  had  deprived  him  of  all 
effective  power.  A  serious  schism  in  the  Concert  of  Europe 
thus  manifested  itself  in  the  autumn  of  1820. 

The  schism  was  by  no  means  healed  when,  in  January 
1821,  the  diplomats,  together  with  Ferdinand  of  Naples, 
reassembled  at  Laibach.  The  British  representative  (from 
whom  plenary  powers  had  been  withheld)  continued  to 
protest.  His  protests,  however,  were  ostentatiously  and 
even  offensively  ignored,  and  Austria  was  commissioned  on 
behalf  of  the  Concert — now  reduced  to  the  three  autocracies 
of  the  Romanoffs,  the  Hapsburgs,  and  the  Hohenzollerns — 
to  crush  the  Neapolitan  revolt.  This  she  promptly  and 
easily  did.  The  rebels  were  defeated  by  the  whitecoats  at 
Rieti  on  March  7,  1821 ;  the  "  Constitution  of  1812  "  was 
abolished ;  Ferdinand  I.  was  restored  to  his  despotic 
sovereignty. 

Revolution,    however,    was    in    the    air.    Before    the 


64    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  en. 

diplomats  had  dispersed  from  Laibach,  news  reached  them 
that  two  more  upheavals  had  taken  place.  The  first  was 
in  Piedjmpnt,  where  disgruntled  soldiers,  following  precisely 
the  Neapolitan  model,  proclaimed  the  "  Constitution  of 
1812  "  and  compelled  Victor  Emmanuel  I.  to  resign  his 
crown.  This  eruption,  though  annoying,  caused  no  em- 
barrassment at  Laibach.  No  new  principle  was  involved. 
Austria  was  requested  to  apply  the  remedy  which  had 
proved  to  be  efficacious  in  the  case  of  Naples.  She  did  so. 
Her  troops  entered  Piedmont,  crushed  the  revolt  at  Novara 
on  April  8,  182J,  and  placed  the  reactionary  Charles  Felix 
on  the  throne. 

The  second  upheaval  was  a  much  more  disquieting 
affair.  It  was  th^  re  volt  of  the  Greeks  against  JJtie  ^ultan. 
If,  on  the  one  hand,  like  the  rebellions  in  Naples  and  Pied- 
mont, this  was  a  rising  of  subjects  against  a  sovereign ;  on 
the  other  hand  it  was  an  outbreak  of  Christians  against 
the  Infidel,  and  as  such  it  commended  itself  to  the  con- 
science of  the  Tsar  and  his  Orthodox  peoples.  Metternich 
had  some  difficulty  in  checking  Alexander's  instinctive 
impulse  to  rush  to  the  help  of  the  faithful  against  the 
oppressor.  He  succeeded,  however,  in  doing  so  for  the 
moment  by  persuading  him  that  the  affairs  of  the  Turkish 
Empire  did  not  come  within  the  scope  of  the  Concert_of 
Europe.  The  Congress  of  Laibach  then  dispersed  in  the 
hope  that  the  unrest  in  both  the  Balkan  and  the  Iberian 
peninsula  would  settle  down  of  its  own  accord.  In  neither 
case  did  it  do  so,  and  consequently  the  Congress  of  Verona 
became  necessary. 


iv  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES  65 

§  30.  BREAK-UP  OP  THE  CONCERT  OF  EUROPE 

The  Congress  of  Verona — the  last  of  the  series  held 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Quadruple  Alliance — met  in 
October  1822  to  consider  three  main  problems.  The  first 
was  the  revolt  of  the  Greeks  which  (as  we  shall  see  in  the 
next  chapter),  far  from  having  subsided,  had  spread  widely 
to  new  regions  of  Turkish  control,  and  had  developed  into 
a  horrible  war  of  mutual  extermination.  The  second  was 
the  trouble  in  Spain  which,  having  lasted  for  nearly  three 
years,  and  having  reduced  that  unhappy  country  to  desti- 
tution and  anarchy,  seemed  likely  to  spread  across  the 
Pyrenees  and  to  embroil  the  Bourbon  monarchy  of  France. 
The  third  was  concerned  with  the  Latin  American  colonies 
which,  having  attained  to  virtual  independence  during  the 
Napoleonic  war,  were  firmly  resolved  never  to  return 
beneath  the  yoke  of  Spain  or  Portugal. 

The  Greek  problem  seemed  at  first  to  be  the  most 
dangerous  of  the  three.  For  it  threatened  a  new  schism 
in  the  Concert  along  the  lines,  not  of  politics,  but  of  religion. 
Metternich  was  immovably  resolved  to  give  no  countenance 
to  rebellion  so  near  to  the  Austrian  frontiers,  and  he 
vehemently  urged  the  Sultan  to  stamp  out  the  revolt 
of  his  turbulent  subjects  by  any  means,  however  harsh. 
Alexander  of  Russia,  on  the  contrary,  as  head  of  the  Greek 
Church,  was  eager  to  find  some  way  of  deliverance  for  the 
persecuted  champions  of  the  Orthodox  faith.  Metternich's 
uncompromising  hostility  to  the  Greeks  at  once  brought 
the  Tsar  to  the  parting  of  the  roads :  either  he  had  to 
quarrel  with  Austria  and  so  wreck  the  Concert  of  Europe, 
or  he  had  to  desert  the  Greeks  and  so  abandon  his  claim 
to  be  the  protector  of  the  faithful.  Faced  by  this  dilemma, 
he  chose  the  path  of  Christian  renunciation,  accepted 


66    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

Metternich's  formula  that  the  Greco-Turkish  conflict  lay 
"  beyond  the  pale  of  civilisation  "  and  so  was  no  concern 
of  the  Powers  assembled  at  Verona,  and  left  the  Greeks 
to  their  fate.  The  semblance  of  European  unity  was 
maintained. 

The  Spanish  problem  proved  to  be  less  amenable  to 
settlement.  For  the  Powers  who  were  determined  to 
intervene  on  behalf  of  the  all-but-deposed  Ferdinand  VII. 
— chief  among  whom  was  France — found  themselves  in 
conflict  with  stronger  wills  and  clearer  minds  than  those 
of  Alexander  I.  and  his  advisers,  viz.  the  wills  and  minds 
of  the  British  ministers,  first  Castlereagh,  and  later  Wel- 
lington and  Canning.  One  and  all  they  were  firmly  resolved 
to  pursue  the  traditional  British  policy  of  non-intervention 
in  the  internal  affairs  of  foreign  nations,  and  to  maintain 
the  principle  that  every  people  has  the  right  to  determine 
its  own  form  of  government.  When,  therefore,  at  Verona 
a  definite  proposal  was  made  that  the  French  should  send 
an  army  across  the  Pyrenees  to  restore  order  in  Spain, 
Britain  presented  a  formal  protest.  In  spite  of  the  protest 
the  commission  was  given  to  the  French  (who  duly  and 
effectively  executed  it  in  1823).  Hence  Britain  withdrew 
from  the  Congress,  and  the  Concert  of  Europe  was  at  an 
end. 

This  open  rupture  between  Britain  on  the  one  side  and 
the  autocratic  monarchies  on  the  other  made  it  easier  for 
Canning,  in  conjunction  with  the  American  President 
Monroe,  to  take  a  stand  hostile  to  the  same  Powers  in 
respect  of  the  revolted  Latin  colonies.  Ferdinand  of  Spain 
was  eager  to  secure  European  aid  towards  their  reconquest. 
Russia,  who  already  possessed  Alaska  and  had  hopes  of 
obtaining  all  the  Pacific  littoral,  was  more  than  willing  to 
give  him  the  desired  assistance.  In  these  circumstances 


iv  ERA  OF  THE  CONGRESSES  67 

the  American  President,  with  the  advice  and  assent  of  the 
British  minister,  promulgated  the  famous  "  Monroe  Doc- 
trine "  (1823)  which  warned  European  Powers  against 
interference  in  the  affairs  of  the  New  World.  This  doctrine 
or  declaration  was  a  charter  of  emancipation  to  the  revolted 
dependencies  of  Spain  and  Portugal.  One  by  one — e.g. 
Mexico  1824,  Peru  1825,  Brazil  1826 — they  secured  recog- 
nition as  sovereign  independent  states,  and  began  their 
career  of  unfettered  self-determination.  Canning  and 
Monroe  flattered  themselves  that  they  had  "  called  a  new 
world  into  existence  to  redress  the  balance  of  the  old." 
Without  any  doubt  the  balance  of  the  old  was  gone. 


CHAPTER  V 
THE  ERA  OF  NATIONAL  REVOLTS,  1822-1830 

§  31.  THE  DAWN  OP  A  NEW  AGE 

THE  withdrawal  of  Britain  from  the  Congress  of  Verona 
was  an  event  of  resounding  importance.  It  marked  the 
deliverance  of  Europe  from  a  tyranny  which  had  begun  to 
weigh  upon  it  like  a  nightmare.  In  seven  short  years  the 
Grand  Alliance,  which  had  begun  as  a  noble  league  to 
enforce  peace,  to  adminster  justice,  to  suppress  crime,  to 
sanction  law,  had  developed  into  an  engine  of  the  grossest 
oppression  and  the  most  vexatious  intermeddling,  whose 
destruction  was  necessary  for  the  salvation  of  mankind. 
What  were  the  causes  of  this  sad  and  ominous  decline  ? 
They  are  not  far  to  seek.  The  seeds  of  failure  were,  indeed, 
inherent  in  the  Alliance  from  the  first.  To  begin  with,  it 
was  a  league  of  autocrats  and  not  of  peoples  ;  it  paid  little 
regard  to  national  prejudices  or  democratic  aspirations. 
Secondly,  it  was  committed  to  the  maintenance  of  a  treaty 
settlement  which,  though  temporarily  defensible,  was 
intolerable  as  a  permanency  ;  and  it  had  provided  itself " 
with  no  machinery  for  effecting  necessary  changes.  Thirdly, 
-  its  members  were  filled  with  an  irrational  dread  of  "  The 

J 

Revolution,"  and  they  suspected  "  The  Revolution  "  in 
every  popular  movement,  however  natural  and  innocent  it 

68 


en.  v  ERA  OF  NATIONAL  REVOLTS  69 

might  be.  Finally,  it  had  never  defined  the  sphere  within 
which  interference  by  extraneous  power  in  the  affairs  of  a 
self-governing  community  is  allowable ;  and  as  a  conse- 
quence it  had  begun  to  meddle  with  the  purely  domestic 
concerns  of  the  minor  states  of  the  Continent  in  a  manner 
which  to  British  publicists  of  all  schools  had  appeared  to 
be  wholly  insufferable. 

Thus  the  Holy  Alliance  from  which  Alexander  had  hoped 
so  much  vanished  into  thin  air ;  and  thus  even  the  more 
solid  Quadruple  Treaty  which  Castlereagh  had  compacted 
as  the  foundation  of  an  international  government  was  riven 
in  irremediable  schism.  The  post-Napoleonic  League  of 
Nations,  because  of  its  incongruities,  incompatibilities,  and 
inconsistencies,  split  up  into  antagonistic  groups,  and  left 
the  peace  of  Europe  once  more  dependent  on  the  main- 
tenance of  a  doubtful  balance  of  power.  On  the  one  side 
stood  the  autocratic  potentates  determined  to  enforce 
authority  and  to  suppress  revolution,  even  though  to  do 
so  might  involve  the  invasion  of  unconsenting  states,  the 
coercion  of  unwilling  peoples,  and  the  extinction  of  ancient 
liberties.  On  the  other  side  stood  Britain — soon  to  be 
joined  by  revolutionary  France  and  emancipated  Belgium 
— whose  ministers  held  that  the  people  who  had  expelled 
the  Stuarts  in  1688  and  had  set  up  the  Hanoverians  in  1714 
could  not  possibly  be  parties  in  the  denial  to  other  peoples 
of  similar  rights  of  self-determination. 

The  British  principle  of  non-interference  in  the  internal 

— —          f        * • 

affairs  of  sovereign  independent  states  was  maintained  even 
fiyljtatesmen  so  conservative  as  Castlereagh  and  Wellington. 
Still  more  emphatically  and  with  more  enthusiasm  was  it 
supported  by  a  new  group  of  less  reactionary  ministers 
who  in  1822  began  to  leaven  the  antique  administration 
which  had  been  constructed  under  Lord  Liverpool  in  1812. 


70    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

In  1822  the  panic  caused  by  the  French  Revolution  ceased 
to  paralyse  the  British  peoples.  They  began  to  show  a 
lively  interest  once  again  in  those  reform  movements  which 
William  Pitt  had  closed  down  from  1793  onward.  Peel 
at  the  Home  Office,  Canning  at  the  Foreign  Office  (in  place 
of  Castlereagh,  who  died  by  his  own  act  in  August  1822), 
Huskisson  at  the  Board  of  Trade,  Robinson  at  the  Ex- 
chequer, all  initiated  a  progressive  policy.  All  of  them, 
moreover,  had  some  conception  of  the  meaning  of  demo- 
cracy ;  all  of  them  had  sympathy  with  the  principle  of 
nationality. 

§  32.  THE  PRINCIPLE  OF  NATIONALITY 

The  principle  of  nationality,  although  during  the  nine- 
teenth century  it  was  the  most  potent  of  all  the  spiritual 
influences  which  determined  the  course  of  international 
politics,  is  a  principle  not  easy  to  define.  We  see  all  around 
us  peoples  who  call  themselves  nations,  but  among  them 
the  bonds  of  unity  are  in  no  two  cases  the  same.  The 
common  marks  of  nationhood  are  (1)  geographical  con- 
tiguity, (2)  racial  affinity,  (3)  linguistic  uniformity,  (4)  reli- 
gious similarity,  and  (5)  economic  community.  But  rarely 
are  all  these  marks  present  at  one  and  the  same  time,  and 
no  single  one  of  them  is  present  in  every  instance.  Hence 
none  of  them  can  be  regarded  as  fundamental  and  essential. 
The  Jews  are  a  nation,  but  they  are  scattered,  without  a 
country,  over  the  face  of  the  whole  earth.  The  Belgians 
are  a  nation,  but  they  are  constituted  out  of  two  very 
different  races.  The  Swiss  are  a  nation,  but  among  them 
four  distinct  languages  are  spoken.  The  Germans  are  a 
nation,  but  their  religious  divisions  are  old  and  deep.  The 
French  are  a  nation,  but  the  divergence  of  economic  interest 


v  ERA  OF  NATIONAL  REVOLTS  71 

between   the   capitalist   bourgeoisie  and    the   proletarian 
peasantry  is  profound. 

If,  then,  we  wish  to  find  the  secret  of  this  subtle  but 
most  potent  tie  of  nationality  we  have  to  seek  beneath 
these  superficial  phenomena  for  underlying  bonds  of  senti- 
mental affinity  and  spiritual  kinship.  Professor  Ramsay 
Muir  emphasises  the  immense  importance  of  the  possession 
of  a  common  tradition,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the 
prime  factor  in  the  making  of  that  most  powerful  and 
persistent  of  all  nationalities,  viz.  the  Jewish,  was  the 
memory  of  the  serfdom  of  Egypt,  the  deliverance  of  Moses, 
the  forty  years'  sojourn  in  the  wilderness,  the  acquisition 
of  the  promised  land,  and  the  exclusive  experience  of  the 
providence  of  Jehovah.  Mr.  A.  J.  Toynbee  lays  stress  on 
the  present  possession  of  a  common  will,  and  it  is  evident 
that  no  nation  can  continue  to  exist  as  such  unless  the 
recollection  of  past  glories  is  reinforced  by  the  conscious- 
ness of  a  community  of  interest  in  the  current  day.  Others, 
again,  turn  their  eyes  to  the  future  and  hold  that  the  vital 
ties  of  nationality  are  to  be  found  in  the  ideal  realms  of 
aspiration  and  hope,  contending  that  communities  of  men, 
like  bands  of  pilgrims,  are  welded  together  primarily  by 
the  common  journeys  which  they  take  and  the  common 
goals  which  they  seek  to  reach.  In  view  of  these  considera- 
tions it  may  be  defensible  to  define  nationality  as  that 
principle,  compounded^  past  traditions,  present  Ant  erests,  and 
future  aspirations,  which  gives  to  a  people  a  sense  of  organic 
unity,  and  separates  it  from  the  rest  of  mankind. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  nationality  is  in  one  aspect  a 
principle  of  unification,  but  in  another  a  principle  of  dis- 
integration. On  the  one  hand,  it  stands  for  an  amalgama- 
tion and  consolidation  of  primitive  tribes  and  clans,  and  of 
mediaeval  fiefs  and  provinces ;  but,  on  the  other  hand, 


72  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  en. 

it  denotes  the  disruption  of  humanity  into  separate  if  not 
antagonistic  groups.  It  represents,  in  fact,  a  working 
compromise,  achieved  with  infinite  pain,  between  the 
unmitigated  individualism  of  the  primeval  savage  and  the 
ideal  cosmopolitanism  of  the  Stoic  philosopher  and  the 
Christian  saint.  It  recognises  the  truth  that  man  can 
exist  and  develop  only  in  community,  and  it  also  recognises 
the  opposite  truth  that  as  yet  mankind-as-a-whole  does 
not  form  a  community.  The  nation  is  the  largest  and 
most  varied  community  at  present  realisable.  Nations  are 
not  necessarily  hostile  to  one  another.  Rather  are  they,  by 
nature  and  in  idea,  co-operative  members  of  the  Federation 
of  the  World. 


§  33.  INCIPIENT  NATIONAL  MOVEMENTS 

The  modern  European  nations  for  the  most  part  came 
into  being  during  the  later  Middle  Ages,  and  rose  to  the 
position  of  the  primary  political  units  with  the  decline  of 
the  Empire  and  the  Papacy  at  the  time  of  the  Renaissance 
and  the  Reformation.  Both  statesmen  and  political 
philosophers,  however,  were  slow  to  recognise  the  new 
organisation  and  to  grasp  the  new  idea.  It  was  not  indeed 
until  the  clarifying  period  of  the  French  Revolution  and 
the  Napoleonic  wars  that  the  tremendous  insurgence  of 
nationality  compelled  politicians  and  thinkers  alike  to  pay 
attention  to  the  principle.  It  made  a  special  appeal  to 
Italian  patriots  eager  to  expel  the  alien  Austrians  from 
their  peninsula,  and  to  German  professors  who  pondered 
the  means  by  which  a  unitary  German  State  could  be 
reconstructed  out  of  the  thirty-nine  petty  kingdoms,  princi- 
palities, and  townships  into  which  the  authorities  at 
Vienna  had  left  Germany  divided  in  1815. 


v  ERA  OP  NATIONAL  REVOLTS  73 

But  if  the  principle  of  nationality  found  its  best  ex- 
ponents in  Italians  like  Mazzini  and  Germans  like  Fichte, 
it  was  not  either  in  Italy  or  in  Germany  that  the  earliest 
national  movements  attained  success.  In  both  those 
countries  the  anti-national  power  of  Austria,  as  directed 
and  controlled  by  Metternich,  was,  until  the  middle  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  too  strong  to  allow  of  any  effective 
demonstration  of  the  operation  of  the  new  force.  It  was 
in  Greece  and  in  Belgium  that  the  first  triumphant  national 
revolts  occurred.  Before,  however,  we  briefly  trace  their 
course,  we  will  note  in  passing  that  these  revolts  were  not 
isolated  phenomena.  Simultaneously  with  them  in  many 
parts  of  the  Continent  there  were  displays  of  national 
vitality  and  restlessness. 

Within  the  United  Kingdom — although  England,  Scot- 
land, and  Wales  showed  as  yet  few  signs  of  the  reviving  par- 
ticularism which  they  were  destined  to  manifest  before  the 
close  of  the  century — Ireland  was  seething  with  rebellion. 
The  Union  of  1800  had  been  forced  upon  her  as  an  act  of 
war.  In  1803,  under  Emmet's  lead,  she  had  made  a  futile 
attempt  to  recover  independence.  Later,  especially  during 
the  period  of  O'ConnelFs  ascendancy,  she  had  turned  her 
energies  to  the  more  practicable  task  of  securing  Catholic 
emancipation  ;  but  no  sooner  was  this  achieved  (1829)  than 
she  once  more  resumed  that  agitation  for  Home  Rule 
which  culminated  in  the  feeble  and  fatal  rising  of  1848. 

Within  the  Russian  Empire,  Finland  was  full  of  agita- 
tion for  reunion  with  Sweden,  from  whom  she  had  been 
wrested  in  1809,  while  Poland  showed  unmistakable  signs 
of  discontent  with  that  subjection  to  the  Tsar  which  had 
been  imposed  upon  her  at  Vienna.  Alexander  I.  had 
endeavoured  to  rule  her  justly  as  a  parliamentary  king, 
but  the  factiousness  of  the  Polish  nobles  had  compelled 


74  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

liiin  to  suspend  the  constitution  in  1823.  His  successor, 
Nicholas  I.,  had  at  first  tried  conciliation,  but  the  response 
had  been  an  attempt  at  assassination  (1829).  Then 
Nicholas  reverted  to  a  severity  of  repression  which  led  to 
an  unsuccessful  Polish  rebellion  in  1830,  to  the  definite 
abolition  of  the  constitution  in  1832,  and  to  the  complete 
absorption  of  Poland  with  the  Russian  autocracy  in  1847. 

Within  the  Austrian  Empire  various  and  conflicting 
nationalist  upheavals  were  evident  among  the  Magyars 
of  Hungary,  the  Croats  of  Illyria,  the  Czechs  of  Bohemia, 
the  Poles  and  the  Ruthenes  of  Galicia,  and  the  Italians  of 
Lombardy  and  Venetia.  But  the  time  of  the  disintegra- 
tion of  the  Hapsburg  despotism  was  not  yet. 

The  Turkish  Sultanate,  on  the  other  hand,  was  ripe  for 
dissolution,  and  though  Rumanians,  Serbians,  Albanians, 
and  Bulgarians  had  still  long  to  wait  for  complete  emanci- 
pation, the  day  of  the  deliverance  of  the  Greeks  had 
dawned. 

§  34.  GREEK  EMANCIPATION 

The  Greeks  within  the  Turkish  Empire  were  the  suc- 
cessors and  representatives  of  that  proud  people  who  from 
the  time  of  Constantine  the  Great  for  more  than  a  thousand 
years  had  from  the  fastness  of  Byzantium  exercised  lord- 
ship over  the  East.  Serbs  and  Bulgarians,  Anatolians  and 
Armenians  had  once  been  subject  to  them.  They  had 
been  the  builders  of  the  metropolitan  church  of  the  Holy 
Wisdom,  and  to  theologians  of  their  race  had  been  due  the 
development  of  the  dogmas  of  the  Orthodox  faith.  They 
had  memories,  too,  of  still  earlier  glories  in  the  Athens  of 
Pericles  and  the  Sparta  of  Leonidas.  In  the  fourteenth 
and  fifteenth  centuries,  however,  Byzantium  had  fallen 
beneath  the  Ottoman  yoke,  and  the  Greeks  had  become 


v  ERA  OF  NATIONAL  REVOLTS  75 

hewers  of  wood  and  drawers  of  water  to  an  alien  and  infidel 
race.  On  the  whole  they  had  not  been  ill-treated,  for  the 
Turks  are  an  easy-going  and  good-humoured  folk  until 
they  are  excited  by  fanaticism,  or  irritated  by  revolt. 
They  had  been  left  with  large  liberties  of  local  self-govern- 
ment, and  they  had  been  permitted  to  enjoy  many  oppor- 
tunities of  lucrative  trade.  But  all  their  freedom  and 
privileges  were  held  on  an  insecure  tenure.  They  could 
not  count  upon  justice  in  Turkish  courts.  They  were  liable 
to  limitless  taxation  at  the  hands  of  extortionate  Pashas. 
As  soon  as  the  spirit  of  the  French  Revolution  reached  them 
and  began  to  stir  a  kindred  spirit  within  them  they  felt 
their  position  of  uncovenanted  vassalage  and  precarious 
felicity  to  be  intolerable.  During  the  opening  decades 
of  the  nineteenth  century  three  distinct  movements  of 
revolt  manifested  themselves.  First,  the  more  youthful, 
cultivated,  and  revolutionary  of  the  Greeks  went  into 
voluntary  exile,  and  from  Paris  and  London  conducted  a 
propaganda  that  was  intended  to  revive  among  their  abject 
countrymen  the  pride  of  race,  of  language,  and  of  historic 
tradition.  Secondly,  the  prosperous  merchants  of  the 
Levant  formed  themselves  into  a  business-like  fraternity — 
the  Hetaireia  Philike  established  in  1814,  with  Odessa  as  its 
headquarters — whose  purpose  was  Hellenic  emancipation. 
Thirdly,  the  peasants  of  the  Morea — poor,  ignorant,  preda- 
tory, ferocious — began  to  dream  of  the  extermination  of 
their  oppressors,  and  started  secretly  to  organise  themselves 
for  its  perpetration. 

The  opportunity  for  the  Greek  revolt  seemed  to  present 
itself  in  1821,  when  the  Sultan's  forces  were  wholly  engrossed 
in  the  suppression  of  a  formidable  rising  in  Albania.  First, 
the  Greek  outlanders  in  the  Danubian  principalities  (modern 
Rumania),  hoping  for  aid  from  their  co-religionists  in 


7C  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

Russia,  raised  the  standard  of  revolt.  The  Tsar  Alexander, 
however,  in  1821,  was  in  no  mood  to  encourage  rebellion, 
even  of  a  religious  character.  He  held  his  people  in  check  ; 
no  help  was  sent ;  the  rising  was  speedily  suppressed  by 
the  Turks.  But  before  its  last  embers  were  stamped  out  the 
Morea  was  in  a  blaze.  The  Greek  peasants  of  that  penin- 
sula at  once  put  themselves  beyond  the  pale  of  reconcilia- 
tion by  perpetrating  a  most  appalling  massacre  of  all  the 
Turks — men,  women,  and  children — on  whom  they  could 
lay  their  hands.  The  Turks  throughout  the  Ottoman 
Empire,  roused  to  remorseless  fury  by  the  outrage,  retali- 
ated in  kind,  and  Europe  was  horrified  by  reports  of  awful 
atrocities,  scandalous  sacrileges,  monstrous  enormities  of 
barbarity.  At  length  Russia  could  be  held  in  check  no 
longer.  Her  government  determined  to  intervene  to 
vindicate  the  sanctity  of  the  Orthodox  Church,  and  to  save 
a  Christian  nation  from  extinction.  Britain  and  France, 
suspicious  of  Russian  designs  in  the  Near  East,  determined 
to  join  her  in  whatever  action  she  might  take.  The  fleets 
of  the  three  Powers  destroyed  the  Turkish  and  Egyptian 
navies  in  the  harbour  of  Navarino  (October  20,  1827) ;  the 
Russian  armies  broke  the  Turkish  military  power  in  two 
strenuous  campaigns ;  the  Sultan  was  compelled  in  the 
Treaty  of  Adrianople  (September  14,  1829)  to  acknowledge 
the  independence  of  the  Greeks.  The  emancipated  people 
formed  themselves  into  a  national  state.  They  agreed, 
under  the  influence  of  the  three  protecting  Powers,  to  adopt 
a  monarchic  type  of  government.  The  crown  was  offered 
to,  and  accepted  by,  Otto  of  Bavaria  (1832). 


v  ERA  OF  NATIONAL  REVOLTS  77 

§  35.  BELGIAN  INDEPENDENCE 

The  Conference  which  settled  the  fate  and  determined 
the  constitution  of  the  emancipated  Greeks  sat  at  London. 
Before  it  had  completed  its  original  task  it  was  called  upon 
to  deal  with  a  new  and  totally  unexpected  problem,  viz. 
a  revolt  of  the  Belgians  against  the  Dutch  ascendancy. 
The  Belgian  problem  was  a  more  delicate  and  difficult 
one  than  even  the  Greek ;  for  not  only  did  it  divide  the 
Great  Powers  along  a  new  line  of  cleavage,  but  it  also  in- 
volved the  question  of  the  sacro-sanctity  of  the  Vienna 
settlement  of  1815.  It  was  impossible  to  contend  that  the 
United  Netherlands  lay  "  outside  the  pale  of  civilisation." 
Their  construction  had  been  the  very  chef  d'ceuvre  of  the 
diplomatists  who  at  the  close  of  the  Napoleonic  war  had 
striven  to  erect  round  France  an  insuperable  barrier  against 
military  aggression.  The  diplomatists,  however,  in  con- 
structing the  kingdom  of  the  United  Netherlands,  had  paid 
far  too  little  attention  to  either  the  sentiments  or  the 
interests  of  the  Belgians.  The  Belgians,  it  is  true,  had 
never  been  an  independent  nation  ;  they  had  always  been 
subject  to  some  master  or  other — Gallic,  German,  Burgun- 
dian,  Spanish,  Austrian.  Moreover,  at  the  time  of  the 
French  Revolution  they  had  shown  far  too  much  sympathy 
with  the  Girondists  and  the  Jacobins,  and  had  submitted 
far  too  readily  to  be  incorporated  in  the  regicide  Republic. 
In  the  later  days  of  the  Napoleonic  era  they  had,  indeed, 
made  some  amends  by  deserting  the  falling  cause  of  the 
French  Emperor  ;  but  in  spite  of  that  evidence  of  worldly 
wisdom  the  Allies  had  felt  little  inclination  to  pay  much 
regard  in  the  Vienna  conferences  to  the  wishes  and  aspira- 
tions of  their  newly  developed  patriotism.  Hence  they 
had  been  handed  over  on  terms  of  distinct  inferiority  to  the 


78  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

rule  of  the  Dutchman  William  of  Orange.  The  seat  of  the 
joint  government  remained  fixed  at  The  Hague ;  Dutch 
continued  to  be  the  sole  official  language  throughout  the 
Orange  monarchy  ;  most  of  the  highest  civil  and  military 
posts  were  reserved  for  Hollanders  ;  Calvinism  was  favoured 
at  the  expense  of  Catholicism ;  fiscal  policy  was  framed 
and  taxation  levied  in  the  interests  of  Dutch  commerce 
rather  than  of  Belgian  agriculture  ;  electoral  power  was  so 
unevenly  divided  that  the  three  and  a  half  million  inhabit- 
ants of  the  new  provinces  had  no  more  influence  than  the 
two  and  a  half  million  of  the  old. 

In  these  circumstances  antagonism  to  the  Dutch  ascend- 
ancy grew  up  round  two  separate  centres  in  Belgium. 
The  one  was  political,  the  other  religious.  First,  Liberal 
publicists,  filled  with  the  democratic  and  national  ideas 
engendered  by  the  French  Revolution,  demanded  for  the 
Belgians  equal  rights  and  privileges  with  the  Dutch. 
Secondly,  Catholic  zealots,  fired  with  the  old  hatred  of 
Calvinism,  demanded  the  abolition  of  the  specious  toleration 
and  the  secular  education  by  means  of  which  the  authority 
of  the  Roman  priesthood  was  being  undermined.  For  some 
years  the  two  groups  of  anti-Orangemen  remained  distinct 
from  one  another,  and  even  hostile  to  one  another.  But  in 
1828  they  were  fused  through  the  mediation  of  a  new 
Liberal-Catholic  group,  which  acted  as  a  link  between  them. 
From  that  date  a  revolt  against  Dutch  rule  became  an 
imminent  probability. 

In  1830  the  rising  took  place.  It  was  the  immediate 
sequel  to  a  democratic  revolution  in  Paris  the  story  of 
which  falls  within  the  scope  of  the  next  chapter.  The  over- 
throw of  the  despotic  Bourbons  in  France  encouraged  the 
Belgians  to  strike  first  for  equality,  then  for  complete  in- 
dependence. In  vain  did  William  of  Orange  seek  to  sup- 


v  ERA  OF  NATIONAL  REVOLTS  79 

press  the  revolt  with  his  Dutch  forces  ;  in  vain  did  he  appeal 
to  the  Powers.  Much  as  the  rulers  of  Russia,  Austria,  and 
Prussia  desired  to  aid  him,  they  were  prevented  on  the  one 
hand  by  troubles  in  their  own  dominions,  and  on  the  other 
hand  by  the  opposition  of  Britain  and  the  new  Orleanist 
monarchy  in  France.  Hence  the  problem  was  referred  to 
the  Conference  of  London,  and  the  Conference,  in  spite  of 
vehement  Dutch  protests,  decided  to  recognise  Belgian 
independence.  A  new  kingdom  was  established,  and 
Leopold  of  Coburg  was  persuaded  to  accept  its  crown 
(1831).  Not,  however,  till  1839  did  William  of  Orange 
accord  his  recognition  of  the  dismemberment  of  his 
monarchy,  and  then,  having  made  his  submission  to  fate, 
he  resigned  the  Dutch  throne. 

§  36.  THE  BREACH  IN  THE  TREATY  SYSTEM 

The  formidable  feature  of  this  disruption  of  the  kingdom 
of  the  United  Netherlands  was,  as  has  already  been  noted, 
that  it  involved  a  violation  of  that  Vienna  settlement 
which  had  been  concluded  as  the  permanent  foundation 
of  the  New  Europe  to  be  constructed  and  guaranteed  by 
the  Concert  of  the  Powers.  That  fundamental  "  treaty 
system  "  so  carefully  elaborated  in  1815  lay  in  1830  torn 
and  shattered  along  three  separate  lines  of  schism.  Britain 
had  broken  away  from  the  "  grand  vicinage  "  of  the  Con- 
tinent in  1822  on  the  question  of  the  self-determination  of 
Spain ;  Russia  had  dissociated  herself  from  Austria  and 
Prussia  in  1827  in  support  of  the  Orthodox  Greek  religion  ; 
finally,  in  1830  France  had  declared  against  the  autocrats 
of  Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia  on  the  issue  of  Belgian 
nationality.  It  was  clear  that  for  practical  purposes  the 
hegemony  of  the  Great  Powers  which  in  1815  had  taken 


80    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

the  place  of  the  Napoleonic  Empire  had  by  1830  ceased  to 
exist.  Although  the  monarchs  and  ministers  of  Europe 
continued  from  time  to  time  to  meet  and  to  discuss 
the  problems  of  the  Continent,  they  no  longer  assembled 
as  members  of  a  single  controlling  "  Areopagus,"  but 
as  representatives  of  sovereign  independent  states. 
Canning's  principle  of  "  Each  for  himself  and  God " 
or  the  Devil — "  for  all,"  had  supplanted  the  principle 
of  the  League  of  Nations  of  which  Alexander  of  Russia 
had  dreamed,  and  for  which  even  Castlereagh  had 
laboured. 

Metternich  was  furious,  and  he  vented  his  rage  with 
especial  virulence  on  Great  Britain,  the  first  deserter  from 
the  Quadruple  Alliance,  and  on  the  memory  of  the  British 
minister,  George  Canning,  whom  he  denounced  as  "  a 
malevolent  meteor  hurled  by  an  angry  Providence  upon 
Europe."  With  scarcely  less  malignity  did  he  regard 
France,  when  in  1830  she  expelled  the  Bourbons  once  again, 
and  set  up  the  Liberal  monarchy  of  Louis  Philippe.  He 
hated  and  despised  the  independent  Belgian  kingdom  estab- 
lished under  Leopold  of  Coburg  in  1831.  But  he  recognised 
that  Britain,  France,  and  Belgium  were  lost  beyond  hope 
to  the  cause  of  autocracy  ;  they  had  gone  over  to  the  side 
of  "  the  Revolution,"  and  could  no  more  be  counted  on 
to  maintain  "  the  Treaties  "  or  to  oppose  the  rising  tide 
of  nationality  and  democracy.  He  therefore  made  it  his 
business  to  draw  tighter  the  links  that  bound  together 
Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia  in  a  close  union  against  the 
disruptive  influences  whose  operations  he  saw  on  all  sides. 
Austria  and  Prussia  were  still  working  harmoniously  within 
the  German  Confederation  in  the  enforcement  of  the 
repressive  policy  defined  by  the  Carlsbad  Decrees  of  1819  ; 
Austria  and  Russia  had,  after  the  settlement  of  the  Greek 


v  ERA  OF  NATIONAL  REVOLTS  81 

question  in  1829,  no  cause  of  quarrel,  and  the  Tsar  Nicholas  I. 
was  a  despot  after  Metternich's  own  heart. 

Thus  about  1830  the  Concert  of  Europe  broke  up  into 
two  antagonistic  groups.  On  the  one  side  was  the  Triple 
Alliance  of  the  autocrats,  while  over  against  it  stood  the 
unorganised  but  growing  assembly  of  the  Liberal  Powers. 
Britain  was  joined  by  France,  France  by  Belgium,  and  all 
of  them  realised  that  beyond  the  Atlantic  were  coming 
into  existence  new  states  whose  principles  were  wholly  in 
accord  with  theirs.  The  United  States,  it  is  true,  held  aloof 
from  European  affairs  behind  the  rampart  of  the  Monroe 
Doctrine.  But  the  new  Spanish-American  republics  of 
Colombia,  Mexico,  Buenos  Ayres,  Fern,  Bolivia,  and  Chile 
(all  of  which  had  secured  recognition  of  independence  in 
1824-28),  together  with  the  constitutional  Empire  of  Brazil 
(which  severed  its  connection  with  Portugal  in  1826),  had 
imposed  no  such  self-denying  ordinance  upon  themselves, 
and  progressive  statesmen  in  Europe  congratulated  them- 
selves, as  we  have  seen,  that  in  recognising  these  emanci- 
pated colonies  as  sovereign  states  they  had  "  called  a  new 
world  into  existence  to  redress  the  balance  of  the  old." 


CHAPTER  VI 

THE  ERA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT,  1830-1848 

§  37.  NEW  CONDITIONS  AND  NEW  IDEAS 

DURING  the  eight  years  (1822-30)  which  had  elapsed  since 
the  dissolution  of  the  Congress  of  Verona,  side  by  side  with 
the  nationalist  movement  which  had  given  birth  to  the 
kingdoms  of  Greece  and  Belgium,  and  had  fostered  the 
independence  of  the  Latin  communities  of  Central  and 
Southern  America,  a  democratic  movement  had  been  dis- 
playing itself  and  causing  widespread  agitation  throughout 
Europe,  even  in  states  such  as  England  and  France 
where  no  unrealised  national  aspirations  stirred  the  deeps 
of  politics.  In  some  countries,  it  is  true,  the  democratic 
movement  was  closely  associated  with  the—nationalist 
movement.  In  Italy,  for  instance,  it  was  difficult  to  say 
whether  such  a  leader  as  Hazard  was  primarily  patriotic 
or^  primarily  popularist.  He  preached  with  equal  vehe- 
mence the  independence  of  Italy  and  the  sovereignty  of  the 
jtalian  jpeople ";  ^forboth  involved  the  same  things,  viz  the 
expulsion  of  the  Austrians  and  the  unification  of  the  penin- 
sula into  a  singlejgpublic^  In  other  countries,  however, 
the  two  movements  were  distinct  and  even  antagonistic. 
In  Austria  there  was  a  democratic  agitation  which  was 
intensely  anti-Slavonic  in  its  character  ;  in  Hungary  there 

82 


OH.  vi  ERA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT   83 

was  a  nationalist  agitation  which  aimed  at  establishing  the 
ascendancy  of  the  Magyar  minority  over  Croatian  and 
Rumanian  majorities. 

The  democratic  movement,  in  short,  generally  drew 
its  inspiration  from  sources  other  than  those  which  excited 
the  fervour  of  nationalism.  It  was  due  on  the  one  hand  to 
the  spread  of . education,  to  the  cheapening  of  literature, 
and  to  the  growth  of  the  popular  newspaper  press.  By 
these  means  were  spread  far  and  wide  the  doctrines  of  Rous- 
au  and  thej?rench  Revolutionists,  together  with  the  still 
newer  Ideas  of  Socialists  such  as  St.  Simon,  Anarchists 
such  as  Proudhon,  and  Radicals  such  as  Bentham.  It 
was  due  on  the  other  hand  to  the  spread  of  the  industrial 
revolution  which  continued  to  draw  men  from  the  country 
to  the  towns,  to  collect  them  together  in  factories  and 
workshops,  and  to  associate  them  (whether  the  law 
allowed  it  or  not)  in  benefit  clubs  and  trade  unions. 

On  the  Continent,  where  industry  and  commerce  de- 
veloped late,  the  democratic  movement  was  led  by  the  intel- 
lectuals— by  German  professors,  by  Italian  poets,  by  French 
philosophers.  Itjgmained  abstract,  unpractical,  idealistic, 
intransigent ;  it  spent  its  strength  in  interminable  debate  ; 
when  it  found  itself  in  a  position  to  realise  its  principles 
in  action,  it  showed  itself  to  be  utterly  devoid  of  either 
administrative  capacity  or  that  spirit  of  moderation  which 
springs  from  experience  of  affairs.  In  Britain,  on  the  other 
hand,  even  the  Philosophical  Radicals  were  for  the  most 
part  men  of  business,  and  their  utilitarian  system,  with  its 
practical  application  of  the  principle  of  "  the  greatest  good 
of  the  greatest  number,"  was  the  most  prosaic  and  material- 
istic of  all  speculative  creeds.  But  more  important  than 
the  Philosophical  Radicals  in  the  history  of  British  demo- 
cracy were  the  Trade  Unions,  which  first  received  legal 


84    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

recognition  in  1824.  The  force  which  in  1832  made  the 
demand  for  Parliamentary  Reform  irresistible  was  not  the 
force  of  any  abstract  idea,  but  the  force  of  organised  labour 
moved  by  a  sense  of  economic  iniquity  and  social  wrong. 

Further,  a  second  difference  soon  manifested  itself 
between  Continental  and  British  democrats.  The  former, 
being  unpractical  ideologues,  and  having  to  deal  with 
corrupt  autocracies,  became  irreconcilable  revolutionaries. 
The  latter,  being  shrewd  men  of  afiairs,  and  living  under 
a  parliamentary  regime,  however  antiquated  and  debased, 
remained  reformers  who  realised  that  the  way  of  popular 
salvation  lay,  not  along  untried  roads,  but  along  the  well- 
marked  lines  of  ancient  constitutional  progress. 

§  38.  DEMOCRATIC  MOVEMENTS  BEFORE  1830 

In  Britain,  where  the  industrial  revolution  had  had  its 
origin,  a  strong  democratic  movement  had  revealed  itself 
as  early  as  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century.  In  the 
first  decade  of  George  III.'s  reign  the  anomalous  Wilkes 
and  the  anonymous  "  Junius  "  had  proclaimed  the  sove- 
reignty of  the  people,  and  had  propounded  radical  schemes 
for  the  reform  of  parliament  and  the  extension  of  the  fran- 
chise. The  agitation  thus  started — which  was  continued 
by  such  men  as  Fox,  Cartwright,  and  Burdett — caused  so 
much  alarm  in  the  ranks  of  the  landed  Tories  and  the  mbnied 
Whigs  that  men  so  diverse  as  the  Earl  of  Chatham,  the  Duke 
of  Richmond,  and  William  Pitt  the  younger,  admitted  the 
need  of  readjustment  and  formulated  plans  of  recon- 
struction. Pitt,  as  Prime  Minister,  during  the  first  decade 
of  his  long  term  of  office  (1783-1801),  introduced  several 
cautious  measures  of  reform ;  but  he  did  not  press  them 
when  he  found  that  they  met  with  an  unfavourable  recep- 


vi       ERA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT        85 

tion.  Then  came  the  French  Revolution  which,  with  the 
subsequent  agitations  and  wars,  scared  Pitt  and  his  col- 
leagues into  a  thorough  conservatism,  and  for  some  thirty 
years  every  suggestion  for  change  was  treated  as  an  attempt 
to  subvert  the  constitution.  But  with  the  passing  of  the 
panic  caused  by  the  Revolution,  and  with  the  significant 
ministerial  changes  of  1822,  the  democratic  movement  re- 
vived and  gathered  strength.  Trade  Unions  were  legalised 
(1824),  the  severity  of  the  criminal  code  was  lightened, 
restrictions  on  industry  and  commerce  (especially  those  due 
to  the  Navigation  Acts)  were  removed,  Catholic  Emancipa- 
tion was  conceded  (1829),  and  the  cause  of  Parliamentary 
Reform  was  officially  adopted  by  the  Whig  party  which 
had  begun  to  fear  permanent  exclusion  from  power  under 
the  old  regime.  In  1830  the  advent  of  Earl  Grey  to  office 
indicated  that  the  day  of  decision  drew  near. 

On  the  Continent  no  such  series  of  progressive  reforms 
tended  to  obviate  or  mitigate  the  crash  of  impending  revolu- 
tion. In  Germany  the  national  consciousness  engendered 
by  the  Wars  of  Liberation  grew  faint,  and  particularism 
recovered  its  sway.  Each  petty  principality  went  its  own 
way,  and  the  little  bands  of  academic  democrats  in  each  of 
them  doomed  themselves  to  futility  by  their  refusal  to  co- 
operate with  their  fellows  in  other  states.  Over  all  hung  the 
repressive  might  of  Austria  and  Prussia,  while  the  vigilance 
of  Metternich  anticipated  the  first  motions  of  revolt.  In 
Italy  Metternich  was  even  more  keenly  alert ;  for  rest- 
lessness and  rebellion  were  much  more  formidably  evident 
among  the  inhabitants  of  the  peninsula,  who  groaned  under 
the  alien  yoke  of  Austria,  than  they  were  among  the  Ger- 
mans. An  elaborate  system  of  espionage  was  developed, 
which  made  life  in  Lombardy-Venetia  intolerable  to  Italian 
patriots,  while  Austrian  troops  established  in  the  northern 


86    EUKOPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

fortresses  kept  the  whole  country  in  subjection.  Charles 
Felix  in  Piedmont  and  Sardinia,  Ferdinand  the  Bourbon 
in  Naples  and  Sicily,  the  Papal  Curia  in  the  States  of  the 
Church,  the  petty  Hapsburgs  in  their  diminutive  duchies — 
all  pursued  the  policy  of  steady  repression,  trusting  to 
Austrian  support  in  case  of  need.  Such  of  the  repressed 
national-democrats  as  escaped  prison  or  exile  were  driven 
to  resort  to  a  secret  conspiracy  which  easily  degenerated 
into  sanguinary  excess.  Similarly  in  Spain  reaction  reached 
its  height  in  the  years  following  the  French  invasion  of  1823. 
Liberty  was  suppressed ;  the  Inquisition  was  restored ; 
constitutional  government  was  abolished.  The  "  Days  of 
Calomarde,"  covering  the  decade  1823-33,  and  named  after 
the  chief  minister  of  the  period,  were  notable  even  in  that 
home  of  immemorial  despotism  for  the  ferocity  of  their 
tyranny.  In  Spain,  no  more  than  in  Italy  and  Germany, 
could  democracy  lift  its  head.  It  was  in  France  that  the 
clash  between  insurgent  liberalism  and  resistant  authority 
resulted  in  revolution. 


§  39.  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  OF  1830 

So  long  as  Louis  XVIII.  lived,  reaction  in  France  was 
kept  within  bounds.  The  restored  king  had  something 
of  the  tact  and  prudence  of  the  English  Charles  II.,  and  he 
felt  to  the  full  the  Stuart  monarch's  disinclination  to  go 
on  his  travels  again.  He  realised  that  the  fires  which  had 
caused  the  Revolution  still  burned  fiercely,  and  that  the 
only  hope  of  their  burning  themselves  out  lay  in  the  careful 
avoidance  of  stoking  them  with  fresh  grievances.  He  had 
some  difficulty  in  holding  his  courtiers  and  his  ministers 
in  check ;  his  brother,  Charles  of  Artois,  constantly  urged 
him  to  extreme  measures  of  repression,  while  Villele,  who 


vi   ERA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT   87 

became  the  head  of  his  cabinet  in  1821,  showed  an  increas- 
ingly retrogressive  spirit.  Louis  XVIIL,  however,  died  in 
1824,  and  his  ultra-royalist  and  ultra-montane  brother  (the 
French  counterpart  of  the  English  James  II.)  came  to  the 
throne  as  Charles  X.  Villele  remained  in  office,  and,  freed 
now  from  the  restraints  of  timid  cautiousness,  developed 
a  policy  which  included  the  restriction  of  the  franchise,  the 
censorship  of  the  press,  the  disbanding  of  the  National 
Guard,  the  dismissal  of  Napoleonic  officers,  the  readmission 
of  Jesuits  to  the  schools,  and  the  granting  of  compensation 
to  nobles  of  the  old  regime  who  had  lost  their  estates  during 
the  revolutionary  troubles. 

These  measures,  and  others  like  them,  roused  through- 
out France  many  and  various  oppositions  which  in  1828, 
notwithstanding  all  manipulations  of  the  'electoral  roll, 
combined  to  return  a  decided  anti-ministerial  majority  to 
the  Chamber  of  Deputies.  To  the  intense  annoyance  of 
Charles  X.,  Villele  insisted  on  resigning.  But  the  resolute 
king  did  not  allow  this  irritating  defection  to  cause  him 
to  change  his  policy.  He  called  to  power  one  of  Villele's 
colleagues,  Martignac,  and  instructed  him  to  pursue  the 
straight  reactionary  path.  Martignac  did  so,  until  even 
he  took  alarm  at  the  ominous  symptoms  of  revolt,  and  felt 
it  necessary  to  make  some  concessions — such  as  the  relaxa- 
tion of  the  censorship  and  the  reduction  of  the  power  of 
the  Jesuits.  These  concessions,  however,  were  too  small 
to  conciliate  the  opposition ;  they  were  only  big  enough  to 
destroy  Martignac's  favour  with  the  king.  "  Concessions 
ruined  Louis  XVI.,"  said  Charles,  and  so  saying  he  dis- 
missed Martignac,  and  called  to  the  headship  of  the 
government  a  clericalist -reactionary,  concerning  whose 
intransigence  there  could  be  no  question — the  Prince  de 
Polignac  (August  1829). 


88  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

The  appointment  of  Polignac  was  recognised  in  all 
quarters  as  a  challenge  to  mortal  combat  between  auto- 
cracy and  revolution  in  France.  The  best  friends  of  the 
Bourbon  monarchy  realised  the  extreme  unwisdom  of 
raising  such  a  tremendous  issue  at  such  a  time  ;  the  Duke 
of  Wellington,  then  Prime  Minister  to  George  IV.,  used  the 
whole  weight- of  his  great  prestige  and  known  sympathy 
with  the  Bourbons  to  warn  the  headstrong  king  of  the 
perils  of  his  course ;  even  Metternich  and  Nicholas  I.  of 
Russia,  much  as  they  desired  the  success  of  the  counter- 
revolution, earnestly  advised  caution.  But  Charles  X.  had 
moved  beyond  the  reach  of  argument  or  appeal.  He  was 
determined  to  bring  matters  to  a  decision,  and  he  believed 
himself  secure  of  triumph.  Hence,  under  his  inspiration, 
Polignac  on  July  25,  1830,  issued  four  ordinances  which 
were  to  inaugurate  the  new  era  of  authoritarian  rule.  The 
first  dissolved  the  Chamber  of  Deputies  ;  the  second  altered 
the  franchise  in  a  manner  calculated  to  deprive  Liberals  of 
all  electoral  influence  ;  the  third  ordered  new  elections  on 
the  new  register ;  the  fourth  suspended  afresh  the  liberty 
of  the  press.  On  July  26  the  constitutional  Liberals  pre- 
sented a  strong  protest  against  the  ordinances  ;  on  July  27 
the  angry  populace  rose  in  revolt,  and  the  government 
troops  were  both  unable  and  unwilling  to  suppress  them ; 
on  July  28  the  Hotel  de  Ville  was  stormed  by  the  mob, 
and  before  the  close  of  the  29th  all  Paris  was  in  their 
hands.  Then  Charles  X.,  who  was  at  St.  Cloud,  yielded  : 
he  withdrew  the  ordinances  and  dismissed  Polignac. 
His  surrender  came  too  late.  Already  a  provisional 
government  had  been  set  up,  and  a  new  National  Guard 
enrolled.  The  misguided  king,  finding  his  utterances 
unheeded,  his  service  deserted,  and  his  very  existence 
ignored,  packed  up  his  baggage,  made  a  leisurely  journey 


vr        ERA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT        89 

to  the    coast,    and    crossed    over    to    England    (August 
14,  1830). 


§  40.  DEMOCRATIC  ADVANCE,  1830-48 

Of  those  who  achieved  the  overthrow  of  Charles  X.  the 
large  majority  were  republicans  who  wished  to  revive  the 
Constitution  of  1792.  Cautious  Liberals,  however,  among 
whom  the  historian  Thiers  was  prominent — clearly  perceiv- 
ing that  if  a  republic  were  proclaimed  the  autocrats  of 
Russia,  Austria,  and  Prussia  would  instantly  descend  upon 
it  and  destroy  it — strongly  and  successfully  urged  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  limited  monarchy.  Their  persuasions  were 
all  the  more  willingly  listened  to  because  the  ideally-suitable 
king  was  ready  to  hand  in  Louis  Philippe,  Duke  of  Orleans, 
who  was,  on  the  one  hand,  a  descendant  of  the  Bourbon 
Louis  XIII.,  but  was  on  the  other  hand  a  son  of  the  revolu- 
tionary "  Philip  Egalite,"  and  himself  a  man  who  had 
fought  for  republican  France  under  the  tricolour  at  Jem- 
mappes.  When  approached,  he  declared  his  readiness  to 
govern  in  accordance  with  the  Constitution.  Hence  he 
was  proclaimed  "  King  of  the  French  "  on  August  9.  By 
the  legitimate  rnonarchs  of  Europe  he  was  regarded  with 
extreme  disfavour.  He  took  care,  however,  to  comport 
himself  with  diplomatic  correctness,  and  they  were  unable 
to  find  any  excuse  for  an  armed  intervention  in  French 
affairs. 

There  was,  moreover,  another  and  even  more  potent 
cause  for  their  abstinence  from  interference.  The  effect  of 
the  new  French  Revolution  was  immediately  and  powerfully 
felt  in  almost  every  part  of  the  Continent,  and  the  auto- 
crats had  trouble  enough  to  suppress  sedition  in  their  own 
territories,  without  adding  to  their  burdens  the  task  of 


90    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

restoring  legitimacy  in  France.  We  have  already  seen 
how,  precisely  four  weeks  after  the  outbreak  in  Paris,  the 
Belgian  revolt  for  self-government  began  in  Brussels  ;  and 
how  in  November  of  the  same  year  (1830)  the  Poles  rose 
in  a  wild  and  fatal  effort  to  recover  their  independence. 
Simultaneously  with  these  national  risings  popular  agita- 
tions manifested  themselves  throughout  Germany  and  in 
the  heterogeneous  dominions  of  the  Hapsburgs,  so  that  the 
governments  of  Prussia  and  Austria  had  their  hands  more 
than  full  of  repressive  work.  In  Germany  order  was  at 
length  restored,  but  not  until  constitutions  had  been  wrung 
from  the  rulers  of  Hesse-Cassel  (1830),  Saxony  (1831), 
Brunswick  (1832),  and  Hanover  (1833).  But  even  then 
discussion  and  declamation  did  not  die  down  :  notable 
democratic  demonstrations  were  made  by  political  philo- 
sophers at  Hambach  in  1832,  at  Gottingen  in  1837,  at  Hep- 
penheim  in  1847,  and  at  Heidelberg  in  1848.  The  days  of 
despotism  in  Germany  appeared  to  be  numbered.  The 
disunited  and  down-trodden  land  seemed  but  to  await  the 
occasion  for  revolution,  and  the  man.  In  Italy,  on  the 
other  hand,  although  in  1830-31  actual  rebellions  broke  out 
in  the  Papal  States,  Parma,  and  Modena,  the  "  whitecoat  " 
troops  of  the  Austrian  overlord  were  so  easily  and  speedily 
successful  in  crushing  them  that  clear-sighted  Italian 
patriots  were  forped  to  perceive  that  the  liberation  and 
unification  of  the  peninsula  could  not  be  effected  without 
extraneous  help.  During  the  subsequent  years  the  Italian 
cause  was  advanced  by  the  accession  of  the  Liberal,  Charles 
Albert,  to  the  throne  of  Piedmont  and  Sardinia  in  1831, 
by  the  formation  of  the  national  -  republican  party  of 
"  Young  Italy  "  in  1835,  and  by  the  election  of  an  anti- 
Austrian  pope,  Pius  IX.,  in  1846.  Even  in  Great  Britain 
the  French  Revolution  of  1830  bore  fruit.  It  warned 


vr        ERA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT        91 

Wellington  and  the  extreme  Tories  of  the  danger  of  resist- 
ing the  Reform  Bill  of  1832,  and  the  passing  of  that  decisive 
measure  opened  the  way  on  the  one  hand  to  a  whole  series 
of  constitutional  and  economic  reforms,  and  on  the  other 
hand  to  the  Chartist  agitation  which  filled  the  first  decade 
of  Queen  Victoria's  reign  (1837-48). 

Everywhere  in  Europe  during  the  years  1830-48  the 
democratic  movement  gathered  strength.  It  was  assisted  by 
a  growing  intellectual  ferment,  in  the  stirring  of  which  such 
notable  men  as  Robert  Owen,  Pierre  Proudhon,  and  Karl 
Marx  took  part.  Industrial  and  commercial  developments 
also  aided  it :  railways,  steamships,  postal  and  telegraph 
services,  mechanical  inventions  of  all  sorts,  gave  power  to 
the  proletariat  and  facilitated  organisation.  The  day  of 
destiny  drew  near. 

§  41.  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  OF  1848 

It  was  the  year  1848  that  saw  the  great  and  general 
democratic  upheaval  in  Europe,  and,  as  in  1830,  the 
original  outbreak  occurred  in  France.  Louis  Philippe  had 
never  been  able  to  make  good  the  position  into  which 
he  had  been  thrust  on  the  expulsion  of  Charles  X.  No 
one  had  wanted  him ;  few  respected  him ;  only  a  small 
middle-class  minority  continued  to  support  him.  All  the 
great  political  groups  were  actively  opposed  to  him :  the 
Legitimists  regarded  him  as  a  usurper,  and  intrigued  for 
the  restoration  of  the  Comte  de  Chambord,  grandson  of 
Charles  X. ;  the  Bonapartists  hated  him  as  the  erstwhile 
implacable  enemy  of  Napoleon  I.,  and  plotted  with  the 
great  emperor's  nephew,  Louis  Napoleon,  for  a  re-estab- 
lishment of  the  imperial  regime  ;  the  Republicans  looked 
upon  the  bourgeois  monarchy  which  he  had  set  up  aa  an 


92    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

unprincipled  compromise  with  the  ideals  of  1789,  and 
obstinately  refused  to  acknowledge  its  permanence.  Thus 
he  was  surrounded  by  enemies  at  home  ;  every  few  months 
for  the  first  ten  years  of  his  reign  he  had  to  face  a  revolt 
of  one  group  of  his  subjects  or  another ;  six  separate 
attempts  to  assassinate  him  were  made.  At  the  same  time 
he  was  regarded  with  unfriendly  eyes  by  the  great  Con- 
tinental Powers.  To  them  he  symbolised  the  recrudescence 
of  the  "  Revolution."  Only  their  preoccupation  with  their 
own  troubles  prevented  their  open  refusal  to  recognise  him. 
For  some  years  only  the  sympathy  of  the  Liberal  ministry 
in  Britain,  and  the  fellow-feeling  of  the  newly  created 
monarch  in  Belgium,  kept  him  and  his  government  from 
moral  isolation  in  Europe. 

Louis  Philippe  was  thus  faced  by  two  problems.  The 
one  was  to  conciliate  the  French  people  ;  the  other  was  to 
conciliate  the  European  Powers.  The  supreme — and,  as 
events  proved,  insuperable — difficulty  of  his  task  lay  in 
the  fact  that  the  populace  at  home  and  the  potentates 
abroad  required  diametrically  opposite  things.  The  domi- 
nant voice  of  the  French  nation  demanded  from  the  bour- 
geois king  an  active  Liberalism  which  should  not  only  rule 
constitutionally  in  domestic  affairs,  but  should  intervene 
decisively  on  behalf  of  national  democracy  in  every  country 
— such  as  Belgium,  Poland,  Italy-— in  which  it  was  at  issue 
with  despotism.  The  unanimous  verdict  of  the  autocrats 
of  Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia,  supported  by  the  vote  of 
many  a  minor  prince,  was  that  Louis  Philippe  could  be 
tolerated  only  so  long  as  he  refrained  from  all  attempt  to 
deepen  the  revolution  in  France  or  to  extend  its  scope  to 
other  lands. 

During  the  first  part  of  Louis  Philippe's  reign  (1830-40) 
the  extreme  insecurity  of  the  new  king's  position  in  France 


vi        ERA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT        93 

itself  caused  the  control  of  affairs  to  fall  into  the  hands 
of  ministers — among  whom  Thiers  was  chief — whose  main 
concern  was  to  make  Louis  Philippe  popular  with  his  own 
subjects,  and  to  invest  him  with  prestige  and  glory.  Hence 
they  pursued  an  active  foreign  policy  which  in  1840  brought 
France  face  to  face  with  a  new  Quadruple  Alliance  (Austria, 
Prussia,  Russia,  Britain)  pledged  to  stop  her  meddlesome 
ambitions.  Thiers  and  his  colleagues  had  to  resign  power, 
and  for  the  next  eight  years  (1840-48)  the  policy  of 
France  was  directed  by  a  cabinet  under  the  cautious  and 
conservative  Guizot,  who  made  it  his  business  to  still  the 
alarms  of  the  reactionary  powers  by  repression  at  home 
and  inaction  abroad.  As  a  result  of  his  ministrations  Louis 
Philippe  began  to  be  regarded  with  almost  fraternal  tolera- 
tion by  the  upholders  of  the  Metternich  system.  But,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  French  nation  was  irritated,  humiliated,  bored 
to  desperation,  by  the  inglorious,  ineffective,  and  yet  vexa- 
tious regime.  At  last,  in  February  1848,  the  prohibition 
of  some  political  banquets  organised  by  opponents  of 
the  government  caused  a  sudden  and  totally  unexpected 
outburst  of  long-pent-up  fury.  Both  Guizot  and  Louis 
Philippe  were  overwhelmed  with  surprise  and  dismay. 
The  one  resigned,  the  other  fled.  The  Orleanist  monarchy 
vanished  within  a  week,  and  almost  at  a  breath. 

§  42.  THE  GENERAL  UPHEAVAL,  1848 

Rarely,  if  ever,  has  a  government  apparently  stable  and 
strong  disappeared  in  so  sudden  and  ignominious  a  collapse 
as  did  that  of  Louis  Philippe  and  his  minister  Guizot  within 
the  week  February  20-27,  1848.  Even  those  who  had 
caused  the  disaster  were  astounded  and  bewildered  by  the 
completeness  of  their  success.  They  had  aimed  at  con- 


94    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

stitutional  reform,  and  they  had  unwittingly  precipitated 
a  revolution.  While  they  were  still  debating  how  they 
should  use  the  power  which  the  feebleness  and  tearfulness 
of  the  bourgeois  king  and  his  literary  adviser  had  unex- 
pectedly placed  in  their  hands,  they  learned  that  the  rever- 
beration of  their  blow  was  moving  all  the  masses  of  the 
Continent,  and  shaking  the  thrones  of  all  the  autocrats. 
During  the  year  no  less  than  fifteen  separate  revolts  of 
some  magnitude  marked  the  high-water  line  of  the  mid- 
century  democratic  flood. 

On  March  13  the  very  citadel  of  reaction  was  attacked 
and  stormed,  when  the  populace  of  Vienna  rose  against 
Metternich  and  demanded  a  constitution.  Metternich,  who 
seems  to  have  been  as  little  prepared  for  the  outburst  as 
had  been  Guizot,  fled  incontinently  and  never  rested  till 
the  English  Channel  lay  between  him  and  his  enemies. 
Two  days  later,  as  though  according  to  a  preconcerted 
plan,  Hungary  proclaimed  its  independence,  Bohemia  took 
up  arms  in  order  to  secure  rights  of  self-government,  and 
Croatia  rose  in  revolt  against  Magyar  domination.  The 
news  of  what  was  happening  north  of  the  Alps  soon 
reached  the  Italian  subjects  of  the  Hapsburgs  :  oh  March 
18  the  people  of  Milan  in  an  outburst  of  sanguinary  fury 
drove  the  Austrian  garrison  outside  their  walls  ;  on  March 
22  the  Venetians  followed  their  example  and,  remembering 
the  mediaeval  freedom  and  power  of  their  ancestors,  pro- 
claimed themselves  independent  as  "  The  Republic  of 
St.  Mark."  The  Liberal  Pope,  Pius  IX.,  always  anti- 
Austrian  in  his  sympathies,  brought  the  Papal  States  into 
line  with  the  new  Italian  movement  by  the  grant  of  a 
constitution  to  his  subjects.  Charles  Albert  of  Piedmont 
and  Sardinia,  judging  from  the  signs  of  the  times  that  the 
day  of  doom  had  arrived  for  the  Hapsburgs,  placed  himself 


vr        ERA  OF  DEMOCRATIC  DEVELOPMENT        95 

at  the  head  of  the  national  rising,  and  on  March  23  declared 
war  upon  Austria. 

It  seemed,  indeed,  as  though  nothing  could  save  the 
ramshackle  Austrian  Empire  from  dissolution.  For 
Prussia,  which  would  naturally  have  come  to  her  aid  in 
a  revolutionary  crisis  of  this  sort,  was  in  no  better  a  case 
herself.  On  that  same  fateful  March  15  which  had  seen 
revolts  in  Pressburg,  Agram,  and  Prague,  the  city  of  Berlin 
had  risen  in  tumultuary  rebellion  against  the  Hohen- 
zollern  bureaucracy.  The  reigning  king,  Frederick  William 
IV.,  was  a  ruler  of  weak  will  and  unbalanced  mind.  In 
the  presence  of  the  rebels  he  vacillated  and  hesitated  for 
two  days.  Then  he  surrendered,  donned  the  revolutionary 
tricolour,  promised  a  constitution  for  his  own  kingdom, 
and  pledged  himself  to  secure  the  summons  of  a  National 
Parliament  to  consider  the  establishment  of  a  democratic 
government  for  Germany  as  a  whole.  Several  other 
German  states — notably  Bavaria,  Baden,  and  Saxony — 
followed  the  example  of  Prussia  and  compelled  their  rulers 
to  liberalise  the  administration. 

Even  Britain  was  not  beyond  the  influence  of  the 
revolutionary  tidal -wave  which  deluged  the  Continent. 
In  1848  the  Chartist  movement  came  to  a  head  in  a  gigantic 
popular  demonstration  in  London,  while  in  Ireland  the 
agitation  against  the  Union  culminated  in  an  armed 
rebellion  led  by  Smith  O'Brien.  Not  for  half  a  century 
had  there  been  so  general  an  upheaval.  Democracy 
appeared  to  be  on  the  verge  of  decisive  triumph. 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE  ERA  OF  THE  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY,  1848-1871 

§  43.  THE  DEMOCRATIC  DEBACLE 

IN  the  spring  of  1848  it  seemed  as  though  nothing  short 
of  a  miracle  could  save  autocracy  in  Central  Europe.  Its 
forces  were  broken  ;  its  leaders  were  in  captivity  or  flight ; 
its  enemies  were  in  possession  of  the  seats  of  power.  Yet 
in  four  years  the  almost  -  miraculous  was  accomplished. 
What  the  wisdom  and  prudence  of  the  despots  could  not 
perform,  that  was  achieved  by  the  folly  and  incompetence 
of  the  democrats  themselves.  Everywhere  they  brought 
ruin  upon  their  own  cause  by  reason  of  their  loquacity, 
their  quarrelsomeness,  their  unpracticality. 

In  England  the  Chartist  agitation  died  down  in  ludicrous 
failure.  The  threat  of  a  violent  pressure  of  the  six  points 
of  the  Charter  x  upon  the  Parliament  by  means  of  a  demon- 
stration of  100,000  armed  petitioners  led  to  the  enrolment 
of  200,000  special  constables  and  the  concentration  of  large 
reserves  of  troops  in  the  neighbourhood  of  London.  The 
precautions  of  the  government,  assisted  by  a  providential 
deluge  of  rain  on  the  appointed  day,  caused  the  demou- 

1  The  six  points  of  the  Charter  were  :  manhood  suffrage,  equal 
electoral  districts,  vote  by  ballot,  annual  parliaments,  payment  of 
members,  abolition  of  property  qualification. 

96 


CH.  vn    ERA  OF  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY        97 

strators  to  think  better  of  their  project.  They  stayed  at 
home,  and  very  soon  the  revival  of  trade  and  industry 
gave  them  more  useful  and  lucrative  employment. 

In  the  Austrian  dominions,  on  the  other  hand,  pro- 
longed struggles  accompanied  by  a  great  deal  of  bloodshed 
had  to  take  place  before  the  failure  of  the  revolution  fully 
displayed  itself,  and  before  the  old  order  was  restored 
under  new  men.  The  Bohemians  were  the  first  to  collapse. 
Having  secured  from  the  Emperor  Ferdinand  a  grant  of 
national  autonomy  in  April,  and  having  summoned  a  Pan- 
Slavonic  Congress  at  Prague  in  May,  they  displayed  such 
extreme  disorder  and  lawlessness  that  moderate  Czechs 
joined  with  reactionary  Austrians  to  crush  out  the  whole 
national  democratic  rising  in  June.  The  Germans  of 
Austria  proper  were  the  next  to  bring  confusion  upon 
themselves.  Having  received  from  the  Emperor  a  highly 
democratic  constitution,  they  were  disgusted  to  find  when 
it  came  into  operation  that  it  resulted  in  the  return  of  a 
Slavonic  majority  to  the  new  Reichsrath.  This  did  not 
suit  their  Teutonic  pride,  and  they  rose  against  the  Slavs 
with  such  sanguinary  violence  that  not  only  did  the  Slavs 
flee  for  their  lives,  but  the  Emperor  himself  left  Vienna  in 
a  panic.  Then  the  soldiers,  with  the  cordial  approval  of 
the  Slavonic  majority,  came  upon  the  scene,  crushed  the 
Viennese  revolt,  and  suppressed  the  constitution.  They 
did  not,  however,  bring  back  the  chicken-hearted  and 
muddle-headed  Ferdinand.  They  persuaded  him  to  resign 
his  crown  in  favour  of  his  more  resolute  and  less  incapable 
nephew,  Francis  Joseph,  whose  long  and  chequered  reign 
was  destined  to  endure  till  November  21,  1916.  Hungary 
refused  to  recognise  Francis  Joseph,  and  on  April  14, 1849, 
proclaimed  its  complete  independence.  Inspired  by 
Kossuth  and  brilliantly  led  by  Gorgei,  its  patriotic  troops 


98    EUKOPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

defied  all  the  Austrian  attacks.  Two  things,  however, 
proved  fatal  to  the  Magyars.  First,  they  declined  to  con- 
cede to  the  Croats  the  national  self-government  which  they 
sought  for  themselves ;  hence  the  Croats  threw  their 
powerful  aid  on  the  Austrian  side.  Secondly,  their  menace 
to  Galicia  and  the  Ukraine  brought  the  Tsar  Nicholas  into 
the  field  against  them,  and  it  was  a  Russian  army  that 
compelled  them  to  capitulate  at  Vilagos  on  August  14, 1849. 

In  Italy  the  Pope  soon  abandoned  the  national  cause, 
alarmed  at  the  secularist  and  anti-Papal  attitude  of  its 
leaders  ;  he  was  consequently  driven  from  Rome  in  Nov- 
ember 1848,  and  a  republic  was  proclaimed  in  the  Eternal 
City.  This  injudicious  proclamation,  for  which  Mazzini 
was  responsible,  brought  the  French  into  the  peninsula  as 
defenders  of  the  Holy  See.  Rome  was  recovered,  the 
commonwealth  extirpated,  the  Pope  restored  in  July  1849. 
The  same  month  saw  the  destruction  of  the  Venetian  republic 
by  the  troops  of  Austria.  These  disasters  to  the  Italian 
cause  at  the  hands  of  French  and  Austrian  forces  had  been 
rendered  possible  first  by  the  extreme  secularity  and 
republicanism  of  the  national  leaders;  secondly,  by  the 
disunion  among  the  Italian  peoples,  but  thirdly  and  mainly 
by  the  disastrous  defeats  of  Charles  Albert  of  Sardinia  on 
the  fields  of  Custozza  (July  1848)  and  Novara  (March  1849). 
Before  the  end  of  1849  the  Austrian  yoke  was  once  again 
firmly  riveted  upon  Italy. 

Germany  meantime  was  sinking  back  into  the  par- 
ticularism and  chaos  of  the  Bund  of  1815.  The  National 
Parliament,  which  met  at  Frankfort-on-Main  in  May  1848, 
speedily  lost  itself  in  philosophical  debates.  In  the  spring 
of  1849,  however,  it  reached  sufficient  unanimity  to  decide 
that  Germany  should  be  a  democratic  empire,  and  that  its 
crown  should  be  offered  to  Frederick  "William  IV.  of  Prussia. 


vn        ERA  OF  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY         99 

But  the  Prussian  king  declined  the  offer  (April  21,  1849), 
and  the  Parliament,  unable  to  agree  upon  anything  more, 
gradually  dwindled  away.  In  1851  Austria  and  Prussia 
combined  to  revive  the  Bund. 


§  44.  THE  SECOND  FRENCH  REPUBLIC 

While  democracy  was  burning  itself  out  in  Central 
Europe  and  Italy,  in  France  also  it  was  hastening  towards 
self-extinction.     The  revolution  of  February  1848  had  been 
a  wholly  Parisian  performance,  and  in  Paris  the  terror 
which  had  scared  Guizot  into  resignation  and  Louis  Philippe 
into  flight  had  been  furnished  by  a  mob  of  artisans  and 
students  in  whom  the  anarchism  of  Proudhon,  the  socialism 
of  St.  Simon,  and  the  communism  of  Louis  Blanc  had 
roused  a  fanatical  hatred  of  bourgeois  government.    These 
violent  zealots — to  whom  the  modern  name  of  Bolshevist 
would  be  not  inapplicable — aimed,  not  at  a  mere  change  of 
administration,  but  at  an  entire  subversion  of  capitalist 
society.    Hence,  when  Louis  Philippe  fled,  and  the  respon- 
sible statesmen  of  France  met  the  constitutional  crisis  by 
setting  up  a  Provisional  Government  at  the  Palais  Bourbon, 
the  red  revolutionaries  seized  the  Hotel  de  Ville  and  installed 
there  a  rival  authority,  a  Committee  of  Public  Safety,  of 
which  the  leading  members  were  Louis  Blanc  himself, 
Marrast,   and  Albert.     There  was  so  little  in  common 
between  the  Provisional  Government  and  the  Proletarian 
Committee,  and  the  latter  was  so  fiery  and  intractable, 
that  a  civil  war  for  the  possession  of  Paris  seemed  inevitable. 
It  was  for  a  time  prevented  by  the  skill  of  Lamartine,  a 
prominent  member  of  the  Palais  Bourbon  group,  who  per- 
suaded Louis  Blanc,  Marrast,  and  Albert  to  join  the  Pro- 
visional Government,  and  promised  that  the  united  strength 


100  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

of  the  new  administration  should  be  employed  to  carry  into 
effect  the  communistic  ideals  of  the  Committee.  Hence 
began  a  great  experiment  in  social  reconstruction  which  in 
less  than  four  months  brought  France  to  the  verge  of 
economic  ruin.  The  "  right  to  work  "  was  recognised,  and 
was  interpreted  as  the  right  to  receive  payment  irrespective 
of  production.  "  National  workshops  "  were  instituted  in 
which  the  doing  of  nothing  at  the  expense  of  the  taxpayers 
was  organised  with  minute  elaboration.  Soon  some  100,000 
idle  and  turbulent  revolutionaries  were  being  maintained 
in  the  capital  on  doles  raised  from  the  laborious  peasantry 
of  the  provinces  and  the  thrifty  middle  class.  The  Pro- 
visional Government  was  at  the  mercy  of  this  mob. 

The  hope  of  deliverance  lay  in  the  general  election,  on 
the  basis  of  universal  suffrage,  which  the  Provisional 
Government  had  proclaimed  at  the  time  of  its  formation. 
The  Parisian  mob  realised  this  and  did  its  best  to  prevent 
its  being  held.  On  April  23,  1848,  however,  the  election 
actually  took  place,  and  it  resulted  in  a  decisive  defeat  of 
the  Reds.  The  routed  Communists  refused  to  accept  the 
verdict  of  the  polls,  and  attempted  another  revolution 
(May  15).  The  Provisional  Government,  now  confident  of 
general  support  throughout  France,  suppressed  the  attempt, 
and  then  proceeded  to  close  the  demoralising  "  workshops  " 
and  order  the  return  of  the  pensionaries  to  their  former 
places  of  employment.  This  strong  but  necessary  action 
led  to  another  outbreak  of  extreme  violence  in  Paris  on 
June  24.  For  three  days  a  battle  raged  in  the  streets  of 
the  capital  which  in  fury  and  bloodshed  exceeded  every 
conflict  of  the  Napoleonic  wars  :  at  least  10,000  combatants 
in  all  were  killed  or  wounded.  Ultimately  government 
triumphed  over  anarchy  ;  and  the  tricolour  over  the  red  flag 
of  revolution.  But  the  awful  struggle  left  a  permanent 


vii        EKA  OF  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY       101 

mark  upon  the  new  republican  constitution  (November 
1848).  Although  on  the  one  hand  a  legislature  based  on 
universal  suffrage  was  set  up,  on  the  other  hand  it  was 
given  no  control  over  the  executive.  In  order  that  the 
executive  power  might  be  strong  enough  and  independent 
enough  to  deal  effectively  with  the  red  peril,  it  was  placed 
in  the  hands  of  a  president  chosen  directly  by  a  plebiscite. 
Like  the  president  of  the  United  States,  he  was  to  hold 
office  for  four  years.  The  elections  to  the  new  legislative 
chamber  resulted  in  the  return  of  a  compact  anti-socialist 
majority.  The  presidential  plebiscite  placed  the  power  of 
the  Republic  in  the  hands  of  Louis  Napoleon. 

§  45.  THE  EMPIRE  OF  NAPOLEON  III 

Louis  Napoleon  was  a  nephew  of  the  great  Emperor. 
His  father,  Louis  Bonaparte,  had  been  for  a  few  years 
(1806-10)  puppet  king  of  Holland  in  the  Napoleonic 
Empire,  but  he  had  displeased  Napoleon  by  some  mani- 
festations of  independence,  and  had  been  driven  to  resign 
the  emblems  of  his  monarchy.  Louis  Napoleon  himself 
(born  1808),  after  the  debacle  of  1815,  had  spent  an  adven- 
turous youth  in  Switzerland,  Italy  (where  he  had  aided  the 
revolutions  of  1830),  America,  and  England  (where  he  had 
been  a  special  constable  at  the  time  of  the  Chartist  agita- 
tion in  1848).  He  had  grown  up  with  the  fixed  conviction 
that  he  was  a  "  man  of  destiny,"  and  that  his  preordained 
work  in  life  was  to  revive  the  fortunes  of  his  family,  to 
destroy  the  treaties  of  1815,  to  restore  the  hegemony  over 
Europe  to  France,  and  to  realise  the  "  Napoleonic  idea." 
Twice  during  Louis  Philippe's  reign  he  had  tried  to  fulfil 
his  destiny  by  raising  armed  insurrections  in  France  ;  but 
on  both  occasions  he  had  failed,  and  on  the  second  he  had 


been  captured  and  imprisoned.  He  escaped  from  prison, 
however,  and,  undeterred  by  adversity,  pursued  the  course 
marked  out  by  his  star.  The  "  Napoleonic  idea  "  towards 
the  realisation  of  which  this  star  called  him  owed  its  incep- 
tion to  the  great  Emperor  himself,  who  from  his  exile  in 
St.  Helena  had  addressed  to  the  world  an  apologia  in  which 
he  proclaimed  that  the  guiding  principles  of  his  career  had 
been  democracy,  nationality,  peace,  and  religion.  Louis 
Napoleon  adopted  these  principles  as  a  family  inheritance, 
and  added  four  others  which  seemed  to  him  to  be  required 
by  the  circumstances  of  his  day :  they  were,  antagonism 
to  the  settlement  of  1815,  glory,  efficiency,  social  reform. 
When,  therefore,  he  was  elected  first  president  of  the  Second 
Republic,  he  came  to  his  new  work  with  what  he  himself 
described  as  "a  complete  programme."  He  did  not 
appear  to  perceive  that  his  programme  was  overloaded  with 
incompatible  principles ;  but  he  was  keenly  aware  that 
he  could  not  carry  it  out  in  the  four  years  granted  to  him 
by  the  Constitution  of  1848.  He  therefore  made  it  his  first 
task  to  get  the  Constitution  changed,  and  to  convert  his 
transitory  office  into  a  permanent  and  hereditary  posses- 
sion. Hence  he  cultivated  the  army  by  promises  of  glory 
and  gain,  and  the  populace  by  prospects  of  social  and  poli- 
tical reform  ;  and  then,  as  soon  as  he  felt  strong  enough, 
he  carried  through  a  coup  d'etat  (December  1851)  which  so 
greatly  increased  his  power  that  he  was  able  a  year  later 
(December  1852)  to  proclaim  himself  Emperor  of  the 
French.  So  skilfully  had  he  contrived  his  conspiracy 
against  the  Constitution  that  his  usurpation  was  confirmed 
by  overwhelming  plebiscitary  votes. 

The  French  nation,  indeed,  was  eager  for  order  at  home 
and  glory  abroad.  Hence  it  gave  Louis  Napoleon  carte 
blanche  to  procure  for  it  these  boons.  He  clearly  perceived 


vn        ERA  OF  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY       103 

that,  as  he  had  won  his  empire  by  promises,  so  he  could 
keep  it  only  by  performances.  For  eighteen  years  his 
consequent  performances  kept  the  world  in  a  fever  of 
apprehension  and  anxiety.  At  home,  he  firmly  suppressed 
socialist  agitation,  encouraged  industry  and  commerce, 
carried  through  large  and  impressive  public  works,  main- 
tained a  brilliant  and  conspicuous  court ;  but  he  did  it  all 
in  so  autocratic  a  manner  that  he  roused  a  vehement 
democratic  opposition  to  his  rule.  Abroad,  he  intervened 
in  Rome  to  restore  the  Papacy  (1849) ;  in  the  East  to  check 
Russian  control  over  Turkey  and  the  Holy  Places  (Crimean 
War,  1854-56) ;  in  Italy  to  expel  the  Austrians  (1859) ;  in 
Mexico  to  restore  French  influence  in  the  New  World 
(1864-67).  His  numerous  excursions  and  still  more 
numerous  alarms,  however,  roused  a  general  opposition 
before  which  he  ultimately  collapsed.  The  Tsar  resented 
not  only  his  support  of  the  Turks,  but  also  his  manifestoes 
on  behalf  of  the  Poles  ;  the  Emperor  of  Austria  was  furious 
at  his  interference  in  Italy ;  the  United  States  compelled 
his  withdrawal  from  Mexico  ;  Italian  Nationalists,  including 
the  King  of  Sardinia,  were  alienated  by  his  patronage  of  the 
Papacy  and  by  the  presence  of  a  French  garrison  in  Rome  ; 
the  German  rulers,  including  the  King  of  Prussia,  were 
irritated  by  his  dictatorial  meddlings  in  their  affairs,  and 
by  his  obvious  intention  to  extend  the  dominions  of  the 
Empire  to  the  Rhine.  In  order  that  we  may  see  how  these 
accumulating  hostilities — combined  with  the  weakening  of 
his  authority  at  home — finally  resulted  in  the  tragedy  of 
1870,  it  is  necessary  that  we  should  briefly  trace  the  con- 
temporary course  of  events  in  Italy  and  in  Germany. 


104  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

§  46.  THE  UNIFICATION  OF  ITALY 

The  virtual  unification  of  Italy  which  Napoleon  I.  had 
effected,  combined  with  the  efficient  administration  which 
he  had  introduced  into  the  long-misgoverned  peninsula, 
had  rendered  the  repartition  of  1815,  the  reintroduction  of 
the  Austrians,  and  the  restoration  of  the  old  misrulers, 
quite  intolerable.  Progressive  and  patriotic  Italians  were 
resolved  upon  three  things :  (1)  The  expulsion  of  the 
Austrians  ;  (2)  the  reunion  of  the  nationjnto  a  single  state  ; 
and  (3)  the  establishment  of  some  form  of  democracy. 
They  were  all  agreed  in  believing  that  Italy  could  achieve 
her  own  salvation  :  Italia  fara  da  se  was  constantly  on 
their  lips.  They  were,  however,  by  no  means  agreed  as  to 
the  nature  of  the  future  constitution  of  emancipated  Italy. 
Mazzini  and  Garibaldi  were  republicans  ;  Gioberti  and  other 
Liberal  churchmen  dreamed  of  a  federated  peninsula  pre- 
sided over  by  the  Pope ;  Victor  Emmanuel  and  the  Pied- 
montese  statesmen  planned  a  monarchic  reconstruction 
under  the  House  of  Savoy.  Hence  the  Italians  were  hope- 
lessly divided  into  antagonistic  groups,  and  as  a  consequence 
of  the  lack  of  co-operation  the  risings  of  1822,  1830,  and 
1848  were  sporadic,  feeble,  and  ineffective.  Their  principal 
results  were,  first,  to  demonstrate  the  impracticability^ 
the  schemes  of  Mazzini  and.  Gioberti ;  and,  secondly,  to 
show  that~evenThe  more  feasible  project  of  the  H&use  of 
Savoy  could  not  be  accomplished  without  external  aid. 

The  politician  who  earliest  perceived  the  imperative 
need  of  foreign  assistance  was  Count  Cavour^  whom  Victor 
Emmanuel  called  to  office  in  1852.  He  at  once  set  to 
work  to  procure  it.  To  begin  with  he  tried  England.  He 
there  found  plenty  of  sympathy  but  no  prospect  of  active 
help.  Next  he  turned  to  the  newly  fledged  French  Empire, 


vii        EEA  OF  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY       105 

and  there  he  secured  what  he  wanted.  Napoleon  III.  had 
in  his  young  days  been  an  Italian  carbonaro  ;  he  had  taken 
part  in  the  risings  of  1830  ;  the  principle  of  nationality  was 
included  in  the  "  Napoleonic  idea,"  which  inspired  his 
policy ;  above  all,  the  prospect  of  intervention  in  Italy 
presented  alluring  possibilities  of  glory  and  aggrandisement. 
Cavour,  however,  bound  Napoleon  to  the  cause  of  Italy  by 
stronger  ties  than  those  of  sentiment  and  hope.  He 
rendered  him  valuable  military  aid  in  the  Crimean  War 
(1855),  and  offered  him  as  the  price  of  successful  assistance 
against  the  Austrians  the  cession  of  the  two  Alpine  pro- 
vinces of  Savoy  and  Nice.  On  these  terms  was  concluded 
the  Compact_of_Plombieres  on  JulyJjO,  1858^  The  alliance 
thus  effected  was  far  from  being  an  entente  cordiale.  Cavour 
was  profoundly  suspicious  of  Napoleon's  good  faith,  while 
Napoleon,  on  his  side,  made  it  clear  to  Cavour  that  he 
could  be  no  party  to  any  scheme  of  Italian  unification 
which  involved  the  annexation  of  the  Papal  States.  Cavour, 
therefore,  had  to  limit  his  immediate  programme  to  the 
expulsion  of  the  Austrians  and  the  acquisition  of  Northern 
Italy.  Having  secured  the  pledge  of  French  assistance  for 
this  restricted  but  all-important  purpose,  he  at  once  pro- 
ceeded to  precipitate  war  with  Austria.  This  he  achieved 
in  April  1859.  Napoleon  himself  led  an  army  into  Italy, 
and  seemed  to  repeat  the  triumphs  of  the  great  Bonaparte 
when  he  Touted  the  Austrians  at  Magenta  and  Solferino 
(June).  But  just  when  the  expulsion  of  the  Austrians 
from  the  peninsula  appeared  secure,  Napoleon  made  a 
truce  with  them  and  left  them  in  possession  of  Venetia 
(Truce  of  Villafranca,  July  9,  1859).  Several  causes  led 
him  to  this  unexpected  withdrawal ;  the  two  most  important 
were  a  revolt  in  the  Papal  States  and  a  Prussian  mobilisa- 
tion  on  the  Rhine.  He  feared  a  clerical  rising  in  France, 


106  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

and  a  German  attack  upon  his  eastern  frontier.  His  with- 
drawal, however,  did  not  stop  the  movement  towards 
Italian  unity.  According  to  the  terms  agreed  upon  at 
Villafranca,  Austria  ceded  Lombardy  and  Parma  to  Napo- 
leon, who  transferred  them  to  Sardinia.  Tuscany,  Modena, 
and  the  Papal  Romagna  at  once  proclaimed  their  resolve  to 
join  the  new  Italian  kingdom,  and  both  Austria  and  France 
had  to  concur  in  allowing  their  incorporation  (March  1860). 
Immediately  afterwards  Sicily  and  Naples,  with  the  help  of 
Garibaldi  and  his  immortal  Thousand,  expelled  the  Bourbons, 
and  placed  themselves  under  Victor  Emmanuel.  Before  the 
end  of  1 860  only  Venetia  with  its  Austrian  garrison,  and  Rome 
with  its  French  protectors,  remained  outside  the  sphere  of  the 
new  Italian  state  which  the  policy  of  Cavour,  the  heroism  of 
Garibaldi,  and  the  statesmanship  of  Victor  Emmanuel  had 
created.  The  task  of  completing  the  unification  of  Italy  was 
reserved  for  Prussia,  who  accomplished  it  incidentally  as  a 
by-product  of  the  process  of  the  unification  of  Germany. 

§  47.  THE  FOUNDING  OF  THE  GERMAN  EMPIRE 

We  have  seen  how  the  consciousness  of  unity  which 
Germany  had  gained  during  her  struggle  against  Napoleon 
had  been  lost  during  the  dark  days  of  the  Metternich 
regime.  The  Confederation  of  1815  comprised  thirty-nine 
states,  and  in  each  of  them  particularism  prevailed  over 
nationalism.  The  two  dominant  Powers  were  Austria  and 
Prussia,  and  when  they  were  in  agreement  they  were 
irresistible.  For  many  years  they  worked  harmoniously 
together,  under  the  guidance  of  Metternich,  for  the  sup- 
pression of  the  "  revolution."  But  as  time  went  on 
it  became  increasingly  evident  that  their  permanent 
interests  were  not  identical.  Austria — with  its  extensive 


vii        ERA  OF  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY      107 

Magyar,  Czech,  Croatian,  and  Italian  dependencies — was 
primarily  a  non-German  Power,  and  its  only  hope  of  re- 
taining its  controlling  influence  in  German  affairs  lay  in  the 
accentuation  of  the  disunity  of  the  Bund.  Prussia,  on  the 
other  hand,  had  shed  Slavonic  and  gained  Teutonic  terri- 
tories in  1815,  and  her  way  of  aggrandisement  lay  clearly 
along  the  line  of  German  unification.  So  early  as  1819  the 
economic  needs  of  her  scattered  dominions  made  it  neces- 
sary for  her  to  conclude  tariff  agreements  with  her  neigh- 
bours. Gradually  other  German  states  entered  the  con- 
venient customs  union  thus  set  up,  and  by  1833  a  Zollyerein 
of  seventeen  members  was  in  existence.  Austria  held  aloof 
from  this  economic  federation,  partly  because  she  despised 
trade,  partly  because  she  could  not  gain  permission  to 
bring  her  non-Germanic  peoples  into  this  purely  Germanic 
association.  Thus  both  political  and  economic  differences 
tended  to  throw  Austria  and  Prussia  into  hostility.  While, 
however,  Frederick  William  IV.  of  Prussia  held  control  in 
his  kingdom  no  actual  breach  occurred.  Although  dis- 
putes ran  high  concerning  such  questions  as  the  reform  of 
the  German  constitution  and  the  fate  of  Schleswig-Holstein, 
in  the  end  Frederick  William  yielded  and  Hapsburg  policy 
prevailed.  In  the  Prussian  kingdom,  however,  was  living 
a  man  who  viewed  Prussian  subservience  to  Austria  with 
disgust,  recognised  the  fact  that  in  Germany  there  was  no 
room  for  the  two  monarchies,  and  faced  without  dismay  the 
task  of  ejecting  the  Hapsburgs  and  elevating  the  Hohen- 
zollerns  to  supremacy.  That  man  was  Otto  von  Bismarck. 
His  opportunity  for  action  came  in  1858  when  Frederick 
William's  reason  broke  down,  and  when  William,  the 
king's  brother,  assumed  authority  as  Regent.1 

1  William  became  King  of  Prussia  in  1861  and  first  German 
Emperor  in  1871.     He  died  1888. 


108  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

The  Regent  made  it  his  first  task,  with  the  aid  of  Moltke 
and  Roon,  to  reorganise  the  Prussian  army.  This  work 
brought  him  into  conflict  with  the  Prussian  Liberals,  who 
refused  to  vote  the  necessary  credits.  Thus  was  pre- 
cipitated a  constitutional  struggle  on  which  the  fate  of 
Prussia,  Germany,  and  even  Europe  depended.  Bismarck 
— who  was  at  the  time  Prussian  ambassador  in  Paris — was 
called  to  Berlin  to  fight  the  Liberals  (September  1862),  and 
after  a  sharp  conflict  he  completely  triumphed.  He  offered 
to  the  Prussian  people  glory  instead  of  freedom,  and  to  the 
German  nation  a  unity  effected  by  the  Prussian  army  in 
place  of  the  anarchy  of  self-determination.  The  offers 
were  accepted  and  Bismarck  proceeded  by  methods  of 
"  blood  and  iron "  to  accomplish  the  work  which  the 
National  Parliament  had  failed  to  achieve.  Having  re- 
established the  authority  of  the  monarchy  and  the  ministry 
within  Prussia,  and  being  assured  by  Moltke  and  Roon  that 
the  reorganising  and  re-weaponing  of  the  army  were  com- 
pleted, he  deliberately  provoked  the  wars  which  were  neces- 
sary for  the  fulfilment  of  his  designs.  First,  in  conjunction 
with  Austria,  he  wrested  Schleswig  and  Holstein  from 
Denmark  (1864).  Then  he  quarrelled  with  Austria  con- 
cerning the  division  and  administration  of  the  plundered 
provinces,  exasperated  her  by  proposals  for  a  new  German 
constitution  from  which  she  should  be  excluded,  and  finally 
drove  her  to  declare  war  by  menacing  mobilisations.  Bis- 
marck had  taken  great  care  to  isolate  Austria  diplomatically, 
while  Moltke  and  Roon  had  brought  the  Prussian  army  to 
a  pitch  of  perfection  that  made  victory  secure.  Within 
three  weeks  of  her  rash  ultimatum  Austria  was  utterly 
overthrown  on  the  decisive  field  of  Sadowa  or  Koniggratz 
(July  2,  1866). 


viz       ERA  OF  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY       109 

§  48.  THE  RECONSTRUCTION  OF  CENTRAL  EUROPE 

In  the  Austro-Prussian  war  Italy  had  prudently  thrown 
herself  on  to  the  side  of  Prussia.  Bismarck  had  lured  her 
into  an  alliance  by  the  promise  that  Venetia  should  be  her 
reward  in  case  of  victory.  Hence  the  Peace  of  Prague 
(August  23,  1866),  which  concluded  the  short  conflict, 
affected  the  Peninsular  as  well  as  the  Central  Powers.  The 
main  terms  were  :  (1)  The  dissolution  of  the  Confederation 
of  1815,  and  the  withdrawal  of  Austria  from  Germany ; 
(2)  the  cession  of  Venetia  to  Victor  Emmanuel,  and  the 
consequent  withdrawal  of  Austria  from  Italy ;  (3)  the 
absorption  by  Prussia  of  Schleswig-Holstein,  Hanover, 
Hesse,  and  other  small  German  states.  The  acquisition  of 
Venetia  involved  no  organic  change  in  the  Italian  mon- 
archy ;  it  merely  concentrated  the  attention  of  Italian 
nationalists  upon  the  Papal  States,  which  alone  remained, 
under  the  protection  of  Napoleon  III.,  outside  the  limits 
of  the  kingdom  of  the  House  of  Savoy.  The  other  pro- 
visions of  the  Treaty  of  Prague,  however,  necessitated  the 
complete  reconstruction  of  Central  Europe. 

Austria,  expelled  from  both  Germany  and  Italy,  and 
faced  at  home  by  the  fierce  unrest  of  her  numerous  subject 
non-Teutonic  peoples,  solved  her  constitutional  problem 
by  taking  the  Hungarians  (the  ablest  and  most  turbulent 
of  these  peoples)  into  equal  partnership,  and  by  diverting 
the  weight  of  their  joint  influence  from  Western  to  Eastern 
Europe.  Thus  was  founded  the  Dual  Monarchy  (1867) 
wherein  the  Germans  exercised  ascendancy  in  Austria  and 
the  Magyars  in  Hungary,  while  the  two  combined  for  pur- 
poses of  foreign  policy  and  war.  Prussia,  for  her  part, 
used  her  resounding  victory  to  weld  all  the  states  on  her 
side  of  the  Main  into  a  North  German  Confederation  over 


110  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

which  she  herself  held  dominant  control.  The  South  Ger- 
man States — Bavaria,  "Wurtemburg,  Baden,  Hesse-Darm- 
stadt— deprived  of  their  great  colleague  and  ancient  leader, 
Austria,  held  aloof  in  suspicion  and  alarm  from  the  for- 
midable new  union  of  the  North.  They  tended  to  look  to 
France  as  a  possible  protector  against  Prussia.  The  King 
of  Bavaria  in  particular  approached  Napoleon  III.  with  a 
view  to  mutual  defence  against  the  threatening  might  and 
the  menacing  ambition  of  the  Hohenzollerns. 

Napoleon  III.  was  more  than  willing  to  receive  advances 
from  the  South  German  rulers.  For  he  realised  that  both 
his  power  and  his  prestige  had  been  severely  injured  by  the 
swift  and  decisive  victory  of  Prussia  over  Austria.  Before 
the  war  broke  out  he  had  intervened  with  a  proposal 
that  the  points  at  issue  should  be  referred  to  a  European 
Congress  ;  but  his  proposal  had  been  rejected  by  both  the 
angry  belligerents.  During  the  war  he  had  maintained  a 
neutrality  benevolent  to  Austria,  of  whose  ultimate  success 
he  was  confident,  and  the  collapse  of  the  Hapsburg  power 
brought  to  the  ground  many  airy  castles  which  he  had 
built  on  the  basis  of  Austrian  victory.  After  Sadowa  he 
had  contemplated  active  intervention  on  Austria's  behalf, 
but  he  had  been  utterly  baffled  by  the  rapidity  with  which 
Bismarck  had  come  to  terms  with  his  defeated  enemy. 
Then  he  had  demanded  with  threats  from  victorious 
Prussia  "  compensations  "  for  France,  in  order  that  the 
disarrayed  "  Balance  of  Power  "  might  be  redressed — 
compensations  on  the  Rhine,  from  Belgium,  in  Luxemburg. 
Bismarck  had  found  means  to  have  all  these  demands 
declined,  and  he  had  not  troubled  to  be  very  polite  in  his  dis- 
cussions with  the  French  Emperor.  He  was  glad,  all  the 
same,  that  the  demands  had  been  made,  for  he  used  them 
with  consummate  skill  to  detach  the  South  German  rulers 


vii       ERA  OF  TRIUMPH  OF  NATIONALITY      111 

from   their   contemplated   French   alliance.     They   were 
roused  to  an  intense  pitch  of  anger  against  Napoleon. 

The  French  nation  was  greatly  alarmed  by  the  growth 
of  Prussian  power  on  its  eastern  frontier,  and  extremely 
irritated  by  the  humiliating  futility  of  Napoleon's  diplo- 
macy. Henre  Napoleon  began  to  feel  that  he  jspuld 
retrieve  his  position  at  home  and  abroad  only  by  means  of 
a  triumphant^ war.  Bismarck,  on  his  side,  recognised  the 
fact  that  the  unification  of  Germany  could  not  be  completed 
as  long  as  the  Napoleonic  Empire  remained  hostile  and 
undefeated.  Victor  Emmanuel,  too,  perceived  that  the 
overthrow  of  Napoleon  was  the  necessary  preliminary  to  the 
annexation  of  Rome  and  the  Papal  States  to  the  kingdom 
of  Italy.  In  these  circumstances  the  European  stage  was 
set  for  conflict,  and  nothing  but  a  pretext  was  needed  to 
precipitate  the  Franco-Prussian  War. 


CHAPTER   VIII 

THE  ERA  OF  IMPERIAL  EXPANSION,  1871-1901 

§  49.  SEDAN  AND  ITS  SEQUEL 

THE  pretext  which  precipitated  the  Franco-Prussian  War 
was  provided  by  a  controversy  respecting  the  succession 
to  the  Spanish  throne  in  1870.  A  revolution  in  1868  had 
driven  the  ill-living  and  misgoverning  Queen  Isabella  to 
abdicate.  During  two  succeeding  years  of  strife  many 
schemes  for  the  settlement  of  the  government  were  mooted, 
until  finally  influences  hostile  to  France  secured  the  offer 
of  the  crown  to  Leopold  of  Hohenzollern,  a  distant  relative 
of  the  King  of  Prussia  (July  4,  1870).  The  French,  fearing 
to  find  themselves  between  a  pair  of  Hohenzollern  pincers, 
vehemently  protested.  The  Prussians  replied  with  a  pro- 
vocative insolence  which  culminated  in  Bismarck's  famous 
Ems  telegram  (July  13,  1870),  and  both  sides  rushed  with 
frenzied  animosity  into  war.  Within  seven  weeks  the 
conflict  was  decided.  A  single  brief  campaign  revealed 
the  rottenness  of  the  Napoleonic  regime,  and  brought  the 
Emperor  with  his  mishandled  armies  to  the  debacle  of 
Sedan  (September  1,  1870).  After  that  irretrievable 
disaster  the  struggle  still  dragged  on  for  half  a  year,  pro- 
longed by  the  spontaneous  rising  of  the  French  nation 
against  the  invading  Germans ;  but  the  capitulation  of 

112 


CH.  vni       ERA  OF  IMPERIAL  EXPANSION  113 

Metz  in  October,  and  the  fall  of  Paris  in  the  following 
January  showed  the  hopelessness  of  resistance.  Pre- 
liminaries of  peace  were  signed  on  February  26,  and  the 
definitive  Treaty  of  Frankfort  was  concluded  on  May  10, 
1871.  France  was  forced  to  surrender  Alsace  and  Lorraine, 
and  to  pay  an  indemnity  equivalent  to  £200,000,000 
sterling. 

The  painful  duty  of  accepting  these  humiliating  and 
destructive  terms  of  peace  did  not  fall  to  Napoleon  III. 
No  sooner  had  the  news  of  Sedan  reached  Paris  than  an 
irresistible  revolution  had  swept  away  the  corrupt  and  in- 
capable Empire,  and  had  installed  a  Provisional  Govern- 
ment of  National  Defence.  This  Government,  of  which 
Thiers  became  the  dominant  member,  summoned  a  National 
Assembly,  whose  principal  duties,  after  it  had  secured  peace 
with  Germany,  were,  first,  to  restore  order  in  France,  and 
particularly  in  Paris,  where  an  awful  outbreak  of  revolu- 
tionary socialism,  known  as  "  The  Commune,"  threatened 
the  total  subversion  of  society  ;  and  secondly,  to  provide 
a  new  and  permanent  constitution  for  the  country.  "  The 
Commune  "  was  soon  suppressed,  but  only  after  a  siege  of 
Paris  and  a  bloody  conflict  in  which  many  thousands  of 
lives  were  lost  (May  1871).  The  settlement  of  the  con- 
stitution was  a  longer  and  more  difficult  task.  There  were 
four  parties  in  the  state,  viz.  Bonapartists,  Orleanists, 
Legitimists,  and  Republicans.  Their  rivalries,  and  especi- 
ally those  of  the  three  dynastic  groups,  seemed  to  be 
irreconcilable.  Finally,  in  1875,  a  Republican  regime  was 
established,  not  because  it  commanded  a  positive  majority 
among  the  people,  but  because  it  excited  the  smallest 
amount  of  antagonism  among  the  discurrent  minorities. 

The  events  which  caused  the  fall  of  the  French  Empire 
prepared  the  way  for  the  founding  of  the  German.  The 

I 


114  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

South  German  States  had  been  angered  and  alarmed  by  the 
disclosure  of  Napoleon  III.'s  designs  ;  they  had  shared  the 
glory  and  gratifications  of  Prussia's  triumphant  campaign. 
In  pride  and  thankfulness,  and  in  anticipation  of  splendour 
and  prosperity  to  come,  they  expressed  their  readiness  to 
enter  the  confederation  of  which  Prussia  was  head,  and  to 
assist  in  its  transformation  into  a  federal  German  Empire. 
Hence  on  January  18, 1871,  at  Versailles  the  king  of  Bavaria, 
on  behalf  of  the  assembled  monarchs  and  magnates,  offered 
to  William  of  Prussia  the  mediaeval  position  and  title  of 
Kaiser. 

Simultaneously  with  this  unification  of  Germany  oc- 
curred the  completion  of  the  unification  of  Italy.  Napoleon 
III.  was  compelled  by  his  early  reverses  to  recall  his 
protective  troops  from  the  Papal  States  (Aug.  19,  1870). 
King  Victor  Emmanuel  at  once  set  his  armies  in  motion, 
and  on  September  20,  in  spite  of  papal  protests  and  even  of 
feeble  resistance  on  the  part  of  papal  soldiers,  he  entered 
Rome  as  its  conqueror  and  took  up  his  royal  residence  at 
the  Quirinal.  By  a  curious  coincidence  the  Pope  thus  lost 
his  temporal  dominions  just  nine  weeks  after  the  Vatican 
Council  had  recognised  his  unapproachable  spiritual  pre- 
eminence by  proclaiming  the  dogma  of  his  infallibility. 

§  50.  THE  NEW  EUROPE  AND  ITS  PROBLEMS 

The  simultaneous  attainment  of  unity  by  Germany  and 
Italy  in  1870-71  marked  a  distinct  turning-point  in  the 
history  of  Europe.  The  old  Balance  of  Power  was  destroyed ; 
the  Continent  as  constructed  by  Metternich  was  disarrayed  ; 
the  main  provisions  of  the  Treaties  of  1815  were  reduced 
to  the  condition  of  antiquarian  curiosities.  Many  ancient 
and  persistent  causes  of  international  conflict,  due  to 


vni  ERA  OF  IMPERIAL  EXPANSION  115 

the  dissensions  and  diplomacies  of  the  petty  potentates 
on  both  sides  of  the  Alps,  were  happily  removed  for  ever. 
Two  strong  national  states  with  efficient  central  govern- 
ments superseded  the  discordant  medley  of  mediaeval 
survivals  which  for  four  centuries  had  kept,  not  only 
Germany  and  Italy  themselves,  but  the  whole  Continent 
in  a  condition  of  constant  unrest  and  insecurity.  But 
if  ancient  causes  of  trouble  were  taken  away,  unfortunately 
new  and  formidable  ones  were  brought  into  existence.  The 
new  national  states — the  German  Empire  and  the  Italian 
Kingdom — born  after  long  travail  out  of  due  season — 
manifested  the  same  ambition,  aggressiveness,  and  greed  as 
had  marked  England,  France,  and  Spain  when  they  had 
attained  the  corresponding  stage  of  political  development  at 
the  close  of  the  fifteenth  century.  Both  of  them  inherited, 
though  by  different  channels,  the  imperial  traditions  of 
Rome.  Italy  turned  acquisitive  eyes  not  only  upon  Tren- 
tino,  Istria,  and  Dalmatia  (Italia  irredenta),  which  the 
Hapsburgs  continued  to  hold,  but  also  upon  Tunis,  Tripoli, 
and  the  other  territories  of  the  Mediterranean  littoral 
whence  in  old  days  the  rulers  of  the  Eternal  City  had  drawn 
supplies  and  slaves.  Germany  for  her  part  began  to  covet 
not  only  the  possessions  of  her  neighbours,  but  also  wide 
dominions  overseas.  It  was  several  years,  however,  before 
the  newly  unified  peoples  were  in  a  position  to  display  their 
predatory  passions.  For  almost  a  decade  after  the  crisis 
of  1871  problems  of  internal  reconstruction  and  problems  of 
Near-Eastern  policy  engrossed  their  attention. 

For  Italy  the  prime  question  was  (as  it  still  is)  how  to 
effect  a  reconciliation  between  Church  and  State.  The 
Pope,  outraged  by  the  loss  of  his  temporal  sovereignty, 
retreated  into  the  Vatican  (whence  from  that  day  to  this 
he  has  never  emerged),  and  from  the  Vatican  poured 


116  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

anathemas  upon  his  impious  supplanters.  The  "  black 
internationals "  of  the  papal  party  in  Italy  found  a 
strange  but  increasingly  powerful  coadjutor  in  the  army  of 
the  "  red  internationals  "  of  revolutionary  socialism,  which 
made  rapid  progress  in  the  industrial  north,  when  it  was 
discovered  that  Italian  unity  did  not  mean  the  immediate 
development  of  an  earthly  paradise,  and  when  the  policy 
of  the  new  kingdom  began  to  involve  increased  taxation. 
In  these  circumstances  Italian  statesmen,  harassed  from 
both  right  and  left,  tended  to  look  longingly  towards  their 
quondam-enemy  Austria,  through  whose  aid  they  might  hope 
to  placate  the  Papacy  and  suppress  the  Revolutionaries. 

The  new  German  Empire,  meantime,  was  passing 
through  a  somewhat  similar  conflict  with  the  same  two  foes. 
The  Catholic  Church  deeply  deplored  the  expulsion  from 
Germany  of  her  faithful  and  obedient  sons,  the  Austrian 
Hapsburgs,  and  the  transference  of  the  headship  of  all  the 
German  peoples  to  the  Lutheran  Hohenzollerns.  She  soon 
found  herself  in  sharp  conflict  with  Bismarck  concerning 
the  appointment  of  bishops,  the  administration  of  church 
properties,  and  the  control  of  education.  For  six  years 
(1872-78)  raged  the  so-called  KulturJcampf  between  the 
persecuting  State  and  the  disloyal  Church.  In  the  end  a 
truce — a  virflfcal  victory  for  the  Church — was  effected,  in 
order  that  both  authoritarian  bodies  might  combine  to  resist 
the  growing  menace  of  a  secular  social-democracy.  But 
before  this  internal  pacification  had  been  completed 
Bismarck  had  been  called  upon  to  transfer  his  attention 
to  an  acute  development  of  the  chronic  Eastern  Question, 
and  to  act  as  "  honest  broker  "  in  a  controversy  between 
Russia  and  the  Western  Powers  which  all  but  involved 
Europe  in  a  general  conflagration. 


vni  ERA  OF  IMPERIAL  EXPANSION  117 

§  51.  THE  EASTERN  QUESTION 

Ever  since  the  Crimean  War  and  the  Peace  of  Paris 
(1856)  the  principle  of  nationality,  embittered  by  the 
fanaticism  of  hostile  religions,  had  been  causing  a  ferment 
in  the  Near  East.  The  Christian  peoples  of  the  Balkan 
Peninsula  under  the  influence  of  Western  ideas  had  grown 
increasingly  restless  beneath  the  Turkish  yoke.  The 
Montenegrins  had  proclaimed  their  independence  so  early 
as  1796  ;  the  Greeks,  as  we  have  seen,  had  followed  them  in 
1821 ;  Serbia  had,  through  the  good  offices  of  Russia, 
secured  virtual  autonomy  in  1829  ;  Rumania  had  obtained 
from  the  Powers  assembled  at  Paris  in  1856  full  recogni- 
tion of  her  sovereignty.  Herzegovina,  Bosnia,  Bulgaria, 
Rumelia,  Macedonia,  Thrace,  Thessaly,  however,  all 
contained  unredeemed  populations  whose  cries  for  freedom 
and  revenge  reached  and  disturbed  all  the  chancelleries  of 
Europe.  The  Turks,  on  their  side,  had  not  taken  all  this 
racial  and  religious  agitation  in  a  recumbent  posture. 
Astonished  and  exasperated  by  these  novel  and  unwelcome 
manifestations  of  reviving  life  among  the  long-subject 
peoples  of  their  dominions,  they  gradually  abandoned  the 
imperial,  cosmopolitan,  and  tolerant  traditions  which  they 
had  inherited  from  the  first  Byzantine  Sultans,  and  con- 
verted the  Ottoman  Empire  into  a  national  state  devoted 
to  the  maintenance  of  Turkish  ascendancy  and  Moslem 
supremacy.  This  formidable  transmutation  was  mainly 
effected  during  the  reign  of  the  able  Mahmoud  II.  (1809- 
1839),  who  recentralised  the  government,  restored  the 
authority  of  the  Sultan,  revived  religion,  and  regimented 
the  Turks  as  a  fanatical  nation  in  arms.  From  that  time 
the  lot  of  the  Christian  peoples  of  the  Near  East  became  an 
increasingly  hard  one,  and  it  grew  to  be  wholly  intolerable 


118  EUEOPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

after  France  and  Britain,  in  their  fatally  mistaken  adventure 
of  the  Crimean  War,  prevented  Russia  fromvexercising  certain 
rights  of  protection  which  she  claimed  to  possess  under  old 
treaties.  The  Sultan,  it  is  true,  promised  his  good  friends 
and  allies,  France  and  Britain,  that  he  would  reform  his 
administration,  mollify  his  rule,  and  apply  the  principles 
of  civil  and  religious  equality  throughout  his  dominions. 
But  the  Sultan  showed  himself  a  past-master  in  the  arts  of 
evading  promises,  and  postponing  the  performance  of 
vows.  In  vain  did  Britain  and  France  protest.  In  vain 
did  the  emperors  of  Austria,  Russia,  and  Germany  meet  in 
Berlin  to  discuss  joint  action,  and  come  to  an  agreement 
in  the  so-called  Dreikaiserbundnis  (1872).  The  Turk, 
unperturbed,  pursued  the  bloody  tenor  of  his  way. 
Finally,  the  oppressed  peoples,  despairing  of  extraneous 
help,  took  their  fates  into  their  own  hands,  and  rose  in 
frenzied  revolt. 

The  revolt  began  in  Herzegovina  in  the  summer  of  1875  ; 
it  soon  spread  to  Bosnia  and  Bulgaria.  In  1876  Serbia  and 
Montenegro  lent  it  their  support.  It  was  all  to  no  effect. 
The  Turkish  forces  speedily  showed  their  overwhelming 
superiority  to  the  chaotic  levies  of  the  rebels  and  the  ill- 
equipped  forces  of  their  allies.  The  rising  was  crushed  with 
merciless  severity.  Europe  rang  with  the  reports  of  the 
"  Bulgarian  atrocities  "  perpetrated  by  the  Sultan's  vic- 
torious hordes.  Serbia  and  Montenegro  seemed  destined 
to  fall  once  more  under  the  Ottoman  sway.  Then,  at  last, 
the  Powers  intervened.  Conferences  were  held  at  Con- 
stantinople (December  1876)  and  London  (March  1877),  but 
the  Turk  refused  to  give  any  adequate  guarantees  for  either 
the  cessation  of  his  massacres  or  the  reform  of  his  mis- 
government.  Hence  Russia  decided,  come  what  might, 
to  act  on  her  own  account.  The  Russo-Turkish  War 


viii  ERA  OF  IMPERIAL  EXPANSION  119 

followed,  from  which,  after  a  tremendous  struggle,  Russia 
ultimately  emerged  entirely  triumphant.  Within  sight  of 
Constantinople  she  dictated  to  the  Porte  the  Treaty  of 
San  Stefano  (March  3,  1878)  whose  terms  signalised  the 
virtual  end  of  Turkish  rule  in  Europe.  But  the  Powers — 
led  by  the  British  Prime  Minister,  Disraeli — once  again 
interfered  to  ruin  Russia's  work  and  to  rehabilitate  the 
Turk.  Russia  was  compelled  to  submit  the  Treaty  of  San 
Stefano  to  a  drastic  revision,  effected  at  a  conference  held 
at  Berlin  and  presided  over  by  Bismarck  who,  professing 
neutrality  and  indifference,  offered  to  act  as  "  honest 
broker."  The  resultant  Treaty  of  Berlin  (July  13,  1878) 
determined  the  politics  of  the  Near  East  for  a  whole 
generation. 

§  52.  THE  EXPANSION  OF  EUROPE 

The  Treaty  of  Berlin  (1)  placed  Herzegovina  and  Bosnia 
under  Austrian  administration  ;  (2)  conceded  independence 
to  Bulgaria — but  a  Bulgaria  less  than  one-half  the  size  of 
the  state  defined  in  the  Treaty  of  San  Stefano  ;  (3)  recog- 
nised the  full  sovereignty  of  Serbia,  Montenegro,  and 
Rumania,  to  each  one  of  which  it  granted  some  fragments 
of  territory  taken  from  the  Turk ;  (4)  allowed  Russia  to 
acquire  Bessarabia  from  Rumania  ;  (5)  restored  Macedonia 
completely,  and  Rumelia  partially,  to  Turkish  authority. 
Russia  was  not  unnaturally  furious  when  she  saw  so  much 
of  her  work  undone,  and  so  large  a  portion  of  the  fruits  of 
her  hardly-won  victory  snatched  from  her  grasp  by  the 
diplomatists.  Upon  Disraeli  and  Britain  in  particular  the 
first  force  of  her  fury  fell,  and  as  a  consequence,  for  a  full 
thirty  years  British  statesmen  were  doomed  to  find  a 
hostile  Russia  in  their  path  in  whatsoever  region  of  the  . 
globe  they  made  a  move. 


120  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH. 

Russian  antagonism  to  Britain,  moreover,  was  far  from 
being  merely  passive.  Checked  in  the  Near  East,  Russia 
began  to  manifest  increased  activity  of  expansion  in  the 
Middle  and  Far  East,  where  her  advance  soon  seemed  to 
threaten  the  British  dominion  in  India,  and  British  influence 
in  China  and  Japan.  But  though  Russia  rejoiced  at  the 
alarm  which  her  Asiatic  enterprises  caused  to  the  British 
Government,  and  although  she  made  them  as  irritating 
as  possible,  they  were  by  no  means  undertaken  solely  or 
even  mainly  as  exhibitions  of  offended  pride,  or  as  acts  of 
wanton  aggression.  Russia  in  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth 
century,  under  the  strong  and  stable  government  of 
Nicholas  I.  and  Alexander  II.,  was  rapidly  growing  in 
population ;  improving  in  agriculture,  dairy-farming,  and 
industry ;  expanding  in  commerce.  It  was  imperatively 
necessary  that  she  should  gain  fresh  outlets  from  the  land- 
locked masses  of  her  enormous  territories  to  the  open  seas. 
Hence  she  groped  her  way,  not  only  southward  towards 
the  Mediterranean  and  westward  towards  the  Atlantic,  but 
also  eastward  towards  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the  Middle 
Pacific.  In  the  very  year  of  the  Treaty  of  Berlin  she 
came  into  conflict  with  British  influence  in  Afghanistan ; 
in  1885  in  Turkestan ;  in  1891  in  the  Pamirs.  In  1898 
Japan  was  alarmed  by  her  occupation  of  Port  Arthur,  as 
also  by  the  opening  of  the  Trans-Siberian  Railway  (1895- 
1905),  and  by  the  consequent  growth  of  Russian  ascendancy 
in  Manchuria. 

While  Russia  was  thus  developing  her  eastern  dominions 
and  expanding  towards  the  ocean,  the  other  European 
peoples  were,  as  though  by  a  common  impulse,  seeking  to 
found  or  to  extend  overseas  empires.  The  unsettled  con- 
dition of  the  European  Continent,  the  growth  of  con- 
script armies,  the  increasing  expenses  of  government,  the 


tin  ERA  OF  IMPERIAL  EXPANSION  121 

development  of  industry  and  commerce,  and  the  conflict  of 
protective  tariffs,  made  it  appear  to  all  of  them  desirable,  if 
not  absolutely  necessary,  to  secure  new  sources  of  supplies, 
new  recruiting  grounds,  new  markets,  in  the  yet  unap- 
propriated parts  of  the  world.  France  occupied  Tunis 
(1881),  the  Ivory  Coast  (1891),  Dahomey  (1892),  Mada- 
gascar (1895) ;  she  also  commenced  the  peaceful  penetra- 
tion of  Morocco  and  Central  Africa.  Bismarck  encouraged 
her  in  these  distant  enterprises,  partly  because  they  diverted 
her  attention  from  Alsace-Lorraine  and  revenge,  and 
partly  because  they  tended  to  embroil  her  with  Italy, 
Spain,  and  Britain.  Italy  had  had  her  eye  on  Tunis,  and 
when  she  was  baulked  of  it  by  France  she  made  great  but 
unsuccessful  efforts  to  establish  her  dominion  in  Ethiopia 
(1882)  and  Abyssinia  (1896).  Spain  regarded  Morocco  as 
her  own  sphere  of  influence  and  much  resented  French 
interference.  Britain,  for  her  part,  had  been  forced  by 
circumstances  to  assume  the  protectorate  of  Egypt,  and 
the  appearance  of  a  French  expedition  at  Fashoda  on  the 
Nile  in  1898  all  but  led  to  war  between  the  two  nations. 
The  Power  which  profited  by  these  activities  and  dissensions 
was  the  new  German  Empire,  which  thus  gained  leisure  to 
get  its  constitution  into  working  order,  to  settle  its  domestic 
problems,  and  to  mark  out  the  pathway  of  its  future  policy. 

§  53.  THE  EXPLOITATION  OF  THE  WORLD 

The  German  Empire,  so  long  as  Bismarck  controlled  its 
policy,  took  little  interest  either  in  the  affairs  of  the  Near 
East,  or  in  the  development  of  an  overseas  dominion. 
Bismarck,  during  the  twenty  years  (1871-90)  of  his  imperial 
chancellorship,  was  primarily  concerned  to  conserve  the 
great  structure  which  he  had  created,  by  healing  its 


122  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  ca. 

internal  schisms,  and  by  preventing  the  formation  of  any 
Continental  coalition  against  it.  But  round  him  grew  up 
men  of  a  younger  generation  who  had  not  shared  the  agonies 
of  the  anxious  years  of  German  unification,  and  who  did 
not  realise  the  insecurity  of  the  splendid  edifice  in  which 
they  had  been  brought  up.  These  men  were  determined 
that  Germany  should  take  her  place  among  the  colonising 
nations,  and  that,  though  she  was  a  late  entrant  into  the 
field  of  overseas  adventure,  she  should  never  rest  until  she 
occupied  her  proper  place  as  the  first  of  all  imperial  Powers. 
Two  societies  for  promoting  German  colonisation  were 
founded  (1882  and  1884),  and  so  great  was  the  influx  of 
members  that  Bismarck's  hand  was  forced.  In  1884  four 
separate  settlements  were  made  on  the  coasts  of  Africa — 
"  Luderitzland  "  (S.W.  Africa),  Togoland,  the  Cameroons, 
and  German  East  Africa.  Next  year  the  German  appropria- 
tion of  Pacific  islands  began.  After  the  fall  of  Bismarck 
and  the  advent  to  power  of  the  ambitious  and  Pan-Germanic 
emperor,  William  II.,  the  activities  of  the  colonisers  re- 
doubled. Not  only  the  untra versed  forests  of  the  Dark 
Continent  and  the  barbaric  archipelagos  of  Oceania,  but 
also  the  thickly  peopled  provinces  of  derelict  China,  the 
undeveloped  desolations  of  Syria  and  Mesopotamia,  the 
rich  prairies  of  Brazil — these  and  other  vitally  important 
regions  of  the  world  came  to  be  spoken  of  as  German 
reservations. 

The  older  colonising  peoples  not  unnaturally  felt  grave 
alarm  at  the  appearance  in  their  midst  of  this  new,  formid- 
able, and  aggressive  colleague  or  competitor..  They  could 
not,  of  course,  pretend  that  Germany  had  no  right  to  follow 
the  example  which  they  themselves  had  set.  All  that  they 
could  attempt  was  to  set  bounds  to  her  ambitions,  and  to 
prevent  if  possible  a  clash  of  claims  which  might  result  in 


vni  EEA  OF  IMPEEIAL  EXPANSION  123 

war.  The  critical  year,  1884,  which  saw  the  unexpected 
and  portentous  seizure  by  Germany  of  four  portions  of 
Africa,  saw  also  the  assembly  of  an  international  conference 
at  Berlin  whereat  the  Dark  Continent  was  divided  up  into 
regional  "  spheres  of  influence  "  in  order  that  each  colonis- 
ing Power  might  be  able  to  engage  in  the  work  of  "  civilisa- 
tion "  without  fear  of  coming  into  conflict  with  any  of  the 
rest.  An  immense  stimulus  was  thereby  given  to  African 
exploration  and  development.  In  1900,  when  the  Pacific 
Ocean  had  become  the  scene  of  a  scramble  for  islands 
between  Germany,  Britain,  and  America,  a  similar  division 
into  "  spheres  "  was  arranged  by  the  three  states  concerned. 
From  Oceania  the  idea  of  partitionment  was  extended  to 
Asia,  and  when  commercial  and  financial  rivalries  began 
to  manifest  themselves  among  the  European  peoples  who 
had  dealings  with  China,  a  proposal  was  made  that  that 
great  empire  with  its  four  hundred  millions  of  inhabitants 
should  also  be  parcelled  out  into  "  spheres  "  for  mercantile 
exploitation.  The  realisation  of  the  proposal  was,  however, 
prevented,  partly  by  the  Chinese  themselves,  who,  by  means 
of  the  Boxer  rising,  showed  that  there  were  limits  beyond 
which  the  foreign  devil  could  not  safely  go  even  in  his 
dealings  with  the  mild  celestial ;  partly  by  the  Japanese, 
who  rapidly  developed  a  first-rate  military  and  naval  power 
expressly  in  order  that  they  might  put  a  term  to  the  Euro- 
pean domination  over  Asia.  What  Japan  began  to  do 
for  the  Far  East,  that  the  United  States  continued  to 
do  for  America.  The  clear  and  reiterated  proclamation 
of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  prevented  for  the  time  being  any 
overt  attempt  on  the  part  of  Germany  or  any  other  Euro- 
pean Power  to  exploit  America.  Nevertheless,  in  spite  of 
checks  here  and  there,  the  dominance  of  the  white  race  in 
the  world,  and  particularly  of  its  European  branches,  was 


124  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

strongly  accentuated  during  this  closing  period  of  the 
nineteenth  century. 


§  54.  THE  END  OP  AN  AGE 

The  changes  which  passed  over  the  world  at  the  close 
of  the  nineteenth  century  did  not  leave  Britain  unaffected. 
On  the  contrary,  she  was  compelled  by  them  to  reconsider 
the  whole  question  of  her  colonial  and  foreign  policy. 
Until  far  on  in  Victoria's  reign  she  regarded  the  Russians 
and  the  French  as  her  inevitable  enemies,  the  Germans 
and  the  Austrians  as  her  natural  friends.  At  the  same 
time  she  looked  upon  overseas  dominions  as  a  nuisance 
and  a  source  of  danger,  and  contemplated  without  alarm 
the  prospect  of  their  ultimate  separation  from  the  Mother- 
country.  "  These  wretched  colonies,"  said  Disraeli  in 
1852,  "  will  all  be  independent  in  a  few  years,  and  they 
are  a  millstone  round  our  necks."  In  the  next  chapter  I 
shall  have  to  deal  with  the  change  in  British  foreign  policy 
which  marked  the  turn  of  the  century.  Here  I  must  note 
the  contemporaneous  and  closely  associated  change  which 
occurred  in  the  mutual  relations  between  Britain  and  her 
overseas  dependencies. 

At  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  two  most 
impressive  and  arresting  facts  in  world-politics  were,  first, 
the  immense  and  unprecedentedly  rapid  development  of 
Russia  and  the  United  States  in  territory,  in  population, 
in  resources,  in  wealth ;  and,  secondly,  the  rush  of  all  the 
other  Powers  who  wished  to  have  places  in  the  sun  to  build 
up  colonial  empires  which,  in  size,  population,  and  capacity, 
should  bear  some  sort  of  proportion  to  the  prodigious 
dominions  of  the  Muscovite  and  the  Yankee.  It  was  clear 
that  the  day  of  small,  isolated,  self-sufficing  political  units 


vm  ERA  OF  IMPERIAL  EXPANSION  125 

was  over,  and  that  the  day  of  large  economic  aggregates 
had  dawned.  The  welding  together  of  big  federations 
like  that  of  the  United  States ;  the  construction  of  vast 
empires  like  that  of  Russia ;  the  consolidation  of  widely 
scattered  dominions  and  territories  like  those  of  Germany, 
France,  and  Britain,  was  rendered  possible  (and  indeed 
necessary)  by  the  marvellous  development  in  means  of 
communication  of  all  sorts — railways,  lines  of  steamships, 
postal  and  telegraphic  services — which  marked  the  last 
decades  of  the  nineteenth  century.  Obstacles  to  union 
were  removed  at  the  very  moment  when  union  became 
above  all  things  desirable  and  needful. 

It  was  in  the  'eighties  that  British  statesmen  became 
fully  alive  to  the  importance  of  the  colonial  problem. 
While  Germany,  France,  Italy,  and  even  Belgium  and 
Austria,  were  diligently  seeking  to  secure  whatever  un- 
appropriated fragments  of  the  earth's  surface  still  remained 
open  to  annexation,  Britain  began  to  realise  that  she  had 
"  in  a  fit  of  absence  of  mind,"  and  almost  against  her  will, 
come  to  be  possessed  of  more  than  one-fifth  of  the  land 
area  of  the  globe,  including  the  regions  best  suited  to  the 
habitation  of  the  white  races.  All  that  was  required  was 
that  a  new  policy  should  be  instituted,  and  that  the  over- 
seas dominions,  instead  of  being  driven  towards  separation, 
should  be  drawn  into  a  federal  union  with  the  Mother- 
country.  This  new  policy  was  eloquently  advocated  by 
Seeley  in  his  splendid  lectures  on  The  Expansion  of  England 
(1883).  Its  realisation  was  the  avowed  object  of  the 
Imperial  Federation  League  (1884). 

The  desire  of  the  Mother-country  was  reciprocated  by 
the  wiser  and  more  far-sighted  of  the  leaders  in  the  colonies 
and  dependencies.  For  separation  and  independence, 
although  they  might  present  attractions  to  ambitious 


126  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH.  vin 

politicians,  also  presented  perils  which  at  the  beginning 
of  the  twentieth  century  seemed  increasingly  grave.  One 
was  the  peril  of  revolutionary  socialism.  But  nearer  and 
more  immediately  formidable  was  the  peril  of  German 
conquest.  In  the  face  of  a  danger  such  as  this  it  might 
well  be  fatal  to  stand  feeble  and  alone. 


\ 


CHAPTER  IX 

THE  ERA  OP  THE  SCHISM  OF  EUROPE,  1901-1914 

§  55.  INTERNATIONAL  POLITICS  AFTER  SEDAN 

THE  German  colonial  empire,  founded  in  1884  and  fostered 
with  immense  care  and  at  lavish  cost  during  the  following 
sixteen  years,  was  by  1901  an  obvious  failure.  It  had 
been  founded  for  three  main  purposes  :  first,  to  absorb 
Germany's  overflowing  population,  which  had  commenced 
to  emigrate  from  the  Fatherland  at  the  average  rate  of 
2000  a  day  ;  secondly,  to  provide  markets  for  the  surplus 
products  of  Germany's  over-protected  and  over-prolific 
industries ;  and,  thirdly,  to  furnish  copious  supplies  of 
*cheap  raw  material  for  Germany's  growing  manufactures. 
In  all  three  objects  it  had  failed.  It  was  situated  in  climates 
unattractive  to  white  men,  and  its  German  population 
never  exceeded  16,000  at  any  one  time  ;  its  native  popula- 
tions, moreover,  aggregated  no  more  than  twelve  and  a 
half  millions,  and  their  poverty  and  barbarity  were  such 
that  they  made  no  effective  demand  for  commodities  made 
in  Germany ;  finally,  it  lacked  economic  variety,  and 
though  it  produced  lavish  supplies  of  such  useful  tropical 
substances  as  rubber,  palm  oil,  and  copra,  it  left  Germany 
dependent  for  the  greater  part  of  the  raw  material  of  her 
manufactures  upon  an  increasingly  unfriendly  and  self- 

127 


128  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

protective  world.  In  these  circumstances  the  real-politi- 
cians of  the  Fatherland  began  to  cast  lustful  eyes  upon 
the  more  desirable  dominions  of  Spain  and  Portugal, 
Holland  and  Belgium,  France  and  Britain.  The  inaugura- 
tion of  a  new  and  big  naval  programme  in  1898  indicated 
a  determination  on  the  part  of  the  German  Government 
to  demand  and  secure  a  "  larger  place  in  the  sun,"  which 
meant  (such  is  the  ambiguity  of  figures  of  speech)  overseas 
dominions  not  in  the  tropics.  All  this  clearly  portended 
war,  and  the  necessity  for  war  began  to  be  assiduously 
instilled  into  the  minds  of  the  young  Germans.  Its  chief 
apostle  was  Treitschke.  "War,"  said  he,  "is  the  only 
remedy  for  ailing  nations.  The  living  God  will  see  to  it 
that  war  constantly  returns  as  a  dreadful  medicine  for  the 
human  race." 

Germany,  moreover,  began  to  manifest  other  ailments 
than  a  feverish  thirst  for  cool  colonies.  Internally  she 
felt  the  ominous  rumblings  of  a  rising  social-demo- 
cracy. Her  industry,  commerce,  and  finance  displayed 
unmistakable  symptoms  of  grave  disorder,  due  to  high 
protection  and  over-speculation.  For  all  these  diseases 
and  uneasinesses  war  was  prescribed  by  doctors  of  political 
philosophy  as  the  only  infallible  remedy.  The  opening 
years  of  the  twentieth  century  were,  therefore,  more  and 
more  disturbed  by  German  demands  and  German  menaces, 
by  exhibitions  of  mailed  fists  and  shining  armour,  by  pro- 
vocative speeches  and  aggressive  acts. 

The  truculent  attitude  and  threatening  behaviour  of  j  , 
Germany  in  the  period  1901-14  marked  so  complete  a  , 
departure  from  the  deportment  and  mode  of  procedure  ;j 
adopted  by  Bismarck  during  the  period  of  his  unquestioned 
ascendancy,  1871-84,  that  it  behoves  us,  if  we  wish  to  under- 
stand the  causes  of  the  ultimate  catastrophe  of  the  Great 


ix  ERA  OF  SCHISM  OF  EUROPE  129 

War,  to  trace  in  outline  the  process  of  the  change.  The 
battle  of  Sedan  placed  Prussia  in  a  position  of  obvious 
primacy  in  Germany,  and  Germany  in  a  position  of  obvious 
primacy  in  Europe.  Bismarck  recognised  these  facts  with 
intense  satisfaction,  and  felt  that  his  life's  work  was  accom- 
plished. But  he  perceived  that  both  the  Prussian  hegemony 
in  Germany  and  the  Germany  hegemony  in  Europe  were 
insecure  ;  that  they  needed  time  to  settle  ;  that  they  might 
be  overthrown  by  hostile  coalitions ;  that  peace  was  the 
prime  condition  of  their  permanence.  Hence  within 
Germany  he  made  it  his  business  to  soothe  the  particularism 
of  the  petty  states  who  had  surrendered  their  independence 
to  the  Empire ;  to  conciliate  the  Catholics  who  regretted 
the  evicted  Hapsburgs ;  to  placate  the  Social-Democrats 
and  convert  them  from  Marxian  cosmopolitanism  into 
Teutonic  nationalism.  All  this  required  tranquillity  and 
time.  Similarly  abroad,  it  was  above  all  things  necessary 
to  convey  the  impression  that  the  German  Empire  stood 
for  piety  and  peace.  Bismarck  realised  that  the  chief 
danger  to  peace  came  from  France — humiliated,  mulcted, 
despoiled.  Hence  his  prime  business  was  to  prevent 
France  from  securing  allies ;  his  second  business,  to  secure 
them  himself. 

§  56.  (TRIPLE  ALLIANC^ 

The  means  by  which  Bismarck  contrived  to  keep  France 
diplomatically  isolated  in  the  world  during  the  whole 
twenty  years  of  his  Chancellorship  (1871-90)  reveal  a 
statecraft  of  Machiavellian  subtlety  and  unscrupulousness. 
What  he  .dreaded  most  of  all  was  a  Russo-Frankish  alliance  ; 
hence  he  encouraged  the  extremest  autocracy  in  Russia, 
and  the  most  advanced  republicanism  in  France.  Next 
to  that  he  feared  an  Austro-Frankish  combination  :  hence 


130  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

lie  fostered  clericalism  in  the  one  country  and  anti-clerical- 
ism in  the  other.  In  order  to  cause  France  to  quarrel  with 
Italy  he  incited  her  to  seize  Tunis.  In  order  to  prevent 
an  Anglo-Frankish  entente  he  supported,  against  French 
protests,  the  British  occupation  of  Egypt.  Throughout 
the  whole  of  his  ministry  France  found  herself  encircled  by 
unfriendly  Powers. 

But  while  Bismarck  was  thus  keeping  France  in  diplom- 
atic solitude  and  military  impotence,  he  was  cautiously 
engaged  in  strengthening  Germany  by  means  of  understand- 
ings and  alliances.  The  two  states  about  whose  attitude  he 
was  most  concerned  were  Russia  and  Austria.  He  realised 
that  the  hostility  of  either  of  them,  in  conjunction  with  that 
of  France,  would  be  dangerous  to  the  German  Empire,  and 
that  if  by  any  chance  they  should  both  join  the  chronic 
foe  the  doom  of  the  Empire  would  be  sealed.  The  first 
positive  idea  of  his  foreign  policy  as  Imperial  Chancellor 
was  a  union  of  the  three  Emperors  on  the  model  of  the 
Holy  Alliance  of  1815.  In  1872,  under  his  guiding  hand, 
Alexander  II.  of  Russia,  Francis  Joseph  of  Austria,  and 
William  I.  of  Germany,  met  in  Berlin,  breathed  amiable 
sentiments  of  brotherhood  and  peace,  and  concluded  the 
so-called  Drevfcaiserbiindnis  according  to  which  they  agreed 
to  take  common  action  respecting  the  "  revolution  "  (i.e. 
nihilism,  socialism,  nationalism)  at  home,  and  the  Near 
Eastern  Question  abroad.  Bismarck  congratulated  him- 
self highly  upon  this  harmonious  settlement ;  and  justly 
so,  for  the  Near  Eastern  Question  was  one  concerning 
which  Russia  and  Austria  were,  as  we  have  seen,  naturally 
divided  by  irreconcilable  antagonisms.  For  three  priceless 
years  the  cordial  understanding  between  the  three  Kaisers 
gave  Bismarck  the  sense  of  security  which  he  needed  in 
order  to  attend  to  the  pressing  problems  of  domestic 


ix  ERA  OF  SCHISM  OF  EUROPE  131 

reconstruction  that  confronted  him  —  the  problems  of 
particularism,  clericalism,  and  socialism.  From  1875, 
however,  he  perceived  (though  he  kept  the  perception  to 
himself)  that  he  would  be  compelled  ultimately  to  choose 
between  Austria  and  Russia,  and  that  his  policy  would  be 
to  prefer  Austria.  This  perception  of  1875  came  from 
the  action  of  Alexander  II.,  who  used  his  influence  with 
William  I.  to  save  France  from  a  renewed  invasion  which 
the  German  General  Staff  desired  because  France  showed 
unexpected  signs  of  recovery  from  what  had  been  intended 
to  be  the  mortal  blow  of  1871.  Bismarck  intensely  resented 
this  interference  with  the  operations  of  realpolitik,  particu- 
larly as  it  foreshadowed  a  Russo-Frankish  understanding. 
Next  year  the  upheaval  in  the  Balkan  Peninsula,  already 
described,  revealed  the  deep  antagonism  of  Russian  and 
Austrian  interests  in  the  Near  East.  Bismarck  had  to 
decide  which  of  the  two  he  would  foster  and  promote — 
the  Teutonic  Drang  nach  Osten  or  the  conflicting  Slavonic 
Drang  nach  Siiden.  He  did  not  hesitate  one  moment  in 
making  his  decision.  At  the  Conference  of  Berlin  (1878), 
while  professing  to  act  as  "  honest  broker,"  he  threw  the 
whole  weight  of  his  influence  on  to  the  Austrian  side,  with 
the  result  that  Austria,  who  had  struck  no  blow  against 
the  Turk,  secured  more  of  his  heritage  than  Russia,  who  had 
borne  the  burden  of  the  two  years'  war.  The  Russian 
representatives  left  Berlin  at  the  close  of  the  Conference 
in  anger  and  disgust.  Immediately  afterwards  (1879) 
Germany  concluded  with  Austria  a  defensive  alliance, 
specially  directed  against  Russia,  to  which  Italy  was 
admitted  in  1882.  Thus  came. into  existence  the  Triple 
Alliance,  which  remained  the  dominant  factor  in  the  inter- 
national politics  of  the  world  down  to  1914. 


132  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

§  57    THE  "  WELTPOLITIK  "  OF  WILLIAM  II. 

Although  Bismarck  was  thus  compelled  by  circum- 
stances in  1878-79  to  make  his  choice  between  Russia  and 
Austria,  and  although  he  showed  quite  clearly  that  in  case 
of  dispute  he  was  on  the  Austrian  side,  nevertheless  he 
continued  to  be  as  anxious  as  ever  not  to  break  with  the 
Tsar.  Hence  the  Austro-German  treaty  of  1879  was  kept 
secret  as  long  as  possible,  and  when  knowledge  of  it  leaked 
out,  it  was  explained  away  as  a  mere  formality — an  insur- 
ance precaution  against  a  contingency  which  was  never 
likely  to  arise.  Moreover,  Bismarck  expressed  his  eager- 
ness to  make  a  similar  mutual-insurance  agreement  with 
Russia,  and  when  in  1884  both  the  Kaiser  and  the  Tsar 
found  themselves  in  controversy  with  Britain  concerning 
imperial  questions — African  in  the  one  case,  Central 
Asian  in  the  other — a  three  years'  treaty  was  actually  con- 
cluded according  to  which  each  ruler  promised  the  other  to 
observe  benevolent  neutrality  in  case  of  war.  This  treaty 
was  renewed  in  1887,  and  Bismarck  was  preparing  to  renew 
it  for  a  third  term  in  1890  when  he  was  suddenly  driven 
from  the  office  whence  he  had  dominated  Europe  for  so 
long  a  time. 

The  spectacular  fall  of  Bismarck  was  due  to  the  advent 
upon  the  German  throne  of  a  young  and  ambitious  Emperor, 
William  II.  The  old  Kaiser  had  died  in  March  1888.  His 
son,  Frederick,  husband  of  the  Princess  Royal  of  England, 
honourable  and  pacific  in  character,  had  followed  him  to 
the  grave  after  a  reign  of  only  three  months.  The  pre- 
mature death  of  this  enlightened  Prince,  whose  English 
sympathies  might  well  have  enabled  him  to  guide  Germany 
along  the  lines  of  peaceful  constitutional  development,  left 
the  fate  of  the  Empire,  and  to  no  small  extent  of  the  World, 


ix  ERA  OF  SCHISM  OF  EUROPE  133 

in  the  hands  of  a  man  of  twenty-nine,  mediaeval  in  his 
conviction  of  his  divine  right  to  rule,  proud  of  his  race  and 
his  rank,  militarist  in  his  instincts  and  confident  in  the 
invincible  might  of  his  army,  restless  in  his  activity,  and 
limitless  in  the  scope  of  his  ambition.  Even  before  his 
accession  he  had  chafed  at  the  ascendancy  of  Bismarck, 
and  had  not  attempted  to  conceal  his  contempt  for  the  old 
Chancellor's  cautious  policy.  It  is  said  that  he  gave  him 
a  princely  warning  of  impending  change  by  sending  him  a 
signed  photograph  of  himself  to  which  he  had  appended  the 
legend  "  Cave,  adsum," — Beware,  I  am  coming !  After 
his  accession  the  friction  between  the  two  soon  became 
intolerable,  and  it  was  ended  by  the  summary  "  dropping 
of  the  pilot." 

Bismarck,  as  we  have  seen,  had  limited  his  concern 
almost  exclusively  to  the  Continent  of  Europe.  He  had 
devoted  his  energies  since  1871  to  strengthening  the  unity 
and  increasing  the  stability  of  the  German  Empire,  to 
keeping  France  isolated  and  impotent,  to  maintaining  the 
Triple  Alliance,  to  preserving  good  relations  with  Russia,  to 
preventing  the  debilitating  influence  of  Queen  Victoria  and 
Mr.  Gladstone  from  undermining  the  German  constitution. 
He  had  shown  but  little  interest  in  the  affairs  of  the  Near 
East,  and  had  even  declared  that  the  points  at  issue  in  the 
Russo-Turkish  war  of  1877  were  not  worth  the  bones  of  a 
single  Pomeranian  grenadier;  he  had  been  but  languid 
in  his  support  of  the  colonial  enterprises  of  the  Young 
Germans,  and  had  loudly  expressed  the  opinion  that  the 
Germans  were  not  a  colonising  nation ;  he  had  done  little 
to  foster  overseas  commerce,  and  had  discountenanced 
naval  and  maritime  adventures. 

William  II.  soon  changed  all  that.  The  very  first  of  a 
long  series  of  visits  which  he  paid  to  the  Courts  of  Europe 


134  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  on. 

after  his  accession  was  directed  to  Constantinople.  There 
he  displayed  himself  as  the  patron  and  protector  of  the 
Sultan,  Abdul  Hamid  II. ;  as  the  friend  and  ally  of  Allah  ; 
as  the  defender  of  the  faithful  throughout  the  Moslem 
world.  In  return  for  his  valuable  support  he  received 
Turkish  consent  to  his  prosecution  of  vast  schemes  of 
Oriental  exploitation  and  dominion,  towards  the  realisa- 
tion of  which  the  Bagdad  Railway  was  to  be  the  main 
material  means.  Side  by  side  with  his  Eastern  designs, 
he  developed  large  plans  of  colonial  expansion,  which 
threatened  Morocco,  Angola,  South  Africa,  the  Congo, 
Brazil.  Then  in  1898,  with  the  declaration  that  "  the 
trident  must  be  in  our  hand,"  he  began  the  creation  of  a 
great  War-Navy. 

§  58.  THE  TRIPLE  ENTENTE 

The  restless  activity  of  the  young  Kaiser,  his  arrogant 
and  aggressive  language,  his  reckless  disregard  alike  of  the 
feelings  and  the  interests  of  all  the  non-Germans  in  the 
world,  soon  roused  against  him,  and  against  the  nation 
which  gloried  in  his  Pan-Ttutonism,  a  formidable  and 
vigilant  antagonism. 

Russia  was  rendered  suspicious  by  his  refusal  in  1890  to 
renew  the  "  re-insurance  "  treaty  of  1884.  Her  suspicions 
were  increased  when  she  found  herself  enmeshed  in  hostile 
German  intrigue  in  the  Balkans,  in  Poland,  and  in  the  Far 
East.  France,  simultaneously,  was  alarmed  by  a  new 
truculence  in  German  diplomacy,  by  military  menaces  on 
her  frontiers,  and  by  an  insidious  Prussian  penetration  of 
her  colonies.  This  common  Teutonic  danger,  combined 
with  a  common  antagonism  towards  Britain — which  was 
regarded  during  the  whole  of  Victoria's  reign  as  definitely 


ix  ERA  OF  SCHISM  OF  EUROPE  135 

pro-German — drew  Russia  and  France  together.  Finan- 
cial accommodations,  naval  visits,  interchanges  of  public 
courtesies,  prepared  the  way  for  the  formal  announcement 
of  a  Russo-Frankish  Alliance  in  1897. 

The  weight  of  this  new  alliance  very  nearly  fell  in  the 
first  instance  on  Britain.  For  in  1898  Britain  became  in- 
volved in  serious  conflict  both  with  Russia  in  respect  of 
her  seizure  of  Port  Arthur  and  with  France  in  respect  of 
her  occupation  of  Fashoda.  Fortunately  each  of  these 
conflicts  was  settled  without  war,  but  they  left  much  ill- 
feeling  behind  them.  Hence  when  in  1899  Britain  became 
engaged  in  a  struggle  with  the  Dutch  in  South  Africa,  she 
found  both  France  and  Russia  so  strongly  hostile  to  her 
that  they  even  contemplated  joint  intervention  on  behalf 
of  the  Africanders.  This  hostility,  though  it  caused  un- 
easiness in  Britain,  did  not  cause  surprise.  But  what  did 
cause  great  amazement,  and  much  indignation,  was  the 
fact  that  Germany  also — the  ancient  and  natural  ally  of 
this  kindred  country — manifested  an  even  more  intense 
and  malignant  hatred  of  Britain  than  did  either  of  the 
other  two  then  unfriendly  Powers.  The  Germans  openly 
expressed  the  most  cordial  sympathy  with  the  Dutch,  and 
the  only  reason  why  they  did  not  actively  intervene  on 
their  behalf  was  that  they  had  no  fleet — a  deficiency  which 
they  proceeded  with  feverish  haste  to  make  good.  The 
British  people  could  not  understand  why  the  grandson  of 
Queen  Victoria  should  turn  against  them ;  or  why  the 
German  nation,  whose  cause  they  had  so  often  championed, 
should,  unprovoked,  develop  so  ferocious  an  animosity. 
But  of  the  fact  there  could  be  no  sort  of  doubt.  It  was 
trumpeted  by  a  thousand  tongues — in  press,  from  pulpit, 
on  platform ;  it  was  displayed  in  a  thousand  acts,  both 
public  and  private.  It  was  due,  no  doubt,  to  the  circum- 


136  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

stance  that,  the  United  Kingdom  having  been  in  existence 
much  longer  than  the  Federal  Empire,  the  British  had, 
without  intending  it,  planted  themselves  across  the  paths 
of  Germany's  expanding  ambitions  in  commerce,  colonisa- 
tion, maritime  power,  and  Oriental  dominion. 

Be  that  as  it  may,  Britain  realised  at  the  time  of  the 
conclusion  of  the  Boer  War  and  the  death  of  Queen  Victoria 
(1901)  that  her  diplomatic  isolation  had  become  dangerous. 
She  also  realised  that  whereas  German  antagonism  was 
new  and  vital,  the  antagonisms  of  France  and  Russia  were 
merely  historic  and  traditional.  Hence  she  prudently 
hastened  to  reshape  her  foreign  policy  to  suit  the  conditions 
of  the  new  age.  While  doing  her  best  to  conciliate  the 
Germans,  she  drew  near  to  France,  settled  with  her  many 
old-standing  causes  of  dispute  (relating  to  Egypt,  Tunis, 
Morocco,  Nigeria,  Siam,  Madagascar,  Newfoundland,  etc.), 
and  established  in  1904  an  entente  cordiale  ;  then,  through 
the  good  offices  of  France,  she  did  the  same  to  Russia,  and 
by  1907  succeeded  in  reaching  a  similar  agreement  respect- 
ing long-disputed  claims  in  Persia,  Afghanistan,  and  Tibet. 
Thus  in  1907  the  .Triple  Entente  was  i 


§  59.  EXCURSIONS  AND  ALARMS 

The  Triple  Entente  between  Russia,  France,  and  Britain 
had  none  of  the  substance  and  solidity  of  an  Alliance.  It 
was  a  mere  state  or  condition  of  friendliness,  and  it  was 
purposely  prevented  from  developing  into  any  more  con- 
crete a  tie  lest  it  should  be  regarded  as  a  challenge  to  the 
Triple  Alliance  of  Germany,  Austria,  and  Italy.  But  Ger- 
many, although  she  could  not  raise  any  formal  objection 
to  Britain's  settlement  of  ancient  quarrels  with  France  and 
Russia  —  especially  as  Britain  professed  her  eager  desire 


ix  ERA  OF  SCHISM  OF  EUROPE  137 

to  include  Germany  within  the  circle  of  her  grandmotherly 
benevolence — nevertheless  resented  greatly  the  spirit  of 
united  antagonism  to  Teutonic  ambitions  which  she  felt 
had  prompted  the  rapprochement.  Hence  she  did  her  best 
to  break  up  the  Entente,  and  to  prevent  her  own  "  en- 
circlement "  by  potential  foes. 

No  sooner  had  Britain  come  to  terms  with  France  in 
1904  than  the  Kaiser  paid  a  visit  to  Tangier  and  ostenta- 
tiously flouted  the  French  claims  to  the  political  protec- 
torate and  commercial  control  of  Morocco  (1905).  France 
was  compelled  to  take  up  the  challenge  so  publicly  and 
provocatively  thrown  down,  and  to  defend  her  rights 
in  the  Conference  of  Algeciras,  specially  called  to  decide 
the  issue.  She  emerged  triumphant  from  the  ordeal. 
Britain  stood  by  her  ;  so  did  Russia,  although  Russian  aid 
was  at  the  moment  less  valuable  than  usual  owing  to  the 
recent  defeat  of  Russia  in  the  war  with  Japan  ;  Spain,  too, 
opposed  the  extreme  German  demands  ;  even  Austria  and 
Italy,  Germany's  avowed  allies,  found  themselves  unable 
to  defend  the  Kaiser's  action.  The  Germans  were  furious 
at  what  they  rightly  regarded  as  a  rebuff ;  they  were 
angry  with  Austria  and  Italy  for  their  lack  of  enthusiasm  ; 
they  were  disgusted  at  the  demonstration  which  had 
been  manifested  to  them  of  the  strength  of  the  Entente 
Cordiale. 

Just  as  the  Anglo-Frankish  settlement  of  1904  was 
followed  by  the  Kaiser's  challenge  to  France  in  1905,  so 
was  the  Anglo-Russian  settlement  of  1907  followed  im- 
mediately by  a  German  challenge  to  Russia.  In  1908 
occurred  the  Young  Turkish  revolution  which  drove  Abdul 
Hamid  from  his  throne,  and  established  the  so-called 
Committee  of  Union  and  Progress  in  power.  This  up- 
heaval had  a  swift  sequel  in  the  formal  annexation  of  Bosnia 


138  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

and  Herzegovina  by  Austria.  Austria's  action  in  thus 
appropriating  trust  property  which  she  had  been  com- 
missioned to  administer  was  a  direct  violation  of  the 
Treaty  of  Berlin.  Britain,  France,  and  Russia  strongly 
protested  against  it  as  such.  Serbia,  however,  did  more 
than  protest.  The  annexation  touched  her  in  a  vital  spot : 
it  threatened  the  permanent  frustration  of  her  dream  of 
a  reunited  Southern  Slavonic  nation.  Hence  she  showed 
signs  of  fight.  Austria  prepared  to  defend  her  appropria- 
tions by  arms.  The  Austrian  mobilisation  caused  Russia 
to  move.  •  Then  it  was  that  the  Kaiser  intervened  with 
decisive  effect.  He  informed  the  Tsar  that  any  action 
against  Austria  would  bring  the  German  armies  down  upon 
his  flank.  The  Tsar,  finding  that  neither  France  nor 
Britain  was  prepared  to  enter  into  a  general  European 
war  in  defence  of  the  Treaty  of  Berlin,  was  compelled  to 
leave  the  Balkan  peoples  to  their  fate,  and  to  see  Austro- 
German  influence  establish  itself  in  indisputable  ascend- 
ancy in  Constantinople. 

The  gratifying  success  of  this  blow  against  Russia  en- 
couraged the  Kaiser  to  further  several  of  his  darling  pro- 
jects by  another  coup  directed  primarily  against  Britain, 
although  it  had  the  advantage  of  touching  France  as  well. 
In  July  1911  he  sent  a  gunboat  to  Agadir  on  the  Moroccan 
coast  nominally  in  order  "  to  protect  German  subjects  and 
clients  in  those  regions,"  but  really  in  order  to  plant  a 
German  naval  station  permanently  on  the  lines  of  the 
most  vital  British  sea-communications.  On  this  occasion, 
however,  as  in  1905,  the  Kaiser  and  his  Pan-German  in- 
citers  had  overreached  themselves.  Pacific  as  was  Britain 
under  Mr.  Asquith  in  1911,  she  was  prepared  to  fight  to 
maintain  her  maritime  security.  The  German  fleet  was 
not  yet  ready  to  challenge  the  British ;  hence  the  over- 


ix  ERA  OF  SCHISM  OF  EUROPE  139 

haaty  Kaiser  was  constrained  to  recall  his  gunboat  and 
abandon  his  Moroccan  scheme. 


§  60.  THE  DRIFT  TOWARDS  WAR 

Every  effort  was  made  by  British  diplomacy  to  soften 
the  severity  of  the  rebuff  which  Germany  had  brought 
upon  herself  by  her  reckless  adventure  at  Agadir.  France 
was  persuaded  to  surrender  to  her  aggressive  enemy  a 
large  and  valuable  tract  of  the  Congo  region  as  a  so-called 
compensation  for  the  waiving  of  imaginary  German  claims 
in  Morocco.  But  the  Pan-Germans  were  at  that  time 
abnormally  sensitive  and  truculent,  and  they  raged  at  the 
check  imposed  upon  their  greater  designs.  No  small  part 
of  their  fury  fell  upon  the  Kaiser  and  his  Government, 
both  of  whom  they  roundly  accused  of  weakness  and  in- 
competence. It  became  clear  that  another  diplomatic 
defeat  such  as  that  of  1911  would  be  followed  by  the 
overthrow  of  the  administration,  and  probably  by  an  irre- 
sistible demand  that  the  Kaiser  should  resign  his  throne  in 
favour  of  his  eldest  son,  the  fire-breathing  Crown  Prince. 
Everything  points  to  the  conclusion  that  in  the  autumn  of 
1911  the  Kaiser  and  his  ministers  came  to  the  decision 
that  German  policy — domestic,  foreign,  and  colonial — de- 
manded war.  It  was  no  mere  coincidence  that  there  was 
published  at  this  very  time  of  destiny  that  classic  of  im- 
moral militarism,  Bernhardi's  Germany  and  the  Next  War, 
a  manifesto  intended  to  rouse  the  Teutonic  tribes  to  that 
frenzy  of  blood-lust  and  land-greed  that  should  make  them 
eager  for  the  impending  conflict.  This  same  autumn,  too, 
occurred  another  event  which  warned  the  Austro-German 
war-makers  that  if  they  wanted  a  conflict  they  would  do 
well  to  have  it  soon.  That  event  was  the  Italian  invasion 


HO  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

of  Tripoli  and  its  conquest  from  the  Turks.  This  incident 
was  doubly  obnoxious  to  the  Teutonic  Powers.  On  the 
one  hand  it  weakened  the  Ottoman  Empire  which  at  that 
time  they  were  diligently  fostering  and  favouring  in 
furtherance  of  their  vast  Oriental  designs.  On  the  other 
hand  it  indicated  a  new  independence  in  Italian  politics, 
an  ominous  indifference  to  Austro-German  interests  and 
opinions,  a  serious  loosening  of  the  bonds  of  the  Triple 
Alliance.  If  they  were  to  have  Italy  on  their  side,  and 
not  against  them,  in  an  international  struggle,  it  would  be 
prudent  to  precipitate  the  struggle  quickly,  while  still  the 
obligations  of  the  Triple  Alliance  remained  unrepudiated. 

In  these  circumstances,  at  the  beginning  of  1912,  the 
German  Government  secured  the  passage  through  the 
Reichstag  of  army  and  navy  bills  so  exceptional  in  their 
magnitude  and  sensational  in  their  character  as  clearly  to 
intimate  to  the  more  watchful  and  anxious  of  European 
statesmen  that  Germany  was  bent  on  war.  If  in  the 
opening  months  of  1912  there  still  lingered  any  hesitation 
in  the  minds  of  the  Kaiser  and  his  more  sober  advisers,  it 
was  removed  during  the  course  of  the  year  by  the  extremely 
unwelcome  results  of  the  First  Balkan  War,  which  broke 
out  in  October.  The  four  Christian  peoples  of  the  penin- 
sula— Bulgarians,  Serbians,  Greeks,  Montenegrins — taking 
advantage  of  Turkey's  preoccupation  in  Tripoli,  composed 
their  mutual  quarrels,  formed  a  Balkan  League,  fell  upon 
Turkey  and  defeated  her,  driving  her  from  every  part  of 
her  European  territory  except  the  corner  round  Constan- 
tinople. As  the  permanent  consolidation  of  a  Christian 
federation  in  the  Balkans  would  mean  the  entire  frustra- 
tion of  the  Austro-German  Drang  nach  Osten,  the  two 
Central  Empires  felt  it  to  be  imperatively  necessary  to 
break  up  the  victorious  league.  This  they  did  by  stirring 


ix  ERA  OF  SCHISM  OF  EUROPE  HI 

up  Bulgaria  against  Serbia  and  Greece,  and  by  inciting  her 
to  make  the  sudden  attack  upon  them  which  started  the 
Second  Balkan  War  (June  1913).  They  had  confidently 
counted  on  a  Bulgarian  triumph  in  this  fratricidal  strife.  But 
again  they  were  disillusioned.  Bulgaria  was  badly  beaten, 
and  was  compelled  to  accept  the  humiliating  Treaty  of 
Bucarest  (August  1913).  Serbia,  entirely  alienated  from 
both  Austria  and  Germany,  planted  her  enhanced  power 
right  across  the  Teutonic  pathway  to  Constantinople  and 
the  East.  To  clear  her  out  of  the  way  nothing  remained 
but  for  the  Central  Empires  to  wage  war  upon  her  them- 
selves. They  diligently  sought  for  a  pretext  which  would 
enable  them  to  demand  the  co-operation  of  Italy  under 
the  terms  of  the  Triple  Alliance.  The  pretext  appeared  to 
be  given  to  them  by  the  murder  of  the  Archduke  Franz 
Ferdinand  at  Serajevo  on  June  28, 1914. 


CHAPTER  X 

i 
THE  CRISIS  OF  1914 

§  61.  THE  SITUATION  IN  GERMANY 

THE  crime  of  Sarajevo  directly  affected  Austria-Hungary 
only,  but  it  was  Germany  which  resolved  that  it  should  be 
exploited  in  order  to  precipitate  the  long-anticipated  and 
much-needed  war.  Austria,  it  is  true,  burned  with  desire 
to  settle  her  account  once  for  all  with  Serbia,  but  she  dared 
not  make  a  move,  the  consequences  of  which  she  was  well 
aware  might  well  be  world-wide,  until  she  had  received 
the  assurance  that  Germany  would  back  her  whatever 
should  betide.  The  international  position  of  Germany, 
and  the  political  situation  in  Germany,  were  indeed  in 
the  summer  of  1914  both  of  them  so  unsatisfactory  and 
precarious  that  nothing  but  immediate  and  swiftly-success- 
ful war  seemed  to  give  any  prospect  of  effective  relief. 

In  the  first  place,  German  foreign  policy  had  brought 
Germany  into  so  much  disfavour,  and  her  military  menaces 
had  created  so  grave  a  suspicion  and  irritation  throughout 
the  world,  that  she  found  her  path  to  further  merely- 
diplomatic  triumphs  blocked  by  a  general  passive  resist- 
ance. She  had  reached  the  limits  of  success  by  bluster 
and  bluff,  by  threats  and  rattling  of  sabres,  by  army 
manoeuvres  and  naval  displays.  Russia  was  not  prepared 

142 


OH.  x  THE  CRISIS  OF  1914  143 

to  accept  a  second  humiliation  such  as  that  inflicted  upon 
her  in  1909  ;  France  had  made  her  last  conceivable  con- 
cession in  Morocco ;  Britain  had  become  thoroughly 
alarmed  at  the  increase  of  the  German  fleet,  at  the  efforts 
of  the  German  admiralty  to  secure  bases  in  the  Atlantic, 
and  at  the  fulminations  of  the  German  Navy  League. 
All  three  Powers  were  looking  to  their  defences,  were 
drawing  nearer  together,  and  were  taking  precautions 
which  seemed  likely  to  put  a  formidable  barrier  to  further 
German  aggressions.  Even  the  neutralised  states  of 
Belgium  and  Switzerland  had  taken  fright,  and  were  busily 
engaged  in  strengthening  their  forces  and  fortifications. 
Germany  could  advance  on  the  way  of  world-dominion 
only  by  means  of  violence,  and  even  violence  gave  promise 
of  success  only  if  employed  without  delay. 

Secondly,  German  colonial  development  demanded  war. 
The  German  overseas  territories  secured  in  1884  onward — 
four  in  Africa  1  and  three  on  the  Pacific  2 — were,  from  the 
point  of  view  of  their  original  purposes,  conspicuous  failures, 
no  longer  capable  of  being  camouflaged  by  even  the  most 
skilfully  disposed  statistics.  They  did  not  attract  German 
emigrants ;  they  did  not  provide  markets  for  German 
manufactures ;  they  did  not  furnish  Germany  with  an 
appreciable  fragment  of  her  essential  raw  materials  ;  they 
did  not  pay  their  way,  but  imposed  a  burden  of  some 
hundred  million  marks  a  year  upon  the  Imperial  exchequer. 
Unless  her  whole  colonial  adventure  were  to  become 
ridiculous  and  disastrous,  it  was  necessary  for  her  to 
acquire  some  more  delectable  dominions.  She  seems  to 
have  cast  her  eyes  first  upon  the  colonies  of  France ; 
secondly  upon  those  of  Britain,  in  particular  South  Africa. 

1  East  Africa,  Cameroon,  Togoland,  South-West  Africa. 
2  The  New  Guinea  Group,  Samoa,  Kiao-Chou. 


144  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

A  third  cause  inciting  the  German  Imperial  Government 
to  war  was  the  rapid  growth  of  social-democracy  within 
Germany  itself.  Year  after  year  since  1871  the  social- 
democratic  vote  had  grown,  until  at  the  election  for  the 
Reichstag  in  January  1912  it  had  aggregated  more  than 
one-third  of  the  whole — over  four  millions  out  of  twelve. 
Just  as  Bismarck  had  smothered  nineteenth-century 
German  liberalism  by  means  of  the  glories  of  the  three 
wars  of  1864—71,  so  did  the  Kaiser,  his  Junker  tempters, 
and  the  Great  General  Staff  hope  to  stifle  the  growing  dis- 
content of  the  Teutonic  masses  by  fresh  military  triumphs, 
thus  postponing  the  necessity  for  making  concessions  to 
democracy  at  home  by  giving  Germans  the  opportunity 
to  extend  Deutschtum  by  violence  abroad. 

Finally,  German  commerce  and  finance  required  war. 
Germany  was  desperately  short  of  capital ;  her  truculence 
made  it  increasingly  hard  for  her  to  borrow  it ;  she  began 
to  look  to  colossal  war-indemnities  as  a  short  and  easy 
way  of  getting  it.  The  German  tariff  system  necessitated 
large  foreign  markets ;  but  foreign  markets  were  being 
closed  rather  than  opened  to  the  dumpers  of  the  Father- 
land ;  a  war  seemed  to  be  the  simplest  method  of  breaking 
down  hostile  tariff-walls.  German  industry  demanded 
enhanced  supplies  of  coal  and  iron ;  just  beyond  the 
frontiers  of  the  Empire  lay  the  rich  stores  of  France, 
Luxemburg,  and  Belgium ;  what  more  obvious  than  to 
go  in  force  and  take  them  ? 

§  62.  GEEMAN  PREPARATIONS  FOB  WAR 

Thus  in  1914,  apart  from  all  passing  and  particular 
causes  for  conflict,  four  persistent  impulses  were  driving  or 
drawing  the  German  Imperial  Government  towards  war. 


THE  CRISIS  OF  19H  145 

Strained  international  relations,  frustrated  colonial  ambi- 
tions,  the  growing  socialistic  menace,  impending  economic 
disaster — all  seemed  to  call  for  the  drastic  remedy  which 
half  a  century  earlier  had  been  so  effectively  prescribed  and 
prepared  by  Bismarck,  and  adminstered  by  Moltke.  At 
the  same  time,  too,  Austria  was  lusting  for  a  pretext  to  fall 
upon  Serbia,  in  order  to  sweep  her  out  of  her  pathways  to 
the  Mediterranean  and  the  Bosphorus,  and  in  order  to 
punish  her  for  provocations  and  insults  which  had  been 
increasing  year  by  year  ever  since  the  accession  of  the 
Karageorgevitch  dynasty  in  1903.  Italy,  the  remaining 
member  of  the  Triple  Alliance,  was  not  eager  for  war,  having 
as  much  as  she  could  do  to  assimilate  Tripoli,  keep  her 
revolutionaries  in  order,  and  pay  the  enormous  expenses 
of  her  excessive  naval  and  military  establishments.  Ger- 
many realised  in  fact  that  Italy's  future  continuance  in  the 
Triple  Alliance  was  very  uncertain  ;  but  she  felt  no  doubt 
of  her  ability  to  compel  her  to  perform  her  treaty  obliga- 
tions, provided  that  the  war  were  precipitated  at  an  early 
date,  and  provided  that  it  were  so  skilfully  procured  as  to 
appear  a  defensive  struggle  forced  upon  a  pair  of  pacific 
empires.  Germany  had  good  hope,  moreover,  that  when 
once  the  war  got  going,  and  a  few  conspicuous  successes  had 
rewarded  Teutonic  science  and  prescience,  Turkey,  Bulgaria, 
and  Rumania  would  all  enter  the  arena  in  order  to  complete 
and  share  the  triumph  of  the  Kaisers. 

In  these  circumstances  German  preparations  for  war, 
though  kept  as  secret  as  possible,  were  extensive  and 
thorough.  From  the  autumn  of  1912  they  seem  to  have 
been  deliberately  directed  towards  a  culmination  in  the 
summer  of  1914.  They  were  mainly  of  four  kinds,  viz. 
first,  diplomatic ;  secondly,  military  and  naval ;  thirdly, 
financial ;  fourthly,  moral  and  intellectual.  (1)  The  diplo- 


146  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

matic  preparations  were  addressed  primarily  to  interested 
neutrals  and  to  disaffected  minorities  in  enemy  countries. 
On  the  one  hand,  Belgium,  Switzerland,  Holland,  and  Den- 
mark were  impressed  with  the  magnitude  of  German  might 
and  the  peril  of  resisting  it ;  on  the  other  hand,  in  French 
Morocco,  in  Russian  Poland,  in  British  India,  Egypt,  South 
Africa,  Ireland,  German  intrigue  and  German  gold  fomented 
rebellion.  (2)  But  Germany  placed  her  main  confidence 
not  in  diplomacy  but  in  military  and  naval  invincibility. 
Everything  was  done  to  make  speedy  and  overwhelming 
victory  a  certainty.  An  Army  Act  of  1913  increased  the 
Teutonic  host  on  its  war  footing  from  5  to  5J  millions  ; 
the  workmen  at  Krupp's  armament  works  were  raised  in 
numbers  from  60,000  in  1911  to  124,000  in  1913  ;  novel  and 
enormous  guns  were  constructed  with  extreme  secrecy ; 
new  Dreadnoughts  were  launched,  more  heavily  armed  than 
any  warships  then  afloat ;  submarines  of  improved  types 
were  clandestinely  constructed  and  crews  trained  to  the 
highest  condition  of  ruthless  skill ;  illicit  naval  bases  were 
secured,  and  stored  with  supplies,  among  the  venal  coast 
populations  of  such  countries  as  Ireland,  Spain,  and  the 
Argentine  Republic ;  the  Kiel  Canal  was  widened  and 
deepened.  Everything  was  arranged  so  that  German  naval 
and  military  power  should  be  at  its  maximum  in  the  middle 
of  1914.  (3)  Towards  the  raising  of  large  supplies  of  ready 
money  available  at  the  same  critical  time  the  energies  of 
the  Imperial  financiers  were  directed.  In  addition  to  un- 
usually large  naval  and  military  estimates,  a  special  levy 
on  capital  to  the  amount  of  £52,000,000  was  made  in  the 
spring  of  1914,  and  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  war-lords. 
This  levy — unprecedented  and  unrepeatable — clearly  por- 
tended immediate  hostilities,  and  raised  in  the  minds  of 
German  citizens  generally  the  exhilarating  expectation  of 


x  THE  CKISIS  OF  1914  147 

new  triumphs  at  hand.  (4)  In  order  still  further  to  elevate 
German  hopes,  excite  German  cupidity,  inflame  German 
anger,  and  exasperate  German  hate,  the  servile  Press  was 
tuned  to  sing  the  Pan-German  and  militarist  lay.  Nothing 
seemed  to  have  been  left  to  chance. 


§  63.  THE  RESPONSE  OF  THE  ENTENTE  POWERS 

Preparations  for  war  so  numerous,  so  thorough,  and 
so  definite  in  their  object,  however  strenous  the  effort  to 
keep  them  concealed,  could  not  fail  to  display  themselves. 
Europe  became  alarmed  at  the  obvious  and  general  belli- 
gerency of  Germany,  as  well  as  at  the  insidious  and  par- 
ticular campaign  of  calumny  which  Austria  directed  against 
the  Southern  Slavs.  In  all  the  threatened  countries  some 
sort  of  precautionary  measures  were  taken.  In  no  case, 
however,  were  they  adequate.  Their  insufficiency  was  due 
partly  to  the  fact  that  it  is  difficult  to  provide  against 
perils  the  precise  nature  of  which  is  unknown ;  partly  to 
the  hope  that  the  menace  of  war  would  die  away  once  more 
as  it  had  done  in  1906,  1909,  and  1912 ;  partly  to  the  un- 
willingness of  the  pacific  peoples  of  the  Entente  to  incur 
vast  expense  in  military  preparations ;  and  partly  to  a  fear 
lest,  if  they  were  to  attempt  to  develop  a  warlike  strength 
comparable  to  that  of  the  Central  Empires  they  would 
merely  precipitate  the  conflict  which  they  desired  to  prevent. 
This  last,  undoubtedly,  was  one  of  the  main  considerations 
which  led  politicians  of  all  parties  in  Britain  to  reject  the 
proposals  of  Lord  Roberts  and  the  National  Service  League 
for  a  universal  military  service  for  purposes  of  defence. 
Britain  contented  herself,  and  tried  to  soothe  herself  into 
a  sense  of  security,  by  making  cautious  additions  to  her 
Navy,  accompanied  by  apologies  to  Germany,  assurances  of 


148  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

friendly  consideration,  and  suggestions  for  a  combined 
"  naval  holiday."  Her  regular  Army,  consisting  of  380,000 
men  with  some  640  guns — though  fine  in  quality  and 
eminently  efficient  for  its  work  of  policing  the  Empire — was 
so  obviously  out  of  scale  with  such  vast  Continental  armies 
as  that  of  Germany  with  its  5,500,000  men  and  4000  guns, 
or  Austria-Hungary  with  its  2,500,000  men  and  2000  guns, 
that  it  was  hopeless  to  try  to  adjust  the  balance.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  changes  made  in  the  British  Army  during 
the  years  1912-14  actually  reduced  its  scanty  numbers. 
For  the  rest,  the  profoundly  unwarlike  and  peace-loving 
British  ministers  did  their  utmost  to  conciliate  and  placate 
their  alarming  neighbour.  They  sent  missions  to  Berlin  ; 
they  invited  Germans  of  all  sorts  over  here,  and  offered 
them  lavish  hospitality  ;  they  poured  upon  them  assurances 
of  cousinly  regard ;  they  made  to  them  enormous  con- 
cessions in  Africa  and  the  East ;  they  even  withdrew  all 
British  opposition  to  the  Berlin-Bagdad  railway  scheme 
which  was  clearly  full  of  dangerous  possibilities  in  the 
directions  of  Egypt  and  India.  They  succeeded*  unfortun- 
ately, not  in  conciliating  and  placating  Germany,  but  merely 
in  creating  an  impression  of  illimitable  softness  and  amiable 
feebleness.  The  Germans  came  to  believe  that  in  no 
circumstances  would  Britain  fight,  and  that  it  would  not 
much  matter  if  she  did.  It  was  a  belief  which,  more  than 
any  other  of  their  errors,  was  to  prove  their  undoing. 

The  other  members  of  the  Entente  could  not,  like 
Britain,  increase  their  sense  of  security  by  merely  building 
ships,  exchanging  deputations,  and  making  concessions. 
Their  laud  frontiers  marched  with  those  of  the  German 
Empire.  France,  therefore,  in  response  to  the  large 
increase  in  the  German  Army,  felt  compelled,  by  an  Act  of 
July  1913,  to  increase  the  term  of  her  military  service  from 


x  THE  CRISIS  OF  1914  U9 

two  years  to  three.  At  the  same  time  she  took  steps  to 
strengthen  her  fortifications  on  her  north-eastern  frontier, 
and  to  improve  her  artillery.  Russia,  on  her  side,  extended 
her  term  of  service,  already  three  years,  to  three  and  a 
quarter,  and  began  to  pay  earnest  attention  to  the  develop- 
ment of  her  wholly  inadequate  railway  system.  Even 
Belgium,  thoroughly  frightened  by  the  many  signs  of 
military  activity  on  both  her  frontiers — particularly  the 
French  fortifications  and  the  German  strategic  railways — 
began  hastily  to  put  herself  into  a  posture  of  defence.  She 
introduced  universal  military  service  in  June  1913.  She  also 
decided  to  re-arm  her  border  fortresses  with  new  guns,  and 
with  charming  naivete  placed  the  orders  with  Krupp's,  who 
carefully  inspected  the  fortresses,  sent  in  estimates,  de- 
manded and  received  payments  in  advance,  but  failed  to 
deliver  the  goods  before  August  1914. 

§  64.  THE  SERAJEVO  PRETEXT 

The  seven  months  which  preceded  the  fateful  August 
1914  were  full  of  anxieties  and  alarms  for  all  European 
statesmen.  Trouble  was  in  the  air.  Every  one  felt  that 
the  accelerated  "  race  for  armaments  "  could  not  last  much 
longer,  but  that  it  must  end  either  in  a  general  agreement 
to  slacken  the  pace  (of  which  there  was  not  the  slightest 
sign),  or  in  a  general  crash  of  war  (the  premonitions  of 
which  became  increasingly  evident).  In  all  the  countries 
of  the  Entente,  however,  domestic  disturbance  rather  than 
the  growing  international  peril  absorbed  the  attention  of  the 
leading  politicians.  By  a  singular  and  sinister  coincidence 
Russia,  France,  and  Britain  became  involved  simultaneously 
in  constitutional  crises  which  in  each  case  threatened 
to  develop  into  civil  war.  In  Russia  acute  industrial 


150  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

conflicts  culminated  in  July  1914  in  a  general  strike  which 
looked  like  the  first  stage  of  a  sanguinary  revolution.  In 
France  the  Government  and  even  the  Republic  itself  were 
discredited  and  endangered  by  the  nauseous  revelations  of 
the  Caillaux  trial,  while  syndicalist  antagonism  to  the  new 
Army  Act  threatened  to  lead  to  defiance  of  the  law  and  the 
disruption  of  the  State.  In  Britain  two  problems  which 
had  long  caused  acute  dissension  had  become  inflamed 
beyond  precedent  to  the  heat  of  war  :  on  the  one  hand,  in 
Ireland  Nationalists  and  Orangemen,  drilled  and  armed, 
seemed  about  to  seek  a  solution  of  their  controversy  re- 
specting Home  Rule  in  open  fight;  on  the  other  hand, 
labour  unrest,  which  for  several  years  had  been  growing  in 
magnitude  and  violence,  appeared  likely  to  come  to  a  head 
in  the  autumn  in  the  most  formidable  upheaval  ever  known 
in  this  country.  In  all  these  disorders  German  influence  is 
evident — German  doctrine  in  Russia,  German  gold  in 
France,  German  intrigue  in  Britain  and  Ireland.  The 
fomenting  of  rebellion  in  enemy  and  neutral  states  was, 
indeed,  an  avowed  and  prominent  part  of  the  German 
preparation  for  war  and  world-dominion. 

Such  propaganda,  corruption,  and  conspiracy  were, 
however,  but  the  negative  elements  in  German  pre-war 
activity.  The  positive  preparations — the  general  nature 
of  which  we  have  already  noticed — during  these  critical 
opening  months  of  1914  became  particular  and  precise. 
Much  accumulating  evidence  will  have  to  be  examined, 
tabulated,  and  interpreted  before  the  full  and  damning 
demonstration  of  Germany's  deliberate  determination  to 
go  to  war  can  be  presented.  But  enough  is  already  known 
to  make  her  condemnation  secure.  In  May  she  secretly 
summoned  her  reservists  from  the  Far  East ;  in  June  from 
Natal.  In  June  too — or  ever  the  Serajevo  crime  had 


x  THE  CRISIS  OF  1914  151 

been  perpetrated — she  began  to  get  together  beds  and 
hospital  stores  on  an  extensive  scale ;  to  make  elaborate 
arrangements  by  means  of  which  her  cruisers  could  procure 
coal  in  distant  oceans  :  to  enter  into  contracts  with  American 
firms  for  large  supplies  unnecessary  in  peace.  Before  the 
end  of  that  month  of  June  1914,  when  the  widening  and 
deepening  of  the  Kiel  Canal  were  completed,  nothing  was 
wanting  for  the  inauguration  of  the  anticipated  war  except 
a  plausible  pretext  for  its  declaration. 

The  required  pretext  was  provided  by  the  assassination 
at  the  hands  of  Bosnian  Slavs  of  the  Archduke  Franz 
Ferdinand,  heir  to  the  Dual  Monarchy,  on  June  28  at 
Serajevo.  This  abominable  crime  was  so  opportune  to  the 
Austro-German  purpose  ;  it  was  accompanied  by  so  many 
suspicious  circumstances ;  it  was  so  nicely  calculated  to 
alienate  the  sympathy  of  the  civilised  world  from  the 
devoted  Serbs ;  it  removed,  moreover,  a  personage  whose 
succession  was,  because  of  his  policy,  so  much  dreaded  by 
both  Austrians  and  Hungarians,  that  there  is  no  wonder 
that  the  theory  has  been  advanced  that  it  was  the  work 
of  Austro-Hungarian  agents  provocateurs.  Be  that  as  it 
may,  the  Archduke  was  buried  amid  few  signs  of  either 
honour  or  regret,  and  then  without  delay  the  diplomatic 
and  military  possibilities  of  his  murder  were  exploited  to 
the  utmost. 

§  65.  THE  OUTBREAK  OF  WAR 

On  July  5 — just  a  week  after  the  commission  of  the 
crime — there  was  held  at  Potsdam  a  Council,  at  which  high 
Austrian  officials  are  said  to  have  been  present,  and  at 
that  Council,  it  is  confidently  asserted  and  it  appears  prob- 
able, the  decision  was  made  that  the  Serajevo  murder 
should  be  used  as  a  means  for  forcing  a  war  upon  Serbia — 


152  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

a  war  which  should  end  in  her  annihilation  and  in  the 
opening  up  to  Austria  and  Germany  of  all  the  highroads  to 
the  East.  The  fact  of  the  meeting  of  this  cardinal  Council 
was  revealed  in  July  1917  by  three  German  Socialist 
deputies  at  the  Stockholm  Conference  ;  and  one  of  them 
(Herr  Haase)  subsequently  repeated  his  remarks,  amid 
scenes  of  angry  denials  and  recriminations  in  the  Reichstag. 
This  revelation  made  by  avowed  pacifists  and  anti- 
nationalists  would  not  carry  much  weight  were  it  not 
confirmed  from  two  other  very  different  sources.  First, 
Baron  von  Wangenheim,  German  Ambassador  at  Con- 
stantinople, on  July  15  confided  to  his  Italian  colleague  the 
important  information  that  Austria  was  about  to  present 
to  Serbia  a  note  so  worded  as  to  render  war  inevitable ; 
and  about  the  same  date  he  had  a  conversation  with  Mr. 
Morgenthau,  the  American  Minister  to  the  Porte,  in  which 
he  repeated  in  some  detail  the  decisions  of  the  Potsdam 
Council  at  which  he  himself  had  been  present.  Secondly, 
Prince  Lichnowsky  in  his  confidential  Memorandum 
(published  without  his  assent  or  knowledge  in  March  1918) 
speaks  of  "  the  decisive  consultation  at  Potsdam  on  July 
5,"  and  complains  bitterly  that  he  was  kept  in  the  dark 
concerning  it  and  its  determinations.  It  is  generally 
accepted  that  at  this  Council  the  general  principles  of  the 
ultimatum  which  was  to  drive  Serbia  (and  probably  Russia) 
to  war  were  agreed  upon.  It  is  at  any  rate  certain  that  on 
July  18  they  were  known  and  approved  by  the  diplomats 
of  Berlin,  for  on  that  date  Count  Lerchenfeld,  the  Bavarian 
representative  at  the  Imperial  Court,  sent  to  Munich  a 
despatch  in  which  the  whole  plot  is  laid  bare :  the  ulti- 
matum is  ready ;  its  presentation  is  delayed  until  the 
French  President  is  gone  to  Russia,  and  the  Kaiser  on  his 
summer  cruise  to  Norway ;  when  presented  it  must  lead 


x  THE  CRISIS  OF  19H  153 

to  war ;  it  is  intended  to  lead  to  war,  and  action  will  so 
soon  follow  words  that  Serbia  will  be  allowed  no  opportunity 
to  offer  satisfaction. 

The  Austro-Hungarian  note  to  Serbia — agreed  upon  in 
substance  at  Potsdam  on  July  5,  drawn  up  at  Vienna  in 
the  middle  of  the  month,  held  back  for  strategic  reasons — 
was  in  the  end  presented  to  Serbia  on  July  23,  with  an 
intimation  that,  unless  an  entirely  favourable  reply  were 
received  within  forty-eight  hours,  hostilities  would  at  once 
begin.  The  demands  made  in  the  note  were  wholly  incon- 
sistent with  the  continued  existence  of  Serbia  as  an  in- 
dependent state.  They  were  never  meant  to  be  accepted, 
and  if  they  had  been  accepted  in  their  entirety,  the  Dual 
Monarchy  was  ready  with  further  demands  for  precau- 
tionary occupation  of  territory  and  for  indemnities  for 
pretended  wrongs,  that  would  have  forced  the  desired 
issue.  Behind  the  Austrian  ultimatum  there  stood  the 
fixed  and  resolute  German  "  will-to-war,"  and  nothing  that 
Serbia  could  have  conceded  would  have  made  the  smallest 
impression  upon  it.  Serbia,  indeed,  in  her  reply  (July  25), 
acting  on  the  urgent  entreaty  of  Russia,  made  an  almost 
abject  submission  to  her  enemy,  accepting  all  the  main 
terms  of  the  note,  and  agreeing  to  leave  the  question  of 
the  acceptance  of  the  rest  (which  reduced  her  to  a  state 
of  vassalage)  to  The  Hague  Tribunal.  Within  forty-five 
minutes  after  receiving  this  reply  the  Austro-Hungarian 
minister  at  Belgrade  with  his  suite  had  severed  diplomatic 
relations  with  Serbia  and  were  on  their  way  to  Vienna. 
On  the  same  day  the  Austro-Hungarian  minister  in  Berlin 
had  telegraphed  to  his  Government  that  in  German  opinion 
"  any  postponement  of  military  operations  would  be 
regarded  as  very  dangerous  in  view  of  intervention  by 
other  Powers,"  and  two  days  later  (July  27),  when  Britain 


154  EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  CH. 

was  making  strenuous  efforts  to  mediate,  he  wired  again 
confidentially  that  "  the  German  Government  offers  the 
most  categorical  assurance  that  it  in  no  wise  associates 
itself  with  these  proposals,  and  that  it  is  decidedly  opposed 
to  their  being  considered."  The  Dual  Monarchy,  thus 
assured  of  German  support,  compelled  events  to  hasten 
their  course,  and  headed  straight  for  war.  On  July  28 
the  formal  declaration  was  made,  followed  next  day  by  the 
bombardment  of  Belgrade. 

§  66.  THE  MEANING  OF  THE  WAR 

During  those  critical  five  days,  when  Austria-Hungary 
backed  by  Germany  was  forcing  war  upon  a  reluctant 
world,  what  were  the  other  Powers  doing  ?  Each  in  its 
own  way — and  Russia  and  Britain  with  particular  per- 
sistence and  energy — they  were  struggling,  first,  to  preserve 
the  peace  of  Europe,  and,  secondly,  to  save  Serbia  from 
destruction.  Russia  for  her  part  made  it  clear  from  the 
beginning  that  she  could  not  view  with  indifference  the 
fate  of  the  small  Slavonic  state  that  looked  to  her  for 
protection.  She  tried  to  secure  from  Austria  an  extension 
of  the  absurdly  inadequate  time  allowed  for  discussion ; 
she  tried  to  open  up  on  her  own  account  negotiations  with 
Vienna  in  the  hope  of  obtaining  some  mitigation  of  the 
impossible  terms  of  the  ultimatum  ;  she  tried  to  get  Ger- 
many to  act  as  mediator  and  moderator.  It  was  all  in 
vain.  Austria  would  not  extend  the  time  limit,  and  would 
not  admit  that  Russia  had  any  ground  to  meddle  in  a 
purely  local  dispute :  Germany  accepted  the  Austrian 
view  of  the  situation,  and,  while  openly  professing  to 
counsel  moderation,  secretly  urged  Austria  to  proceed 
swiftly  to  extremities.  Britain — ably  and  nobly  repre- 


x  THE  CRISIS  OF  1914  155 

sented  by  Sir  Edward  Grey — at  the  very  outset  took  up 
a  European  position,  contended  that  a  dispute  which 
threatened  the  very  existence  of  a  nation  could  not  be 
regarded  as  merely  "  local,"  but  was  one  that  vitally 
concerned  the  whole  vicinage  of  the  Continent.  She  there- 
fore proposed  that  a  conference  should  be  called  to  deal 
with  the  points  at  issue  between  Austria  and  Serbia,  and 
in  particular  that  Germany,  France,  Italy,  and  Great 
Britain  should  mediate  between  the  antagonists.  Germany 
declined  to  further  the  project  for  a  conference,  which 
accordingly  had  to  be  abandoned.  She  professed,  however, 
to  Britain  that  she  was  doing  her  best  to  restrain  her  ally. 
As  a  matter  of  fact  she  was  inciting  Austria  to  resist  all 
appeals  to  reason  or  mercy. 

Austria,  as  we  have  seen,  under  the  vigilant  and  constant 
impulse  of  her  powerful  and  truculent  ally,  took  the  fatal 
plunge  into  war  on  July  28.  Russia's  reply  to  this  attack 
upon  Serbia  was  an  order  for  the  mobilisation  of  all  her 
army  corps  which  faced  the  Austrian  frontier  (July  29). 
This  limited  Russian  mobilisation  did  not  suit  the  German 
General  Staff,  which  wanted  to  use  the  bogey  of  a  threatened 
Russian  attack  upon  the  German  Empire  as  an  excuse  for 
a  declaration  of  war.  Hence  a  false  report  of  a  general 
German  mobilisation  was  circulated  in  a  special  edition  of 
a  semi-official  Berlin  newspaper  and  allowed  to  remain 
uncontradicted  until  it  was  known  that  the  Russian  am- 
bassador had  telegraphed  the  news  to  Petrograd  (July  30). 
The  news  had  the  effect  in  Petrograd  which  it  was  intended 
to  have.  It  called  forth  an  order  for  the  complete  mobilisa- 
tion of  the  Russian  forces  (July  31).  To  this  Germany 
responded  by  an  ultimatum  demanding  demobilisation 
within  twelve  hours.  This  was — and  was  both  meant  and 
understood  to  be — a  declaration  of  war,  which  automatic- 


156  EUEOPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  OH.  x 

ally  came  into  being  on  the  expiration  of  the  German 
ultimatum  at  noon  on  August  1. 

Germany's  next  concern  was  to  get  France  in  without 
delay ;  for  all  her  plans  of  campaign  were  based  on  the 
assumption  that  she  could  overwhelm  France  and  destroy 
her  armies  before  the  slow-moving  Russian  hosts  could 
prepare  themselves  for  battle.  Hence  an  ultimatum  with 
an  eighteen-hour  time  limit  was  launched  against  France, 
with  further  demands  in  reserve  for  the  surrender  of  border 
fortresses  if  the  first  demands  should  prove  to  be  in- 
sufficiently provocative.  France,  however,  recognised  both 
her  duty  and  her  danger.  She  knew  that  she  must  fight  or 
must  perish  in  dishonour.  She  did  not  hesitate,  and  on 
August  3  she  found  herself  at  war  with  Germany. 

Germany  now  had  got  what  she  wanted.  She  did  not 
want  Great  Britain  at  that  stage  of  the  conflict  to  join 
France  and  Russia  ;  nor  did  she  expect  that  Great  Britain 
would  do  so.  Great  Britain  at  that  stage  would  probably 
not  have  done  so — for  Cabinet,  Parliament,  and  nation 
were  divided  in  opinion  and  bewildered  with  doubt — had 
not  Germany  resolved  to  attack  France  by  way  of  Belgium. 
The  German  violation  of  Belgium  put  an  end  to  British 
hesitation  (August  4).  The  Cabinet  decided  on  immediate 
intervention,  and  by  that  decision  the  World  was  saved. 


EPILOGUE 

§  67.  THE  GREAT  WAR,  1914-1919 

THE  story  which  I  set  out  in  briefest  outline  to  tell  is  now 
told.  I  have  traced  the  main  course  of  the  political  evolu- 
tion of  Europe  from  the  French  Revolution  to  the  Great 
War.  I  bring  my  tale  to  an  end  with  the  outbreak  of 
the  war  rather  than  with  its  conclusion,  because,  although 
at  the  time  of  writing  the  actual  fighting  is  over,  the 
issue  determined,  and  the  Peace  Conference  sitting,  the 
tremendous  events  of  the  world-conflict  are  still  too  near 
to  be  seen  in  due  proportion,  in  historic  perspective,  or 
with  scientific  detachment  of  spirit.  The  Central  Empires 
have  been  decisively  defeated :  that  is  the  outstanding 
fact.  Their  overweening  ambitions  have  been  humbled 
into  the  dust ;  their  long-concocted  conspiracies  have  been 
frustrated ;  their  crimes  and  their  sacrifices  have  alike 
been  unavailing;  they  have  broken  themselves  against 
the  wills  and  the  consciences  of  the  free  and  democratic 
peoples  of  the  world. 

As  we  look  back  over  the  four  years  of  the  titanic  struggle, 
during  which  for  not  one  single  day  did  the  combatants 
relax  their  mortal  grip,  we  can  see  that  on  more  than  one 
critical  occasion  the  cause  of  the  Allies  was  all  but  lost. 
When  in  1914  the  long-trained  and  well-equipped  hosts  of 
the  invaders  swept  through  Belgium  on  towards  Pajis ; 

157 


158    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

when  in  1915  the  Russian  lines  were  broken  and  Poland 
was  overrun ;  when  in  1916  Serbia  and  Rumania  were 
crushed ;  when  in  1917  Italy  suffered  disaster ;  and,  finally, 
when  in  the  spring  of  1918  the  defences  of  the  West  were 
smashed  and  the  anxieties  of  1914  were  renewed — on  all 
these  occasions  did  an  ultimate  German  victory  appear 
probable.  But  the  meaning  of  a  German  victory  had  from 
the  first  been  too  clearly  evident  to  render  its  realisation 
tolerable,  and  as  that  meaning  became  emphasised  by 
arrogant  speech  and  brutal  deed,  one  after  another  the 
outraged  neutrals  threw  off  their  passivity  and  joined  the 
hard-pressed  Allies  in  their  fight  for  life  and  liberty  ;  until 
finally  the  United  States  of  America  cast  their  immense 
moral  and  material  weight  into  the  scale,  and  rendered 
the  ultimate  discomfiture  of  the  Central  Empires  secure. 
The  issues  at  stake  were  seen  to  be  so  enormous  that  no 
nation  that  valued  justice  and  honour  could  dare  to  stand 
aside  and  see  them  decided  by  default. 

What  were  the  issues  in  the  war  ?  First,  democracy,  or 
the  self-determination  of  free  peoples,  was  at  death-grip  with 
military  autocracy.  Secondly,  nationality,  or  the  principle 
of  the  autonomous  development  of  organic  and  self-conscious 
communities,  was  in  conflict  with  the  claim  of  a  single 
Power  to  establish  its  dominion  and  enforce  its  "  Kultur  " 
throughout  a  subject  earth.  Thirdly,  the  Commonwealth 
of  Europe,  with  its  concomitant  congresses  and  international 
law,  was  pitted  against  the  immoral  individualism  of  the 
Super-State.  Fourthly,  the  freedom  of  the  sea  as  created 
and  maintained  by  the  British  and  the  Allied  fleets  was 
challenged  by  the  lawless  and  merciless  piracy  of  the  raider 
and  the  submarine.  Finally,  the  Hegelian  theory  of  the 
state,  as  developed  by  such  practical  disciples  as  Treitschke 
and  Bernhardi,  was  brought  to  the  death-grapple  with  the 


EPILOGUE  159 

older  and  more  humane  ideals  of  Kant.  The  war  was 
fundamentally  and  essentially  a  war  of  principles  and  ideals, 
a  struggle  of  right  against  violence,  a  conflict — one  might 
almost  venture  to  say — between  God  and  the  Devil. 

Rather,  however,  than  dwell  on  the  details  of  this 
gigantic  Armageddon,  which  as  yet  loom  too  near  and  vast 
to  be  seen  distinctly,  I  prefer  to  dwell  in  my  Epilogue  on  a 
few  of  the  notable  features  of  the  nineteenth  century  which 
have  been  necessarily  omitted  in  my  rapid  survey.  I  have 
dwelt  in  this  sketch  only  on  political  history,  and  even  on 
that  only  in  so  far  as  it  centred  in  Europe.  The  century, 
nevertheless,  was  important  in  many  spheres  other  than 
political — although  it  is  in  the  political  sphere  that  the 
"  main  currents  "  have  to  be  sought.  Moreover,  outside 
Europe  many  notable  developments  took  place.  I  will 
conclude  by  indicating  in  a  few  broad  lines  some  of  the 
larger  features  of  this  setting  to  my  picture. 

§  68.  POLITICAL  DEVELOPMENTS  OUTSIDE  EUROPE 

During  the  nineteenth  century  Europe  expanded,  while 
the  World  contracted.  The  World  contracted  in  the  sense 
that  improved  means  of  communication  made  its  most 
distant  parts  readily  and  rapidly  accessible  as  they  had 
never  been  before.  Europe  expanded  both  in  the  sense 
that  its  peoples  made  themselves  dominant  over  most  of  the 
other  continents,  and  in  the  sense  that  its  civilisation — its 
arts,  sciences,  inventions,  political  and  religious  ideas — 
triumphed  in  universal  ascendency.  Africa,  the  knowledge 
of  whose  geography  beyond  the  coast-line  was  in  1800 
almost  limited  to  the  Sahara  Desert  and  the  Mountains  of 
the  Moon,  was  by  1900  explored,  mapped  out,  partitioned, 
conquered,  exploited  by  aggressive  and  adventurous  whites. 


160    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

Central  Asia,  with  its  teeming  millions  of  yellow  peoples, 
which  in  1800  for  the  most  part  lay  slumbering  in  im- 
memorial stagnation,  was  in  1900  disturbed  and  irritated 
by  the  too  assiduous  Occident  which  had  long  forced  upon 
its  half-awakened  reluctance  the  mixed  benefits  of  an  alien 
culture,  combined  with  the  unmixed  curse  of  a  foreign 
devilry.  Over  the  Siberian  wastes  of  Northern  Asia  Russia 
made  effective  her  long  but  nominal  sway,  and  in  1900  was 
busy  completing  her  great  railway  to  Vladivostock — the 
link  between  the  Baltic  and  the  Pacific,  and  a  large  sector 
in  the  girdle  of  the  Globe.  In  India  the  British  power, 
which  in  1800  was  firmly  founded  in  but  few  regions  beyond 
the  eastern  seaboard  and  the  valley  of  the  Lower  Ganges, 
i.e.  from  the  Carnatic  to  Bengal,  was  by  1900 — with  the 
general  consent  of  the  native  populations  and  to  their  incal- 
culable advantage — extended  over  the  vast  inland  regions 
of  Oude,  the  Mahratta  Principalities,  the  Deccan,  Mysore  ; 
and  carried  even  beyond  the  Punjaub  to  the  great  mountain 
barrier  on  the  north-west  frontier  of  the  peninsula.  But 
most  remarkable  of  all  was  the  transformation  of  Japan. 
Until  well  past  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  Japan 
remained  quiescent  in  mediaeval  feudalism.  Then,  stimu- 
lated by  contact  with  the  Western  World,  alarmed  at  the 
encroachments  of  Occidental  commerce,  goaded  to  resent- 
ment and  resistance  by  the  claims  of  European  potentates 
eager  to  secure  dominion  over  her,  she  suddenly  threw  off 
the  chains  of  custom  and  tradition,  reorganised  her  society 
and  her  politics,  armed  herself  with  Western  science,  in- 
formed herself  with  modern  ideas,  and  stood  forth  as  a  new 
Power  capable  of  holding  high  debate  with  the  Mightiest 
of  the  Earth.  She  first  demonstrated  to  an  astonished 


EPILOGUE  161 

world  the  reality  of  her  revival,  when  in  1894  she  inflicted 
a  total  defeat  upon  her  colossal  neighbour,  China.  But 
even  this  striking  demonstration  scarcely  prepared  Western 
politicians  for  the  spectacle  of  1904,  when  she  beat  off 
victoriously  the  assault  of  the  hosts  of  the  Eussian  Empire 
itself,  till  then  dreaded  as  invincible  in  virtue  of  their  mere 
multitude. 

Whilst  Japan  was  thus  in  the  latter  half  of  the  century 
revolutionising  the  politics  of  the  Western  Pacific — and  even 
during  the  earlier  half-century  when  Japan  was  still  stag- 
nant in  Asiatic  mediaevalism — the  Southern  Pacific  became 
the  scene  of  restless  European  activity.  The  British  in 
particular  were  energetic  in  planting  themselves  in  Australia, 
in  Tasmania,  in  New  Zealand,  and  in  many  an  island  group. 
Everywhere,  as  they  made  settlements,  they  developed 
natural  resources,  civilised  and  evangelised  the  native 
peoples,  introduced  the  advantages  (not  unmixed  with  dis- 
advantages) of  the  ordered  rule  of  law.  Meantime  on  the 
Eastern  shores  of  the  Pacific,  the  New  World — discovered 
in  the  fifteenth  century  by  European  explorers  in  search 
of  an  open  route  to  Asia — was  being  brought  under  human 
control  with  a  rapidity  and  thoroughness  unprecedented  in 
history.  The  British  pushed  westward  from  their  Canadian 
encampments  on  the  St.  Lawrence  till  they  reached  the 
Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Vancouver  coast.  The  United 
States,  who  in  1803  acquired  from  France,  the  regions 
beyond  the  Mississippi,  occupied  these  central  solitudes 
swiftly,  and  soon  covered  them  with  populous  cities.  Later 
cessions  from  Mexico  brought  the  States  to  the  sea  where 
the  Californian  gates  open  upon  the  boundless  expanses  of 
the  island-studded  ocean.  Even  South  America,  whence 
the  Spanish  and  Portuguese  garrisons  were  expelled  in  the 
'twenties,  made  some  progress  in  civilisation;  although 

M 


162    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

owing  to  defects  in  climate  and  to  the  degeneracy  of  her 
mixed  populations,  she  did  not  realise  the  richness  of  her 
inexhaustible  resources. 


§  69.  INVENTIONS  AND  DISCOVERIES 

The  prime  causes  of  that  unification  of  the  world,  and 
of  that  establishment  of  the  dominance  of  Europe  in  the 
world,  which  so  conspicuously  marked  the  nineteenth 
century,  undoubtedly  were  the  immense  improvements 
in  means  of  communication  effected  during  the  period 
by  European  ingenuity,  and  the  incalculable  increase  in 
mechanical  power  achieved  by  European  skill.  Even  before 
the  nineteenth  century  dawned  the  invention  of  gun- 
powder and  the  development  of  firearms  had  given  the 
white  man  an  incontestable  superiority  ove*  men  of  the 
black  and  yellow  races,  whose  weapons  were  primitive,  and 
whose  military  organisation  was  barbaric.  During  the 
nineteenth  century  the  discovery  of  new  explosives,  the 
creation  of  novel  engines  of  war  incomparably  more  effective 
than  any  known  to  Napoleon,  the  increase  of  armies,  the 
strengthening  of  discipline,  and  the  scientific  determination 
of  the  principles  of  strategy  and  tactics,  still  further  em- 
phasised and  confirmed  the  Aryan  lordship  of  the  Globe. 

But  the  unification  of  the  Globe  under  the  control  of 
men  of  the  white  races  Was  not  in  the  main  a  unification 
effected  by  force.  It  was  the  triumph  of  a  civilisation 
rather  than  of  an  armed  multitude ;  it  was  accomplished 
by  a  peaceful  permeation  rather  than  by  a  succession  of 
military  expeditions.  Western  civilisation  owed  its  success 
to  its  inherent  merits,  to  the  recognition  of  these  merits  by 
the  peoples  generally,  and  to  the  willing  submission  of  man- 
kind at  large  to  ideas  perceived  to  be  true  and  customs  seen 


EPILOGUE  163 

to  be  salutary.  In  particular  the  unification  of  the  Globe 
has  been  brought  about  by  improvements  in  means  of 
communication.  In  all  these  the  developments  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  were  remarkable  and,  taking  them  together, 
epoch-making.  A.D.  1800,  for  all  its  vitality  and  eager 
activity,  was  still  in  the  era  of  stage-coaches,  sailing-ships, 
horse-couriers,  and  foot-messengers.  It  took  a  week  to 
travel  the  length  of  Great  Britain ;  a  month  to  cross  the 
Atlantic ;  half  a  year  to  reach  Australia.  News,  moreover, 
could  make  its  way  no  faster  than  could  men  and  goods :  the 
conclusion  of  peace,  for  instance,  in  1802  had  to  be  dated 
six  months  later  for  India  than  for  Europe.  The  century, 
however,  had  advanced  but  to  its  second  decade  when  the 
results  of  the  series  of  great  inventions  began  to  display 
themselves.  In  1812  the  first  steam-vessel,  Bell's  Comet, 
was  launched  upon  the  Clyde  ;  in  1820  the  Irish  Sea  was 
crossed  under  steam,  in  1825  the  Atlantic  ;  in  1827  Calcutta 
was  reached  from  London.  Meantime  experiments  on  land 
were  solving  the  more  difficult  problem  of  railway  loco- 
motion. In  1813  Blackett's  "  Puffing  Billy  "  at  Wylam  in 
the  Northumberland  coalfield  began  to  do  something  besides 
puff ;  in  1814  George  Stephenson  put  a  moving  engine 
on  to  the  way  at  Killingworth.  Passenger  traffic  was  opened 
up  between  Stockton  and  Darlington  in  1825 ;  between 
Manchester  and  Liverpool  in  1830 ;  between  London  and 
Birmingham  in  1838.  After  that  a  perfect  frenzy  of  rail- 
way-making seized  first  England  and  then  Europe.  Within 
a  decade  both  this  country  and  the  Continent  were  covered 
with  a  network  of  lines.  The  new  railways  were  used  to 
improve  the  old  postal  service  :  an  immense  step  in  advance 
was  made  in  1840  when  the  penny  postage  (irrespective  of 
distance)  was  introduced,  followed  next  year  by  the  labour- 
economising  and  time-saving  device  of  the  prepaid  postage- 

M2 


164    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

stamp.  The  same  period  saw  the  application  of  electricity 
to  practical  telegraphy.  In  1837  the  use  of  the  Morse  code 
enabled  long-distance  messages  to  be  flashed  along  the 
wires  ;  in  1850  the  first  submarine  cable  was  laid — the  use 
of  which  seven  years  later,  at  the  time"  of  the  Mutiny, 
probably  saved  our  Indian  Empire  from  destruction.  In 
1866  the  New  World  was  linked  to  the  Old  by  the  first 
Atlantic  line.  The  telephone  dates  from  1876 ;  wireless 
telegraphy  from  1896. 

§  70.  THE  ADVANCE  OF  SCIENCE 

The  marvellous  improvements  in  means  of  communica- 
tion just  enumerated  were  the  outcome  of  physical  and 
chemical  researches  carried  on  during  the  eighteenth  and 
early  nineteenth  centuries.  The  close  of  the  nineteenth 
century  saw  another  series  of  experiments  brought  to  a 
successful  issue,  and  resulting  in  still  further  additions  to 
the  means  of  human  transport.  In  1885  Daimler  made  a 
working  model  of  an  internal  combustion  engine.  This, 
when  propelled  by  petrol — a  potent  spirit  which  chemists 
had  succeeded  in  distilling  from  mineral  oil — was  made 
operative  for  motor  vehicles  in  1894.  Early  in  the  twentieth 
century,  when  the  problem  of  aviation  began  to  be  solved, 
it  was  ready  for  transference  to  the  new  aeroplanes  an<? 
airships.  The  first  flight  across  the  English  Channel  in  the 
novel  craft  was  made  by  Bleriot  in  1909. 

It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  natural  science  has  during 
the  last  hundred  years  completely  transformed  the  condi- 
tions in  which  civilised  man  lives  his  life.  Not  only  has  it 
given  him  a  command  over  his  environment  such  as  he 
never  had  before,  and  enabled  him  to  subdue  to  his  service 
forces  which  hitherto  had  been  intractable ;  it  has  also 


EPILOGUE  165 

opened  his  mind  to  a  new  view  of  the  universe ;  it  has 
revealed  to  him  secrets  hidden  from  the  foundation  of  the 
world ;  it  has  quickened  him  to  the  necessity  of  re- 
examining  old  faiths  in  the  light  of  novel  facts, 

Few  sciences  have  shown  a  more  marvellous  and  bene- 
ficent advance  than  has  that  of  medicine.  The  text-books 
of  a  hundred  years  ago  are  compendia  of  superstitious 
quackery;  descriptions  of  the  surgical  operations  of  the 
period,  as  recorded  in  such  books  as  Warren's  Diary  of  a 
Late  Physician,  are  too  ghastly  to  be  tolerable  by  modern 
nerves.  In  1846  Simpson  discovered  the  use  of  anaesthetics, 
and  began  to  employ  them  in  surgery.  In  1865  Lister 
effected  a  not  less  radical  revolution  by  the  introduction  of 
the  antiseptic  method  of  the  treatment  of  wounds.  Pasteur 
at  the  same  time  was  at  work  on  his  wonderful  researches 
in  preventive  medicine,  to  apply  which  the  famous  Institute 
was  founded  in  Paris  in  1886. 

But  important  as  have  been  these  applications  of  new 
knowledge  to  the  relief  of  human  pain  and  the  prolongation 
of  mortal  life,  even  more  important  have  been  the  dis- 
coveries made  in  pure  science  during  the  century  under 
review.  For  the  mind  is  greater  than  the  body  ;  super- 
stition is  more  deadly  than  disease ;  truth  is  of  higher 
value  than  either  health  or  happiness.  Advance  has  been 
general  all  along  the  line.  Mathematics,  physics,  chemistry, 
geology,  biology — these  and  others  akin  to  them  all  have 
shared  the  common  progress.  They  have  aided  one  another 
in  countless  ways  :  the  barriers  between  them  have  melted 
away  ;  they  have  become  merged  in  one  all- comprehensive 
revelation.  In  1808  Dalton  propounded  his  atomic  theory, 
which,  in  spite  of  many  modifications,  has  held  its  own  as 
the  fundamentally  sound  explanation  of  the  constitution 
of  matter.  In  1830  Lyell  published  his  Principles  of 


166    EUKOPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

Geology,  which  not  only  displayed  the  process  of  the  making 
of  the  earth,  but  also  indicated  the  incalculable  immensities 
of  time  which  the  process  involved :  it  was  a  thought- 
stirring  and  imagination-rousing  disclosure,  comparable  only 
to  the  unveiling  of  astronomical  space  by  Copernicus  in  the 
sixteenth  century.  In  1847  Helmholtz  revolutionised 
physics  by  the  enunciation  of  the  law  of  the  conservation 
of  energy.  In  1859  Darwin  not  only  transformed  biology 
by  the  doctrine  of  progress  by  means  of  natural  selection, 
but  also  did  much  to  provide  thinkers  in  all  departments 
of  knowledge  with  the  master-key  of  the  evolutionary  idea. 

§  71.  THE  SPEEAD  OP  EDUCATION 

One  of  the  most  striking  and  significant  features  of  the 
nineteenth  century  was  the  fact  that  the  new  knowledge 
brought  to  light,  and  the  vital  ideas  generated  during  its 
fruitful  course,  did  not  remain,  as  in  all  earlier  ages,  the 
exclusive  possession  of  the  select  few,  but  became  the 
heritage  of  the  many.  The  nineteenth  century  was  the 
dawn  of  the  era  of  popular  education.  At  the  very  be- 
ginning of  the  period  Condorcet,  the  Girondin  idealist 
(d.  1794),  perceived  that  the  principles  of  the  French 
Revolution  implied  an  educated  proletariat,  and  that  the 
sovereignty  of  an  illiterate  people  could  but  end  speedily 
in  brutal  tyranny  and  insane  anarchy.  He  himself  perished 
during  the  Terror,  as  a  victim  to  the  ignorant  fury  of  the 
Jacobins,  and  as  a  sad  exemplar  of  the  truth  of  his  warn- 
ings. When,  however,  the  worst  calamities  of  that  tragic 
time  were  overpast,  the  work  of  the  education  of  the  rising 
democracy  was  undertaken  with  system  and  energy,  and 
with  a  definite  civic  purpose,  by  more  than  one  Continental 
government.  France,  as  usual  in  things  of  the  mind,  was 


EPILOGUE  167 

the  pioneer.  Napoleon,  as  First  Consul,  took  up  the  task 
of  Condorcet.  Elementary  education,  it  is  true,  he  left  to 
the  communes.  But  in  1802  he  secured  the  passage  of  an 
Act  improving  the  secondary  schools  (lycees) ;  and  in  1808 
he  brought  into  being  his  crowning  institution,  the  Uni- 
versity of  France  with  its  seventeen  Academies  all  con- 
trolled from  Paris.  Germany,  meantime,  crushed  under  the 
heel  of  Napoleon  by  the  battles  of  Austerlitz  and  Jena,  and 
by  the  supplementary  treaties  of  Pressburg  and  Tilsit,  began 
the  revival  of  her  national  life  with  an  intellectual  renais- 
sance, one  of  the  main  incidents  of  which  was  the  organisa- 
tion of  the  University  of  Berlin  by  Humboldt  in  1809. 

As  for  this  country,  whereas  Scotland  from  the  sixteenth 
century  had  had  a  well -organised  system  of  parish  schools 
whose  stern  and  thorough  training  prepared  the  brighter 
boys  of  all  ranks  of  life  for  the  finishing  and  fortifying 
curriculum  of  one  or  other  of  the  four  Universities  of  the 
North,  England  in  1800  was  still  muddling  on  in  voluntarism 
and  chaos.  Elementary  schools  there  were  none  ;  the  old 
local  grammar  schools  were  stagnant  and  nearly  empty ; 
the  public  schools  were  inefficient,  obsolete,  corrupt ;  the 
two  ancient  Universities  sunk  in  mediaeval  sloth.  In  1807 
Mr.  Whitbread,  a  Member  of  Parliament  who  was  moved 
by  the  same  ideas  as  were  operative  in  contemporary  France 
and  Germany,  brought  in  a  Bill  authorising  the  giving  of 
elementary  education  at  the  public  cost.  The  Bill  was 
rejected,  as  were  similar  Bills  in  1830  and  1833.  Voluntary 
effort,  however,  thus  cast  upon  its  own  resources,  did  not 
wholly  fail.  Ever  since  1780,  when  Kobert  Eaikes  began 
his  great  work  in  Gloucester,  something  had  been  done  in 
Sunday  schools  to  lighten  the  darkness  of  the  people.  But 
more  systematic,  intensive,  and  continuous  instruction 
was  obviously  necessary  in  the  case  of  children.  Hence 


168    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

in  1811  the  National  Society  began  to  establish  regular 
day  schools  under  the  auspices  of  the  Church  of  England  ; 
in  1814  the  British  and  Foreign  Schools  Association  took 
up  the  work  on  non-sectarian  lines.  In  1833,  on  the  occa- 
sion of  the  rejection  of  the  Bill  for  State  education  already 
alluded  to,  the  Government  salved  its  conscience  by  making 
a  grant  in  aid  of  the  work  of  the  voluntary  organisations. 
It  was  a  grant  of  only  £20,000 ;  but  the  habit  of  making 
a  grant  became  annual,  and  year  by  year  the  amount  of 
the  grant  increased.  Hence  followed  in  1839  a  government 
department  and  an  inspectorate,  whence  issued  in  suc- 
ceeding years  numerous  minutes,  regulations,  and  codes. 
In  1870  elementary  education  was  made  compulsory  for  all 
children  between  five  and  thirteen,  and  provision  was  made 
for  the  erection  and  maintenance  of  the  necessary  schools 
where  none  existed.  In  1891  elementary  education  was 
made  free.  Meantime  in  other  spheres  of  learning  rapid 
progress  was  being  made,  and  much-needed  reforms  were 
being  carried  through.  The  old  and  decayed  Grammar 
Schools  were  revived  and  reorganised  under  the  Endowed 
Schools  Act  of  1869  ;  the  Universities  of  Oxford  and  Cam- 
bridge were  partially  purged  of  anachronisms  by  Royal 
Commissions  in  1850  and  1877 ;  new  Universities  were 
founded  and  Colleges  open  to  women  ;  Mechanics  Institutes, 
Adult  Schools,  Workers'  Educational  Associations,  and 
similar  institutions  sought  to  satisfy  the  growing  hunger 
of  the  labouring  classes  for  knowledge. 

§  72.  SOCIAL  REFORM 

The  slowly  increasing,  if  still  rudimentary,  education  of 
the  masses  of  the  population  necessarily  had  a  profound 
influence  upon  the  social,  political,  and  religious  life  of 


EPILOGUE  169 

Europe.  When  the  proletariat  could  not  read,  it  inevit- 
ably remained  inert,  vegetative,  unorganised,  uninspired. 
When  it  began  to  read ;  when  inexpensive  newspapers 
gave  it  information ;  when  cheap  books,  printed  in  their 
tens  of  thousands,  stirred  it  with  new  ideas,  then  it 
commenced  to  heave  with  agitation,  and  to  seethe 
with  indefinable  discontent.  Although  the  industrial 
revolution  had  brought  some  novel  evils  in  its  train,  the 
social  and  economic  condition  of  the  people  was  not  on  the 
whole  worse  than  it  had  been  in  earlier  days.  The  picture 
of  an  older  "  Merrie  England  "  which  orators  were  pleased 
to  present  to  credulous  and  uncritical  audiences  was  a  fig- 
ment of  their  excited  imaginations.  But  if  in  the  main — 
thanks  to  improved  agriculture,  mechanical  invention, 
advancing  science,  widening  philanthropy,  and  deepening 
religion — the  lot  of  the  proletariat  was  being  steadily 
ameliorated,  its  slow  betterment  did  not  keep  pace  with 
the  proper  demands  of  the  leaders  of  the  awakening  nations. 
The  labouring  classes,  rural  and  urban,  had  been  kept  back 
not  primarily  by  any  conspiracy  of  other  classes,  nor  by 
harsh  laws  and  oppressive  governments,  but  partly  by 
circumstances  over  which  no  one  had  had  control,  and  partly 
by  an  improvidence  and  an  incontinence  of  their  own  which 
had  frustrated  all  efforts  of  others  to  assist  them.  After 
the  rousing  call  of  the  French  Revolution,  however,  they 
began  to  be  sensible  of  the  appeal  of  the  larger  life,  and  to 
be  conscious  that  the  possibilities  of  the  larger  life  existed 
around  them.  Literature  gave  them  ideas ;  newspapers 
provided  them  with  vehicles  for  the  expression  of  their 
grievances  and  their  demands ;  public  meetings  furnished 
occasions  for  demonstrations  of  determination  and  power  ; 
organisation  gave  cohesion  and  weight  to  their  scattered 
forces  ;  the  gradual  acquisition  of  political  influence  made 


170    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

their  mass-momentum  effective.  The  social  reform  which 
resulted  took  many  shapes.  In  England,  for  example, 
where  the  reforming  impulse  was  the  most  moderate  and 
constitutional,  and  therefore  the  most  permanently  suc- 
cessful, in  1802,  the  first  of  a  long  series  of  factory  laws 
was  passed  for  the  improvement  of  the  conditions  of  labour 
in  mills ;  in  1807  the  slave  trade  was  declared  illegal,  a 
preliminary  step  towards  the  total  abolition  of  slavery  a 
quarter  of  a  century  later ;  in  1824  the  trade  unions  were 
freed  from  the  restrictions  imposed  upon  them  by  the  Anti- 
Combination  Laws  ;  in  1834  a  great  Poor  Law  Act  began 
to  deal  in  a  scientific  and  thorough  manner  with  the  prob- 
lem of  poverty,  which  owing  to  lax  administration  during 
the  preceding  half-century  had  become  a  menace  not  only 
to  the  prosperity  but  even  to  the  existence  of  the  nation. 

On  the  Continent,  however,  social  reform  was  attempted 
with  less  happy  results.  The  European  peoples,  long  held 
subject  to  autocracy,  had  not  received  that  training  in 
representative  government,  or  in  local  self -administration, 
which  enabled  the  British  folk  to  face  new  crises  with  the 
practical  skill  gained  from  old  experience.  They  therefore 
tended  more  to  be  led  astray  by  the  wandering  lights  of 
abstract  politicians  and  irresponsible  theorists.  Just  as 
the  "anarchic  fallacies"  of  Rousseau  had  misled  the 
Jacobins  of  the  eighteenth  century,  so  did  the  erroneous 
and  dangerous  dogmas  of  St.  Simon,  Proudhon,  Marx, 
Bakunin,  and  Sorel  conduct  the  eager  pioneers  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  proletariat  into  wildernesses  of  economic 
folly,  and  into  wasteful  battlefields  of  suicidal  class-war, 
As  the  twentieth  century  draws  towards  the  close  of  its 
second  decade,  the  prevalence  of  Syndicalism,  Bolshevism, 
and  Anarchism  seems  to  give  ground  for  the  pessimism 
concerning  the  future  of  humanity  which  some  profound 


EPILOGUE  171 

thinkers  profess.  Symptoms  of  moral  decadence  and 
social  disintegration  manifest  themselves,  apparently  re- 
sembling those  which  portended  the  decline  and  fall  of  the 
Empire  of  Rome  and  the  Civilisation  of  Antiquity.  Those, 
however,  who  concentrate  their  attention  on  these  gloomy 
aspects  of  the  present  day  seem  to  me  to  be  taking  a  need- 
lessly depressing  view  of  the  tendencies  of  the  times.  The 
symptoms  which  cause  disquietude  are  not  the  tokens  of 
old  age  and  decay ;  they  are  the  wild  and  foolish  excesses 
of  new  and  inexperienced  life.  Never  was  the  world 
younger ;  never  were  men  more  active  and  alert ;  never 
were  novel  ideas  more  numerous  or  more  operative  ;  never 
was  science  more  progressive ;  never  were  saintly  souls 
more  resolute  in  pursuit  of  truth  and  right.  We  are 
surrounded  not  by  emblems  of  failing  powers,  and  failing 
capacities,  but  by  innumerable  evidences  of  the  dawn  of 
a  new  and  greater  Renaissance. 


APPENDIX 


CHIEF  EUROPEAN  RULERS 


THB  UNITED  KINGDOM. 

George  III. 
George  IV. 
William  IV.     . 
Victoria  . 
Edward  VII.    . 
George  V. 


1760-1820 
1820-1830 
1830-1837 
1837-1901 
1901-1910 
1910- 


FRANCE. 

Napoleon  I. 
Louis  XVIII.  . 
Charles  X. 
Louis  Philippe 

[Republic 
Napoleon  III.  . 

[Republic 


1804-1814 

1814-1824 

1824-1830 

1830-1848 

1848-1852] 

1852-1870 

1870-        ] 


PRUSSIA  (GKEMANY). 

Frederick  William  III.      . 
Frederick  William  IV. 
William  I.        ... 

„          German  Emperor 
Frederick  „  „ 

William  II. 

173 


1797-1840 

1840-1861 

1861-18881 

1871-1888J 

1888 

1888-1918 


174    EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 
AUSTRIA  AND  HUNGARY. 


Francis  I. 
Ferdinand  I.    . 
Francis  Joseph 
Charles  I. 


1792-1835 
1835-1848 
1848-1916 
1916-1918 


RUSSIA. 

Alexander  I.    . 
Nicholas  I. 
Alexander  II.  . 
Alexander  III. 
Nicholas  II. 


1801-1825 
1825-1855 
1855-1881 
1881-1894 
1894-1917 


SARDINIA  (ITALY). 

Victor  Emmanuel  I. 
Charles  Felix  . 
Charles  Albert 
Victor  Emmanuel  II. 


King  of  Italy 


Humbert, 

Victor  Emmanuel  III. 


1802-1821 

1821-1831 

1831-1849 

1849-1878) 

1861-1 878 / 

1878-1900 

1900- 


NAPLES  AND  SICILY. 

Ferdinand  I.  (restored) 
Francis  I. 
Ferdinand  II.  . 
Francis  II. 


1815-1825 
1825-1830 
1830-1859 
1859-1860 


POPES. 


Pius  VII. 
Leo  XII. 
Pius  VIII. 
Gregory  XVI. 
Pius  IX. 
Leo  XIII. 
Pius  X.  . 
Benedict  XV. 


1800-1823 
1823-1829 
1829-1830 
1831-1846 
1846-1878 
1878-1903 
1903-1914 
1914- 


CHIEF  EUROPEAN  RULERS 


175 


SERBIA. 

Milosh  Obrenovitch 
Milan  Obrenovitch   . 
Michael  Obrenovitch 
Alexander  Karageorgevitch 
Milosh  Obrenovitch  (restored) 
Michael  Obrenovitch  (restored) 
Milan  Obrenovitch   . 
Alexander  Obrenovitch 
Peter  Karageorgevitch 


1817-1839 

1839 

1839-1842 

1842-1859 

1859 

1860-1868 

1868-1889 

1889-1903 

1903- 


BULGARIA. 

Alexander 
Ferdinand 


1879-1887 
1887-1918 


GEEECE. 

Otto 
George 


Constantino 
Alexander 


1832-1862 
1863-1913 
1913-1917 
1917- 


RtJMANIA. 

Alexander 
Charles  . 
Ferdinand- 


1859-1866 
1866-1914 
1914- 


TURKEY. 

Selim  III. 
Mustapha  IV.  . 
Mahmoud  II.  . 
Abdul  Mejid    . 
Abdul  Aziz 
Murad  V. 
Abdul  Hamid  II. 
Mohammed  V. 


1789-1807 

1807-1808 

1809-1839 

1839-1861 

1861-1876 

1876 

1876-1908 

1909- 


176   EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 
HOLLAND. 


William  I. 
William  II. 
William  III. 
Wilhelmina 


1813-1840 
1840-1849 
1849-1890 
1890- 


BELCUUM. 


Leopold  I. 
Leopold  II. 

Albert 


1831-1865 
1865-1909 
1909- 


SPAIN. 


Ferdinand  VII. 
Isabella  II. 

[Interregnum 
Amadeus  I. 

[Republic 
Alfonso  XII.    . 
Maria 
Alfonso  XIII. 


1814-1833 

1833-1868 

1868-1870] 

1870-1873 

1873-1874] 

1874-1885 

1885-1886 

1886- 


SWBDBK  AND   NoBWAY. 

Charles  XIII.  . 
Charles  XIV.  . 
Oscar  I. 
Charles  XV.    . 
Oscar  II. 


1814-1818 
1818-1844 
1844-1859 
1859-1872 
1872-1905 


DENMAKK. 

Frederick  VI.  . 
Christian  VIII. 
Frederick  VII. 
Christian  IX. 
Frederick  VIII. 
Christian  X.     . 


1808-1839 
1839-1848 
1848-1863 
1863-1906 
1906-1912 
1912- 


INDEX 


Abdul  Hamid  II.,  134,  137 

Aboukir  Bay,  battle  of,  33 

Acre,  33 

Addington,  34 

Adrianople,  Treaty  of,  76 

Africa,  122-3 

Agadir,  138 

Aix-la-Chapelle,  57,  60 

Alexander  I.,  37, 43,  45, 46,  52,  53, 55, 

57,  59,  60,  65,  66,  73,  76 
Alexander  II.,  120,  130 
Algeciras,  Conference  of,  137 
America,  19,  67,  81,  161 
Amiens,  Treaty  of,  33-35 
Auerstadt,  battle  of,  36 
Austerlitz,  battle  of,  36 

Austria,  32,  36,  38,  40,  43,  46,  49,  55, 

58,  62,  63, 74,  79,  90,  95,  07, 104, 
106-8,  109,  119,  130,  153 

Austro- Prussian  War,  108-9 

Bagdad  Railway,  134 
Balance  of  Power,  12,  110,  114 
Balkan  League,  140 
Balkan  Wars,  141 
Barbarian  invasions,  5 
Barbary  pirates,  60 
Bastille,  25 
Batavian  Republic,  34 
Bavaria,  45,  111 
Belgium,  28,  49,  77-9,  156 
Bentham,  83 
Berlin,  95 

Treaty  of,  119,  13* 
Bernadotte,  41 
Bernhardi,  139 
Bern,  Duke  of,  61 


Bismarck,  107,  112, 119, 121, 128-33, 

145 

Blanc,  Louis,  99 
Blanketeers,  57 
Boer  War,  136 
Bosnia,  118,  137 
Boulogne,  36 
Brazil,  67 

Bucharest,  Treaty  of,  141 
Bulgaria,  74,  117,  118,  140-41 
Burke,  26 
Byzantine  Empire,  6 

Calomarde,  86 

Camperdown,  battle  of,  23,  32 

Campo-Formio,  Treaty  of,  32 

Canning,  66,  70,  80 

Canon  Law,  8 

Carlsbad  Decrees,  60,  80 

Castleieagh,     43,    54,    55,    56,    59, 

66,  69 

Cato  Street  Conspiracy,  61 
Cavour,  104,  106 
Chambord,  Count  of,  91 
Charles  X.,  87,  88 
Charles  Albert,  94,  98 
Charles  Felix,  64 
Chartists,  91,  95,  96 
China,  123 
Christian  religion,  5 
Cisalpine  Republic,  34 
Coalition,  First,  31 

Second,  33 

Third,  36 

Fourth,  40 

Commune,  the,  25,  113 
Concert  of  Europe,  13,  65 


177 


178   EUROPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 


Constitution  of  1812,  the  Spanish,  58, 

62,  63,  64 

Continental  System,  the,  37 
Corresponding  Societies,  27 
Crimean  War,  103,  118 
Croats,  98 
Custozza,  98 

Democracy,  27,  51,  82 
Denmark,  50,  59 
Discoveries,  162 
Disraeli,  119,  124 
Dreikaiserbundnis,  118,  130 
Dual  Monarchy,  109 

Eastern  Question,  117-19,  130 

Education,  166-8 

Elba,  46 

Ems  telegram,  112 

Entente  Cordiale,  136 

Eylau,  battle  of,  36 

Fashoda,  135 

Ferdinand  I.,  Emperor,  97 

Ferdinand  I.,  King  of  Naples,  63 

Ferdinand  VII.,  King  of  Spain,  57, 66 

Fichte,  73 

Finland,  49,  73 

Francis  I.,  Emperor,  43 

Francis  Joseph,  Emperor,  97,  130 

Franco- Prussian  War,  111-13 

Frankfort,  Treaty  of,  113 

Franz  Ferdinand,  Archduke,  141-2 

Frederick  William  IIL,  43,  45,  63 

Frederick  William  IV.,  95,  98,  107 

French  Colonies,  121 

French  Republic,  First,  24 

Second,  99 

Third,  113 
French  Revolution,  First,  14,  20,  22 

Second,  85,  86-9 

Third,  91-3 

Friedland,  battle  of,  36 
"  Friends  of  the  People,"  28 

Garibaldi,  104,  106 
German  Army  Act,  146 

Colonies,  121-2,  127-9,  143-4 

Confederation,  49,  60,  107 

Empire,  114 

National  Parliament,  95,  99 


Girondists,  24,  28,  31 

Gladstone,  133 

Gorgei,  97 

Greece,  64,  74-6,  117 

Grey,  Sir  E.  (Viscount),  155 

Guizot,  93 

Hardenberg,  59,  60 
Helvetic  Republic,  34 
Herzegovina,  118,  138 
Hetaireia  Philike,  75 
Holy  Alliance,  53,  69 
"  Hundred  Days,"  41 
Hungary,  94,  109 
Huskisson,  70 

Inventions,  162 
Ireland,  73,  95 
Isabella  of  Spain,  112 
Italy,  34,  35,  37,  39, 49,  64,  73,  85, 90, 
94,  103,  104-6,  109,  111,  131,  140 

Jacobins,  24,  26,  30 
Japan,  123,  160 
Jemmappes,  battle  of,  24 
Jena,  battle  of,  28,  36 
Jerome  Bonaparte,  37 
Joseph  Bonaparte,  37 

Kiel  Canal,  146 
Koniggratz,  battle  of,  108 
Kossuth,  97 
Kidturkampf,  116 

Lafayette,  19 

Laibach,  Congress  of,  63 

Lamartine,  99 

League  of  Nations,  2 

Leopold  I.,  King  of  the  Belgians,  79- 

80 

Leopold  II.,  Emperor,  23 
Leopold  of  Hohenzollern,  112 
Ligurian  Republic,  34 
Liverpool,  Lord,  69 
Louis  XIV.,  18 
Louis  XV.,  18 

Louis  XVI.,  18,  19,  21,  23,  24,  31,  42 
Louis  XVII.,  42 

Louis  XVIII.,  42,  47,  68,  61,  86,  87 
Louis  Blanc,  99 
Louis  Bonaparte,  37 


INDEX 


179 


Louis  Napoleon.    See  Napoleon  ILL 
Louis  Philippe,  80,  89,  91-3 
Luneville,  Treaty  of,  33 

Magenta,  battle  of,  105 

Mahmoud  II.,  117 

Malta,  35 

Marie  Antoinette,  19 

Martignac,  87 

Marx,  91 

Mazzini,  73,  82,  98,  104 

Mediaeval  Christendom,  5 

Metternich,  57,  58,  64,  65,  73,  80,  85, 

90,  106 
Metz,  113 
Mexico,  67,  103 
Milan,  94 
Mirabeau,  23 
Moltke,  108 

Monroe  Doctrine,  67,  81,  123 
Montenegro,  117 
Montesquieu,  17 
Morocco,  137-9 

Naples,  50,  62,  63,  106 
Napoleon  I.,  32-48 
Napoleon  III.,  91,  101-13 
"  Napoleonic  Idea,"  102 
Nationality,  27,  51,  70 
"  National  Workshops,"  100 
Navarino,  battle  of,  76 
Necker,  20,  21 
Nelson,  33,  36 
Netherlands,  32,  49,  77-9 
Nicholas  I.,  74,  81,  98,  120 
Norway,  49 
Novara,  first  battle,  64 

second  battle,  98 
"  November  Decrees,"  27 

Otto  of  Bavaria,  King  of  Greece,  76 
Owen,  Robert,  91 

Pacific  Ocean,  161 
Paine,  T.,  28 
Papacy,  9 

Papal  States,  50,  56,  114 
Paris,  siege  of,  113 

Treaty  of  (1783),  19 

Treaty  of  (1814),  42 

Treaty  of  (1815),  50,  55 


Parma,  34 
Peel,  70 

Peninsular  War,  38 
Peru,  67 

Peterloo  Riot,  61 
Philosophical  Radicals,  83 
Piedmont,  34 
Pitt,  William,  33,  36 
Pius  IX.,  90,  94 
Plombieres,  Compact  of,  105 
Poland,  44,  49,  73 
Polignac,  Prince,  87-8 
Port  Arthur,  135 
Portugal,  37,  38 
Potsdam  Conference,  151-2 
Prague,  Treaty  of,  109 
Pressburg,  Treaty  of,  36 
Proudhon,  83,  91 

Prussia,  32,  49,  59,  95,  107,  109,  110, 
112,  114 

Quadruple  Alliance,  53,  55,  62,    65, 


Reformation,  the,  7 

Reign  of  Terror,  the,  24 

Renaissance,  the,  7 

Revolutionary  War,  the,  31 

Pvieti,  battle  of,  63 

"  Righte  of  Man,"  26,  28,  33 

Robespierre,  24 

Roman  Catholic  Church,  6 

Empire,  3 

Law,  8 
Roon,  108 
Rousseau,  17 
Rumania,  117 
Russia,  118,  120 
Russo-French  Alliance,  135 
Russo-Turkish  Wars,  76,  118,  133 

Sadowa,  battle  of,  108 
St.  Simon,  83 
St  Vincent,  battle  of,  32 
San  Stefano,  Treaty  of,  119 
Sardinia,  32,  106 
Saxony,  44,  49 
Schleswig-Holstein,  108,  109 
Science,  advance  of,  164 
Sedan,  battle  of,  112,  129 


180   EUEOPE  IN  THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 


Serajevo,  141-2,  149,  150 

Serbia,  117,  145 

"  Seven  Acts,"  the,  61 

Siberia,  160 

Social  Reform,  168-71 

Solferino,  battle  of,  105 

Spa  Field  Eiot,  57 

Spain,  32,  38,  59,  66 

Spanish  America,  59,  66,  81 

States-General,  the  French,  20 

Sweden,  49 

Switzerland,  34,  49 

Talleyrand,  43 
Teplitz,  Congress  of,  60 
Thiere,  93,  113 

Third  Estate,  14,  15,  16,  20,  21 
Tilsit,  Treaty  of,  37 
Trafalgar,  battle  of,  36 
Trans-Siberian  Railway,  120 
Triple  Alliance,  129,  145 

Entente,  136 
Troppau,  Congress  of,  62 
Turgot,  19 
Turkey,  74,  117,  137 

Utrecht,  Treaty  of,  12 


Valmy,  battle  of,  24 

Varennes,  flight  to,  23 

Vatican  Council,  114 

Verona,  Congress  of,  65,  68 

Victor  Emmanuel  I.,  56 

Victor  Emmanuel  II.,  104,  106,  111, 

114 

Victoria,  91,  133,  135-6 
Vienna,  Congress  of,  43-52 
Vilagos,  capitulation,  98 
Villafranca,  Treaty  of,  105 
Vfflele,  86,  87 
Voltaire,  17 

Wars  of  Liberation,  29,  37 
Warsaw,  Grand  Duchy,  45 
Waterloo,  battle  of,  38,  43,  48,  66, 

69,  91 

William  I.,  107,  130 
William  II.,  132-4,  137-9,  152 
William  of  Orange,  78,  79 
World-History,  Study  of,  1 

Young,  A.,  17 

"  Young  Italy,"  90 

Zottverein,  107 


THE    END 


Printed '  ly  R.  &  R-  CLARK,  LIMITED,  Edinburgh- 


Hearnshaw,   John  Fossey  Cobb 

An  outline  sketch  of  the 

political  history  of  Europe 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY